WO1996037219A1 - Abundant extracellular products and methods for their production and use - Google Patents

Abundant extracellular products and methods for their production and use Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO1996037219A1
WO1996037219A1 PCT/US1996/007781 US9607781W WO9637219A1 WO 1996037219 A1 WO1996037219 A1 WO 1996037219A1 US 9607781 W US9607781 W US 9607781W WO 9637219 A1 WO9637219 A1 WO 9637219A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
gcc
protein
ggc
gac
ctg
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/US1996/007781
Other languages
French (fr)
Inventor
Marcus A. Horwitz
Günter HARTH
Original Assignee
The Regents Of The University Of California
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority claimed from US08/447,398 external-priority patent/US6761894B1/en
Application filed by The Regents Of The University Of California filed Critical The Regents Of The University Of California
Priority to JP8535943A priority Critical patent/JPH11506320A/en
Priority to AU60245/96A priority patent/AU6024596A/en
Priority to NZ309945A priority patent/NZ309945A/en
Priority to EP96917836A priority patent/EP0828510A1/en
Priority to BR9608894-0A priority patent/BR9608894A/en
Priority to CA2222000A priority patent/CA2222000C/en
Publication of WO1996037219A1 publication Critical patent/WO1996037219A1/en

Links

Classifications

    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07KPEPTIDES
    • C07K14/00Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof
    • C07K14/195Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof from bacteria
    • C07K14/35Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof from bacteria from Mycobacteriaceae (F)
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P31/00Antiinfectives, i.e. antibiotics, antiseptics, chemotherapeutics
    • A61P31/04Antibacterial agents
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P31/00Antiinfectives, i.e. antibiotics, antiseptics, chemotherapeutics
    • A61P31/04Antibacterial agents
    • A61P31/06Antibacterial agents for tuberculosis
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K39/00Medicinal preparations containing antigens or antibodies
    • A61K2039/51Medicinal preparations containing antigens or antibodies comprising whole cells, viruses or DNA/RNA
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K39/00Medicinal preparations containing antigens or antibodies

Definitions

  • the present invention generally relates to immunotherapeutic agents and vaccines against pathogenic organisms such as bacteria, protozoa, viruses and fungus. More specifically, unlike prior art vaccines and immunotherapeutic agents based upon pathogenic subunits or products which exhibit the greatest or most specific molecular immunogenicity, the present invention uses the most prevalent or majorly abundant immunogenic determinants released by a selected pathogen such as Mycobacterium tuberculosis to stimulate an effective immune response in mammalian hosts. Accordingly, the acquired immunity and immunotherapeutic activity produced through the present invention is directed to those antigenic markers which are displayed most often on infected host cells during the course of a pathogenic infection without particular regard to the relative or absolute immunogenicity of the administered compound.
  • Intracellular bacteria including the genus Mycobacterium and the genus Legionella, complete all or part of their life cycle within the cells of the infected host organism rather than extracellularly.
  • intracellular bacteria are responsible for millions of deaths each year and untold suffering. Tuberculosis, caused by Mycobacterium tuberculosis, is the leading cause of death from infectious disease worldwide, with 10 million new cases and 2.9 million deaths every year.
  • intracellular bacteria are responsible for millions of cases of leprosy.
  • tuberculosis is a major cause of death in developing countries. Capable of surviving inside macrophages and monocytes, M. tuberculosis may produce a chronic intracellular infection. By concealing itself within the cells primarily responsible for the detection of foreign elements and subsequent activation of the immune system, M. tuberculosis is relatively successful in evading the normal defenses of the host organism. These same pathogenic characteristics have heretofore prevented the development of an effective immunotherapeutic agent or vaccine against tubercular infections. At the same time tubercle bacilli are relatively easy to culture and observe under laboratory conditions. Accordingly, M. tuberculosis is particularly well suited for demonstrating the principles and advantages of the present invention.
  • M. tuberculosis is in no way intended to limit the scope of the present invention to the treatment of M. tuberculosis.
  • teachings herein are not limited in any way to the treatment of tubercular infections.
  • this invention may be used to advantageously provide safe and effective vaccines and immunotherapeutic agents against the immunogenic determinants of any pathogenic agent expressing extracellular products and thereby inhibit the infectious transmission of those organisms.
  • M. tuberculosis When M. tuberculosis is not controlled by the infected subject, it often results in the extensive degradation of lung tissue. In susceptible individuals lesions are usually formed in the lung as the tubercle bacilli reproduce within alveolar or pulmonary macrophages. As the organisms multiply, they may spread through the lymphatic system to distal lymph nodes and through the blood stream to the lung apices, bone marrow, kidney and meninges surrounding the brain. Primarily as the result of cell-mediated hypersensitivity responses, characteristic granulomatous lesions or tubercles are produced in proportion to the severity of the infection. These lesions consist of epithelioid cells bordered by monocytes, lymphocytes and fibroblasts. In most instances a lesion or tubercle eventually becomes necrotic and undergoes caseation.
  • M. tuberculosis is a significant pathogen
  • other species of the genus Mycobacterium also cause disease in animals including man and are clearly within the scope of the present invention.
  • M. bovis is closely related to
  • M. tuberculosis and is responsible for tubercular infections in domestic animals such as cattle, pigs, sheep, horses, dogs and cats. Further, M. bovis may infect humans via the intestinal tract, typically from the ingestion of raw milk. The localized intestinal infection eventually spreads to the respiratory tract and is followed shortly by the classic symptoms of tuberculosis. Another important pathogenic vector of the genus
  • Mycobacterium is M. leprae which causes millions of cases of the ancient disease leprosy.
  • Other species of this genus which cause disease in animals and man include M. kansasii, M. avium intracellulare, M. fortuitum, M. marinum, M. chelonei,
  • M. africanum, M. ulcerans, M. microti and M. scrofulaceum The pathogenic mycobacterial species frequently exhibit a high degree of homology in their respective
  • DNA and corresponding protein sequences and some species, such as M. tuberculosis and M. bovis are highly related.
  • the guinea pig model closely resembles the human pathology of the disease in many respects. Accordingly, it is well understood by those skilled in the art that it is appropriate to extrapolate the guinea pig model of this disease to humans and other mammals.
  • guinea pigs are susceptible to tubercular infection with low doses of the aerosolized human pathogen M. tuberculosis. Unlike humans where the initial infection is usually controlled, guinea pigs consistently develop disseminated disease upon exposure to the aerosolized pathogen, facilitating subsequent analysis.
  • both guinea pigs and humans display cutaneous delayed-type hypersensitivity reactions characterized by the development of a dense mononuclear cell induration or rigid area at the skin test site.
  • the characteristic tubercular lesions of humans and guinea pigs exhibit similar morphology including the presence of Langhans giant cells.
  • any protection conferred in experiments using this animal model provides a strong indication that the same protective immunity may be generated in man or other less susceptible mammals. Accordingly, for purposes of explanation only and not for purposes of limitation, the present invention will be primarily demonstrated in the exemplary context of guinea pigs as the mammalian host. Those skilled in the art will appreciate that the present invention may be practiced with other mammalian hosts including humans and domesticated animals.
  • Any animal or human infected with a pathogenic vector and, in particular, an intracellular organism presents a difficult challenge to the host immune system. While many infectious agents may be effectively controlled by the humoral response and corresponding production of protective antibodies, these mechanisms are primarily effective only against those pathogens located in the body's extracellular fluid.
  • opsonizing antibodies bind to extracellular foreign agents thereby rendering them susceptible to phagocytosis and subsequent intracellular killing. Yet this is not the case for other pathogens.
  • humoral immune response does not appear to play a significant protective role against infections by intracellular bacteria such as M. tuberculosis.
  • the present invention may generate a beneficial humoral response to the target pathogen and, as such, its effectiveness is not limited to any specific component of the stimulated immune response. More specifically, antibody mediated defenses seemingly do not prevent the initial infection of intracellular pathogens and are ineffectual once the bacteria are sequestered within the cells of the host.
  • any effective prophylactic measure against intracellular agents should incorporate an aggressive cell-mediated immune response component leading to the rapid proliferation of antigen specific lymphocytes which activate the compromised phagocytes or cytotoxically eliminate them.
  • inducing a cell-mediated immune response does not equal the induction of protective immunity.
  • cell-mediated immunity may be a prerequisite to protective immunity, the production of vaccines in accordance with the teachings of the present invention requires animal based challenge studies.
  • This cell-mediated immune response generally involves two steps.
  • the initial step, signaling that the cell is infected, is accomplished by special molecules (major histocompatibility or MHC molecules) which deliver pieces of the pathogen to the surface of the cell.
  • MHC molecules major histocompatibility molecules
  • Their presentation to T-cells stimulates the immune system of the host to eliminate the infected host cell or induces the host cell to eradicate any bacteria residing within.
  • Mycobacterium tend to proliferate in vacuoles which are substantially sealed off from the rest of the cell by a membrane. Phagocytes naturally form these protective vacuoles making them particularly susceptible to infection by this class of pathogen. In such vacuoles the bacteria are effectively protected from degradation, making it difficult for the immune system to present integral bacterial components on the surface of infected cells.
  • the infected cell's MHC molecules will move to the vacuole and collect any free (released) bacterial products or move to other sites in the host cell to which the foreign extracellular bacterial products have been transported for normal presentation of the products at the cell surface. As previously indicated, the presentation of the foreign bacterial products will provoke the proper response by the host immune system.
  • high risk individuals also include those suffering from lung disorders such as emphysema, chronic bronchitis, pneumoconiosis, silicosis or previous tuberculosis. Accordingly, the use of attenuated vaccines is limited in the very population where they have the greatest potential benefit.
  • live attenuated vaccines may also produce other undesirable side effects. Because live vaccines reproduce in the recipient, they provoke a broader range of antibodies and a less directed cell-mediated immune response than noninfectious vaccines. Often this shotgun approach tends to occlude the immune response directed at the molecular structures most involved in cellular prophylaxis. Moreover, the use of live vaccines with an intact membrane may induce opsonizing antibodies which prepare a foreign body for effective phagocytosis. Thus, upon host exposure to virulent strains of the target organism, the presence of such antibodies could actually enhance the uptake of non-attenuated pathogens into host cells where they can survive and multiply.
  • an attenuated vaccine contains thousands of different molecular species and consequently is more likely to contain a molecular species that is toxic or able to provoke an adverse immune response in the patient.
  • Other problems with live vaccines include virulence reversion, natural spread to contacts, contaminating viruses and viral interference, and difficulty with standardization.
  • noninfectious vaccines such as killed organisms or conventional second generation subunit vaccines directed at strongly antigenic membrane bound structures
  • noninfectious vaccines are limited with respect to the inhibition of intracellular bacteria.
  • killed bacteria provoke an indiscriminate response which may inhibit the most effective prophylactic determinants.
  • killed vaccines still present large numbers of potentially antigenic structures to the immune system thereby increasing the likelihood of toxic reactions or opsonization by the immune system.
  • Traditional subunit vaccines incorporating membrane bound structures, whether synthesized or purified, can also induce a strong opsonic effect facilitating the entry of the intracellular pathogen into phagocytes in which they multiply.
  • killed vaccines directed to intracellular surface antigens may increase the relative virulence of the pathogenic agent.
  • conventional attenuated or killed vaccines directed against strongly antigenic bacterial surface components may be contraindicated in the case of intracellular pathogens.
  • these vaccines are selectively based on the identification of extracellular products or their analogs which stimulate a strong immune response against the target pathogen in a mammalian host. More specifically, these prior art candidate extracellular proteins were screened by determining their ability to provoke either a strong lymphocyte proliferative response or a cutaneous delayed-type hypersensitivity response in mammals which were immune to the pathogen of interest. Though this disclosed method and associated vaccines avoid many of the drawbacks inherent in the use of traditional vaccines, conflicting immunoresponsive results due to cross-reactivity and host variation may complicate the selection of effective immunizing agents. Thus, while molecular immunogenicity is one indication of an effective vaccine, other factors may complicate its use in eliciting an effective immune response in vivo.
  • the present invention accomplishes the above-described and other objects by providing compounds for use as vaccines and/or immunotherapeutic agents and methods for their production and use to generate protective or therapeutic immune responses in mammalian hosts against infection by pathogens.
  • the invention provides the means to induce a protective or therapeutic immune response against infectious vectors producing extracellular compounds. While the compounds of the present invention are particularly effective against pathogenic bacteria, they may be used to generate a protective or therapeutic immune response to any pathogen producing majorly abundant extracellular products.
  • the term "majorly abundant” should be understood as a relative term identifying those extracellular products released in the greatest quantity by the pathogen of interest.
  • M. tuberculosis grown under various conditions of culture to an optical density of approximately 0.5 one skilled in the art should expect to obtain on the order of 10 ⁇ g/L or more of a majorly abundant extracellular product.
  • approximately fifteen to twenty (alone or in combination) of the one hundred or so known extracellular products will constitute approximately ninety percent of the total quantity.
  • the present invention may be used to protect a mammalian host against infection by viral, bacterial, fungal or protozoan pathogens.
  • the majorly abundant extracellular products may be generated by the infected host cell.
  • the vaccines and methods of the present invention are particularly effective in generating protective immunity against intracellular pathogens, including various species and serogroups of the genus Mycobacterium.
  • the vaccines of the present invention are also effective as immunotherapeutic agents for the treatment of existing disease conditions.
  • the principal or majorly abundant products released by pathogenic bacteria appear to be processed by phagocytes and other host immune system mechanisms at a greater rate than less prevalent or membrane bound pathogenic components regardless of their respective immunogenic activity or specificity.
  • This immunoprocessing disparity is particularly significant when the pathogenic agent is an intracellular bacteria sequestered from normal immune activity.
  • the most prevalent bacterial extracellular products or their immunogenic analogs provoke a vigorous immune response largely irrespective of their individual molecular immunogenic characteristics.
  • Majorly abundant extracellular products are the principal constituents of proteins and other molecular entities which are released by the target pathogen into the surrounding environment. Current research indicates that in some instances a single majorly abundant extracellular product may comprise up to 40% by weight of the products released by a microorganism. More often, individual majorly abundant extracellular products account for between from about 0.5% to about 25% of the total products released by the infectious pathogen. Moreover, the top five or six majorly abundant extracellular products may be found to comprise between 60% to 70% of the total mass released by a microorganism. Of course those skilled in the art will appreciate that the relative levels of extracellular products may fluctuate over time as can the absolute or relative quantity of products released.
  • pH, oxidants, osmolality, heat and other conditions of stress on the organism, stage of life cycle, reproduction status and the composition of the surrounding environment may alter the composition and quantity of products released.
  • the absolute and relative levels of extracellular products may differ greatly from species to species and even between strains within a species.
  • extracellular products appear to expand the population of specifically immune lymphocytes capable of detecting and exerting an antimicrobial effect against macrophages containing live bacteria. Further, by virtue of their repeated display on the surface of infected cells, the majorly abundant or principal extracellular products function as effective antigenic markers. Accordingly, pursuant to the teachings of the present invention, vaccination and the inducement of protective immunity directed to the majorly abundant extracellular products of a pathogenic bacteria or their immunogenically equivalent determinants, prompts the host immune system to mount a rapid and efficient immune response with a strong cell- mediated component when subsequently infected by the target pathogen.
  • an immunogenic analog is any molecule or compound sufficiently analogous to at least one majorly abundant extracellular product expressed by the target pathogen, or any fraction thereof, to have the capacity to stimulate a protective immune response in a vaccinated mammalian host upon subsequent infection by the target pathogen.
  • the vaccines of the present invention are identified or produced by selecting the majorly abundant product or products released extracellularly by a specific pathogen (or molecular analogs capable of stimulating a substantially equivalent immune response) and isolating them in a relatively pure form or subsequently sequencing the DNA or RNA responsible for their production to enable their synthetic or endogenous production.
  • the desired prophylactic immune response to the target pathogen may then be elicited by formulating one or more of the isolated immunoreactive products or the encoding genetic material using techniques well known in the art and immunizing a mammalian host prior to infection by the target pathogen.
  • the present invention will consist of at least one, two or, possibly even several well defined immunogenic determinants.
  • the present invention produces consistent, standardized vaccines which may be developed, tested and administered with relative ease and speed.
  • the use of a few well defined molecules corresponding to the majorly abundant secretory or extracellular products greatly reduces the risk of adverse side effects associated with conventional vaccines and eliminates the possible occlusion of effective immunogenic markers.
  • the present invention is not an attenuated or a killed vaccine the risk of infection during production, purification or upon administration is effectively eliminated.
  • the vaccines of the present invention may be administered safely to immunocompromised individuals, including asymptomatic tuberculosis patients and those infected with HIV.
  • the present invention allows the stimulated humoral response to assist in the elimination of the target pathogen from antibody susceptible areas.
  • the vaccines may be harvested or produced and subsequently purified and sequenced.
  • the predominantly abundant extracellular products may be obtained from cultures of the target pathogen, including M. tuberculosis or M. bovis, with little effort.
  • the desired compounds are released into the media during growth, they can readily be separated from the intrabacterial and membrane-bound components of the target pathogen utilizing conventional techniques.
  • the desired immunoreactive constituents of the vaccines of the present invention may be produced and purified from genetically engineered organisms into which the genes expressing the specific extracellular products of M. tuberculosis, M. bovis, M. leprae or any other pathogen of interest have been cloned.
  • such engineered organisms can be modified to produce higher levels of the selected extracellular products or modified immunogenic analogs.
  • the immunoprotective products, portions thereof or analogs thereof can be chemically synthesized using techniques well known in the art or directly expressed in host cells injected with naked genes encoding therefor.
  • the immunogenic components of the predominant or majorly abundant extracellular products may be separated and subsequently formulated into deliverable vaccines using common biochemical procedures such as fractionation, chromatography or other purification methodology and conventional formulation techniques or directly expressed in host cells containing directly introduced genetic constructs encoding therefor.
  • the target pathogen is M. tuberculosis and the majorly abundant products released extracellularly by M. tuberculosis into broth culture are separated from other bacterial components and used to elicit an immune response in mammalian hosts. Individual proteins or groups of proteins are then utilized in animal based challenge experiments to identify those which induce protective immunity making them suitable for use as vaccines in accordance with the teachings of the present invention. More specifically, following the growth and harvesting of the bacteria, by virtue of their physical abundance the principal extracellular products are separated from intrabacterial and other components through centrifugation and filtration.
  • the resultant bulk filtrate is then subjected to fractionation using ammonium sulfate precipitation with subsequent dialysis to give a mixture of extracellular products, commonly termed EP.
  • Solubilized extracellular products in the dialyzed fractions are then purified to substantial homogeneity using suitable chromatographic techniques as known in the art and as described more fully below.
  • each individual majorly abundant extracellular product exhibits one band corresponding to its respective molecular weight when subjected to polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis thereby allowing individual products or groups of products corresponding to the majorly abundant extracellular products to be identified and prepared for use as vaccines in accordance with the teachings of the present invention.
  • the purified majorly abundant extracellular products may further be characterized and distinguished by determining all or part of their respective amino acid sequences using techniques common in the art. Sequencing may also provide information regarding possible structural relationships between the majorly abundant extracellular products.
  • immunization and the stimulation of acquired immunity in a mammalian host system may be accomplished through the teachings of the present invention utilizing a series of subcutaneous or intradermal injections of these purified extracellular products over a course of time.
  • injection with a purified majorly abundant bacterial extracellular product or products in incomplete Freund's adjuvant followed by a second injection in the same adjuvant approximately three weeks later can be used to elicit a protective response upon subsequent challenge with the virulent pathogen.
  • Other exemplary immunization protocols within the scope and teachings of the present invention may include a series of three or four injections of purified extracellular product or products or their analogs in Syntex Adjuvant
  • Formulation over a period of time. While a series of injections may generally prove more efficacious, the single administration of a selected majorly abundant extracellular product or its immunogenic subunits or analogs can impart the desired immune response and is contemplated as being within the scope of the present invention as well.
  • Such exemplary protocols can be demonstrated using art accepted laboratory models such as guinea pigs.
  • immunization of several guinea pigs with a combination of five majorly abundant extracellular products was accomplished with an immunization series of three injections of the bacterial products in SAF adjuvant with corresponding sham-immunization of control animals.
  • Exemplary dosages of each protein ranged from 100 ⁇ g to 2 ⁇ g. Following the last vaccination all of the animals were simultaneously exposed to an infectious and potentially lethal dose of aerosolized M. tuberculosis and monitored for an extended period of time.
  • control animals showed a significant loss in weight when compared with the animals immunized with the combination of the majorly abundant extracellular products of M. tuberculosis. Moreover, half of the control animals died during the observation period while none of the immunized animals succumbed to tuberculosis. Autopsies conducted after this experiment revealed that the non-immunized control animals had significantly more colony forming units (CFU) and corresponding damage in their lungs and spleens than the protected animals. Seventeen additional combinations of purified majorly abundant extracellular products provided immunoprophylaxis when tested, thereby demonstrating the scope of the present invention and broad range of vaccines which may be formulated in accordance with the teachings thereof.
  • CFU colony forming units
  • the present invention is not restricted to combinations of secretory or extracellular products.
  • several alternative experimental protocols demonstrate the capacity of a single abundant extracellular product to induce mammalian protective immunity in accordance with the teachings of the present invention.
  • guinea pigs were immunized with a single majorly abundant extracellular product purified from M. tuberculosis EP using the chromatography protocols detailed herein.
  • the animals were vaccinated in multiple experiments with an adjuvant composition containing a purified abundant secretory product having a molecular weight corresponding to 30 KD.
  • different guinea pigs were vaccinated with an adjuvant composition containing an abundant extracellular product isolated from M. tuberculosis having a molecular weight corresponding to 71 KD. Following their respective immunizations both sets of animals and the appropriate controls were exposed to lethal doses of aerosolized M. tuberculosis to determine vaccine effectiveness.
  • guinea pigs were immunized with 100 ⁇ g of 30 KD protein in SAF on three occasions spread over a period of six weeks.
  • Control animals were simultaneously vaccinated with corresponding amounts of a bulk preparation of extracellular proteins (EP) or buffer.
  • EP extracellular proteins
  • the animals were challenged with an aerosolized lethal dose of M. tuberculosis and monitored for a period of 14 weeks.
  • the 30 KD immunized guinea pigs and those immunized with the bulk extracellular preparation had survival rates of 67% and 50% respectively (illustrating the unexpectedly superior performance of the majorly abundant extracellular product versus EP), while the sham-immunized animals had a survival rate of only 17%.
  • the weight of the guinea pigs was monitored for a period of 6 months.
  • the animals immunized with the purified form of the abundant extracellular product developed protective immunity with respect to the virulent M. tuberculosis.
  • the buffer immunized animals showed a significant loss in weight when compared with the immunized animals.
  • the positive controls and 71 KD immunized animals had survival rates of 63% and 50% respectively, the non- immunized animals all died before the end of the observation period.
  • the formulation of the vaccine is not critical to the present invention and may be optimized to facilitate administration.
  • Solutions of the purified immunogenic determinants derived from the majorly abundant pathogenic extracellular products may be administered alone or in combination in any manner designed to generate a protective immune response.
  • the purified protein solutions may be delivered alone, or formulated with an adjuvant before being administered.
  • Specific exemplary adjuvants used in the instant invention to enhance the activity of the selected immunogenic determinants are SAF, adjuvants containing Monophosphoryl Lipid A
  • MPL gamma interferons
  • IL-12 MPL plus TDM (Trehalose (Dimycolate), QS-21, QS-21 plus IL-12, IL-2
  • IL-12 IL-15 (Grabstein et al., Science 264:965-962,, 1994), dimethyldioctadecyl ammonium (ddA), ddA plus dextran, alum, Quil A, ISCOMS,
  • Additional adjuvants that may be useful in the present invention are water-in-oil emulsions, mineral salts (for example, alum), nucleic acids, block polymer surfactants, and microbial cell walls (peptido glycolipids). While not limiting the scope of the invention it is believed that adjuvants may magnify immune responses due to the slow release of antigens from the site of injection.
  • genetic material encoding the genes for one or more of the immunogenic determinants derived from the majorly abundant pathogenic extracellular products may be coupled with eucaryotic promoter and/or secretion sequences and injected directly into a mammalian host to induce and endogenous expression of the immunogenic determinants and subsequent protective immunity.
  • Figure 1 is a representation of 4 Coomassie blue stained gels, labeled la to Id, illustrating the purification of exemplary majorly abundant extracellular products of M. tuberculosis as identified by sodium dodecyl sulfate polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis (SDS-PAGE).
  • Figure 2 is a tabular representation identifying the five N-terminal amino acids of fourteen exemplary majorly abundant extracellular products of M. tuberculosis (Sequence ID Nos. 1-14) and the apparent molecular weight for such products.
  • Figure 3 is a tabular representation of the extended N-terminal amino acid sequence of three exemplary majorly abundant secretory products of M. tuberculosis (Sequence ID Nos. 15-17) which were not distinguished by the five N- terminal amino acids shown in Figure 2.
  • Figure 4 is a graphical comparison of the survival rate of guinea pigs immunized with exemplary purified majorly abundant 30 KD secretory product of M. tuberculosis versus positive controls immunized with a prior art bulk preparation of extracellular proteins and non-immunized negative controls following exposure to an aerosolized lethal dose of M. tuberculosis.
  • Figure 5 is a graphical comparison of mean guinea pig body weight of animals immunized with purified majorly abundant 71 KD extracellular product versus positive controls immunized with a prior art bulk preparation of extracellular proteins from M. tuberculosis and non-immunized negative controls following exposure to an aerosolized lethal dose of M. tuberculosis.
  • Figure 6 is a graphical comparison of the survival rate of guinea pigs immunized in Figure 5 with exemplary majorly abundant purified 71 KD extracellular product of M. tuberculosis versus positive controls immunized with a prior art bulk preparation of extracellular proteins from M. tuberculosis and non-immunized negative controls following exposure to an aerosolized lethal dose of M. tuberculosis.
  • Figure 7 is a graphical comparison of mean guinea pig body weight of animals immunized with exemplary purified majorly abundant 71 KD extracellular product and non-immunized negative controls following exposure to an aerosolized lethal dose of M. tuberculosis in a second, separate experiment.
  • Figures 8a and 8b are graphical comparisons of lymphocyte proliferative responses to exemplary purified majorly abundant 71 KD extracellular product in PPD+
  • Figure 8a is a graph of the values measured at 2 days after incubation of lymphocytes with this antigen while Figure 8b is a graph of the values measured at 4 days after incubation.
  • Figure 9 is a graphical comparison of mean guinea pig body weight of animals immunized with vaccine comprising a combination of extracellular products produced according to the teachings of the present invention and non-immunized controls following exposure to an aerosolized lethal dose of M. tuberculosis.
  • Figure 10 is a graphical comparison of mean guinea pig body weight of animals immunized with three different dosages of a vaccine comprising a combination of extracellular products produced according to the teachings of the present invention and non-immunized controls following exposure to an aerosolized lethal dose of M. tuberculosis.
  • Figure 11 is a graphical comparison of mean guinea pig body weight of animals immunized with vaccines comprising six different combinations of extracellular products produced according to the teachings of the present invention and non-immunized controls following exposure to an aerosolized lethal dose of M. tuberculosis.
  • Figures 12a and b are graphical illustrations of the mapping of the immunodominant epitopes of the 30 KD protein of M. tuberculosis.
  • Figure 12a illustrates the percentage of 24 guinea pigs immunized with the 30 KD protein responding to overlapping peptides (15-mer) covering the entire 30 KD protein sequence.
  • Figure 12b illustrates a corresponding set of data for a group of 19 sham immunized guinea pigs. The response of each group of animals to native 30 KD protein, purified protein derivative (PPD) and concanavalin A (con A) appears at the right of each graph.
  • PPD purified protein derivative
  • con A concanavalin A
  • Figure 13 provides a diagrammatic representation of the constructs used for the expression of recombinant 30 kDa protein.
  • the diagram depicts the pET22b vectors used for the expression of recombinant 30 kDa protein.
  • the vectors express the mature 30 kDa protein fused to its own leader (30W-pET22b) or the plasmid encoded pelB leader (30M-pET22b).
  • Ori ColEl type origin of replication
  • FI ori phage FI origin of replication
  • Amp ampicillin resistance gene
  • 30W/M full- length (30W)) or mature (30M) 30 kDa protein
  • lad lac repressor gene
  • P ⁇ phage T7 RNA polymerase specific promoter
  • Ndel and Ncol restriction enzyme sites at vector/insert junctions.
  • Figure 14 shows electrophoresis test results and a Western blot analysis which confirm the expression of full-length and mature 30 kDa protein in E. coli BL21(DE3)pLysS.
  • Figure 15 is a diagrammatic representation of an alternate construct system used to express the 30 kDa protein.
  • Figure 16 shows electrophoresis test results which confirm the expression of the M. tuberculosis 30 kDa protein in M. smegmatis.
  • Figure 17 depicts the results of a Western blot analysis, confirming the expression of the M. tuberculosis 30 kDa protein in M. smegmatis.
  • the present invention is directed to compounds and methods for their production and use against pathogenic organisms as vaccines and immunotherapeutic agents. More specifically, the present invention is directed to the production and use of majorly abundant extracellular products released by pathogenic organisms, their immunogenic analogs or the associated genetic material encoding therefor as vaccines or immunotherapeutic agents and to associated methods for generating protective immunity in mammalian hosts against infection. These compounds will be referred to as vaccines throughout this application for purposes of simplicity.
  • the majorly abundant extracellular products of M. tuberculosis were distinguished and subsequently purified.
  • Guinea pigs were immunized with purified forms of these majorly prevalent extracellular products with no determination of the individual product's specific molecular immunogenicity.
  • the exemplary immunizations were carried out using the purified extracellular products alone or in combination and with various dosages and routes of administration.
  • the foregoing strategy can be utilized with any pathogenic organism or bacteria to practice the method of the present invention and, accordingly, the present invention is not specifically limited to vaccines and methods directed against M. tuberculosis.
  • the majorly abundant extracellular products of M. tuberculosis were separated and purified using column chromatography.
  • M. tuberculosis Erdman strain (ATCC 35801) was obtained from the American Tissue Culture Collection (Rockville, Md.). The lyophilized bacteria were reconstituted in Middlebrook 7H9 culture medium (Difco Laboratories, Detroit, Mich.) and maintained on Middlebrook 7H11 agar. 7H11 agar was prepared using Bacto Middlebrook 7H10 agar (Difco), OADC Enrichment Medium (Difco), 0.1% casein enzymatic hydrolysate (Sigma), and glycerol as previously described by Cohn (Cohn, M.I., Am. Rev. Respir. Dis. 98:295-296) and incorporated herein by reference.
  • the agar was dispensed into bacteriologic Petri dishes (100 by 15 mm) and allowed to cool. M. tuberculosis was then plated using sterile techniques and grown at 37°C in 5% CO 2 -95% air, 100% humidity. After culture on 7H11 for 7 days, the colonies were scraped from the plates, suspended in 7H9 broth to 10 8 CFU/ml and aliquoted into 1.8-ml Nunc cryotubes (Roskilde, Denmark). Each liter of the broth was prepared by rehydrating 4.7 g of Bacto Middlebrook 7H9 powder with 998 ml of distilled water, and 2 ml of glycerol (Sigma Chemical Co., St.
  • tuberculosis cells stored at -70°C as described in the previous paragraph were thawed and used to inoculate 7H11 agar plates. After culture for 7 days, the colonies were scraped from the plates, suspended in a few ml of 7H9 broth, and sonicated in a water bath to form a single cell suspension.
  • the M. tuberculosis cells were suspended in the sterile 150 ml aliquots at an initial optical density of 0.05, as determined by a Perkin-Elmer Junior model 35 spectrophotometer (Norwalk, Conn). The cells were then incubated at 37°C in 5% CO 2 -95% air for 3 weeks until the suspension showed an optical density of 0.4 to 0.5.
  • Ammonium sulfate (grade I, Sigma) was added to the sterile culture filtrate of Example 1 in concentrations ranging from 10% to 95% at 0°C and gently stirred to fractionate the proteins. The suspension was then transferred to plastic bottles and centrifuged in a swinging bucket rotor at 3,000 rpm on a RC3B Sorvall Centrifuge to pellet the resulting precipitate. The supernatant fluid was decanted and, depending on the product of interest, the supernatant fluid or pellet was subjected to further purification. When the product of interest was contained in the supernatant fluid a second ammonium sulfate cut was executed by increasing the salt concentration above that of the first cut. After a period of gentle stirring the solution was then centrifuged as previously described to precipitate the desired product and the second supernatant fluid was subj ected to further purification.
  • the precipitated proteins were resolubilized in the appropriate cold buffer and dialyzed extensively in a Spectrapor dialysis membrane (Spectrum Medical Industries, Los Angeles, California) with a 6,000 to 8,000 molecular weight cut-off to remove the salt. Extracellular protein concentration was determined by a bicinchoninic acid protein assay (Pierce Chemical Co., Rockford, Illinois) and fraction components were determined using SDS-PAGE. The fractions were then applied to chromatography columns for further purification.
  • DEAE Sepharose CL-6B or QAE Sepharose ion exchange column in column buffer consisting of 10% sorbitol, 10 mM potassium phosphate, pH 7, 5 mM 2-mercaptoethanol, and 0.2 mM EDTA and eluted with a sodium chloride gradient. Fractions containing 110 KD protein elute at approximately 550 mM salt and were collected.
  • a DEAE CL-6B column (Pharmacia) was charged with 25 mM Tris, pH 8.7 containing 1M NaCl and equilibrated with 25 mM Tris, pH 8.7, 10 mM NaCl and the protein sample was dialyzed against 25 mM Tris, pH 8.7, 10 mM NaCl and applied to the column. The column was washed overnight with the same buffer. A first salt gradient of 10 mM to 200 mM NaCl in 25 mM Tris, pH 8.7 was run through the column to elute other proteins. A second salt gradient (200 to 300 mM NaCl) was run through the column and the 80 KD protein eluted at approximately 275 mM NaCl.
  • a Q-Sepharose HP column was charged with 25 mM Tris, pH 8.7, 1M NaCl and re-equilibrated to 25 mM Tris, pH 8.7, 10 mM NaCl.
  • the protein sample was dialyzed against 25 mM Tris, pH 8.7, 10 mM NaCl and applied to the column.
  • the column was washed in the same buffer and then eluted with 200-300 mM NcCl in 25 mM Tris, pH 8.7.
  • Fractions containing the 80 KD protein were collected and diaiyzed against 25 mM Tris, pH 8.7, 10 mM NaCl, and then concentrated in a Speed- Vac concentrator to 1-2 ml.
  • the protein sample was applied to a Superdex 75 column and eluted with 25 mM Tris, pH 8.7, 150 mM NaCl.
  • the 80 KD protein eluted as a homogenous protein.
  • 71 KD Extracellular Product 1 A 40%-95% ammonium sulfate precipitate was obtained as discussed above with the exception that the 71 KD product was cultured in 7H9 broth at pH 7.4 and at 0% CO 2 and heat-shocked at 42°C for 3h once per week. The precipitate was dialyzed against Initial Buffer (20 mM HEPES, 2 mM MgAc, 25 mM KC1, 10 mM (NH 4 ) 2 SO 4 , 0.8 mM DL-Dithiothreitol, pH 7.0). 2. The resolubilized precipitate was applied to an ATP Agarose column equilibrated with Initial Buffer. Effluent was collected and reapplied to the ATP Agarose column. The 71 KD protein bound to the column.
  • Initial Buffer 20 mM HEPES, 2 mM MgAc, 25 mM KC1, 10 mM (NH 4 ) 2 SO 4 , 0.8 mM
  • the resolubilized precipitate was dialyzed and applied to a DEAE- Sepharose CL-6B or QAE-Sepharose column and eluted with NaCl. Collected fractions containing the 58 KD Protein eluted at approximately 400 mM NaCl. 3. Collected fractions were then applied to a Sepharose CL-6B size fractionation column. The protein eluted at approximately 670-700,000 Daltons.
  • the eluted protein was applied to a thiopropyl-sepharose column.
  • the homogeneous 58 KD protein eluted at approximately 250-350 mM 2-mercaptoethanol.
  • the eluted protein was monitored using SDS-PAGE and exhibited the single band shown in Figure 1 A, col. 2.
  • the protein sample was dialyzed against 25 mM Tris, 10 mM NaCl, pH 8.7 and applied to column with subsequent washing using the same buffer. c. The column was eluted with 10-150 mM NaCl in 25 mM Tris, pH 8.7.
  • a Q-Sepharose HP column (Pharmacia) was charged with 25 mM Tris, pH 8.7 containing 1 M NaCl, and re-equilibrated with 25 mM Tris, 10 mM NaCl, pH 8.7.
  • the protein sample was dialyzed against 25 mM Tris, 10 mM NaCl, pH 8.7 and applied to the column with subsequent washing in the same buffer.
  • the column was eluted with a 100-300 mM NaCl gradient. Labeled 32 A, the homogeneous protein elutes at approximately 120 mM NaCl and is shown as a single band in Figure IB, col. 4.
  • the protein fractions were dialyzed against 25 mM Tris, pH 8.7, 10 mM NaCl and concentrated to 1-2 ml on a Savant Speed Vac Concentrator. b. The concentrate was applied to a Superdex 75 column equilibrated with 25 mM Tris, 150 mM NaCl, pH 8.7. The product elutes as a homogeneous protein as is shown in Figure IB col . 8.
  • the column was eluted with a salt gradient (10 mM to 200 mM) in 25 mM Tris, pH 8.7 buffer.
  • the 14 KD protein eluted at approximately 60 mM NaCl. 3.
  • a Q-Sepharose HP column was charged with 25 mM
  • Tris pH 8.7 containing 1 M NaCl, and re-equilibrated with 25 mM NaCl, pH 8.7.
  • the protein sample was dialyzed against 25 mM Tris,
  • the protein fractions were applied to a DEAE-Sepharose CL-6B or QAE-Sepharose ion exchange column and eluted with an NaCl gradient as previously described. Fractions containing two homogeneous proteins having molecular weights of approximately 12 KD eluted at approximately 300-350 mM NaCl and were collected. The proteins were labeled 12A and 12B and purified as a doublet shown in Figure ID, col. 2.
  • Figure 1 illustrates four exemplary 12.5% acrylamide gels developed using SDS-PAGE and labeled IA, IB, IC, and ID.
  • the standard in lane 1 of gels 1A- 1C has proteins with molecular weights of 66, 45, 36, 29, 24, 20, and 14 KD.
  • gel ID the standard in lane 1 contains proteins with molecular weights of 68, 45, 31, 29, 20, and 14 KD.
  • the lanes containing the respective purified extracellular products show essentially one band at the reported molecular weight of the individual protein. It should be noted that in gel 1 D the 12 KD protein runs as a doublet visible in lane 2. Sequence analysis shows that the lower 12 KD (or 12B KD band) is equivalent to the upper 12 KD (or 12A KD) band except that it lacks the first 3 N-terminal amino acids.
  • Figure 2 is a tabular compilation of N-terminal sequence data obtained from these purified extracellular products showing that the majority of the isolated products are indeed distinct (Sequence ID Nos. 1-14). Proteins 32A, 32B and 30 all had the same 5 N-terminal amino acids therefore further sequencing was necessary to fully characterize and differentiate them.
  • Figure 3 shows the extended N-terminal amino acid sequences for these three purified secretory products (Sequence ID Nos. 15-17). Different amino acids at positions 16 (Sequence ID No. 17), 31 (Sequence ID No. 16) and 36 (Sequence ID No. 16) demonstrate that these isolated proteins are distinct from one another despite their similarity in molecular weight.
  • N-terminal amino acid sequences of other majorly abundant extracellular products were determined to provide primary structural data and to uncover possible relationships between the proteins. Sequencing was performed on the extracellular products purified according to Example 2 using techniques well known in the art. Varying lengths of the N-terminal amino acid sequence, determined for each individual extracellular product, are shown below identified by the apparent molecular weight of the intact protein, and represented using standard one letter abbreviations for the naturally occurring amino acids. In keeping with established rules of notation, the N-terminal sequences are written left to right in the direction of the amino terminus to the carboxy terminus. Those positions where the identity of the determined amino acid is less than certain are underlined.
  • KD proteins using techniques well known in the art. These DNA sequences, and the corresponding amino acids, including upstream and downstream sequences, are shown below identified by the apparent molecular weight of the intact protein and represented using standard abbreviations and rules of notation.
  • AGT GGT GGT GCC AAC TCG CCC GCC CTG TAC CTG CTC GAC GGC ser gly gly ala asn ser pro ala leu tyr leu leu asp gly
  • sequence ID No. 95 This sequence data, combined with the physical properties ascertained using SDS-PAGE, allow these representative majorly abundant extracellular products of the present invention to be characterized and distinguished.
  • the analysis described indicates that these proteins constitute the majority of the extracellular products of M. tuberculosis, with the 71 KD, 30 KD, 32A KD, 23 KD and 16 KD products comprising approximately 60% by weight of the total available extracellular product. It is further estimated that the 30 KD protein may constitute up to 25% by weight of the total products released by M. tuberculosis.
  • individual exemplary majorly abundant extracellular products of M. tuberculosis useful in the practice of the present invention may range anywhere from approximately 0.5% up to approximately 25% of the total weight of the extracellular products.
  • a cutaneous hypersensitivity assay was performed. Guinea pigs were immunized with the exemplary majorly abundant M. tuberculosis 30 KD secretory product purified according to Example 2 and believed to comprise approximately 25% of the total extracellular product of M. tuberculosis. In three independent experiments, guinea pigs were immunized three times three weeks apart with 100 ⁇ g of substantially purified 30 KD protein in SAF adjuvant. Control animals were similarly injected with buffer in SAF. Three weeks after the last immunization the guinea pigs were challenged with the exemplary 30 KD protein in a cutaneous hypersensitivity assay.
  • Guinea pigs were shaved over the back and injections of 0.1, 1 and 10 ⁇ g of 30 KD protein were administered intradermally with resulting erythema (redness of the skin) and induration measured after 24 hours as shown in Table A below. Data are reported in terms of mean measurement values for the group ⁇ standard error (SE) as determined using traditional methods. ND indicates that this particular aspect of the invention was not done.
  • SE standard error
  • guinea pigs immunized with the exemplary 30 KD secretory product exhibited a strong cell-mediated immune response as evidenced by marked erythema and induration. In contrast, the control animals exhibited minimal response.
  • non-immunized guinea pigs were infected with M. tuberculosis and challenged with this protein as follows.
  • T O obtain bacteria for use in experiments requiring the infection of guinea pigs
  • M. tuberculosis was first cultured on 7H11 agar and passaged once through a guinea pig lung to insure that they were virulent.
  • guinea pigs were challenged by aerosol with a 10 ml suspension of bacteria in 7H9 broth containing approximately 5 x 10 4 bacteria/ml. After the guinea pigs became ill, the animals were sacrificed and the lungs, containing prominent M. tuberculosis lesions, were removed. Each lung was ground up and cultured on 7H11 agar for 7 days to 10 days.
  • the bacteria were scraped from the plates, diluted in 7H9 broth containing 10% glycerol, sonicated in a water bath to obtain a single cell suspension, and frozen slowly at -70°C at a concentration of approximately 2 x 10 7 viable bacteria/ml. Viability of the frozen cells was measured by thawing the bacterial suspension and culturing serial dilutions of the suspension on 7H11 agar. Just before a challenge, a vial of bacterial cells was thawed and diluted to the desired concentration in 7H9 broth.
  • the guinea pigs were exposed to aerosols of the viable M. tuberculosis in a specially designed lucite aerosol chamber.
  • the aerosol chamber measured 14 by 13 by 24 in. and contained two 6 inch diameter portals on opposite sides for introducing or removing guinea pigs.
  • the aerosol inlet was located at the center of the chamber ceiling.
  • a vacuum pump (Gast Mfg. Co., Benton Harbor, Michigan) delivered air at 30 lb/in 2 to a nebulizer-venturi unit (Mes Inc., Burbank, California), and an aerosol was generated from a 10-ml suspension of bacilli.
  • splenic lymphocytes were obtained and purified as described by Brieman and Horwitz (J. Exp. Med. 76 ⁇ :799-811) which is incorporated herein by reference.
  • the lymphocytes were adjusted to a final concentration of lOVml in RPMI 1640 (GIBCO Laboratories, Grand Island, New York) containing penicillin (lOO U/ml), streptomycin (100 ⁇ g/ml), and 10% fetal calf serum (GIBCO) and incubated with various concentrations of purified 30 KD secretory product in a total volume of 100 ⁇ l in microtest wells (96- well round-bottom tissue culture plate; Falcon Labware, Oxnard, California) for 2 days at 37°C in 5% CO 2 -95% air and 100% humidity.
  • Noninfected animals were used as negative controls.
  • 0.25 ⁇ Ci of [ 3 H]thymidine (New England Nuclear, Boston, Massachusetts) was added to each well and the cells were further incubated for 2 hours at 37°C in 5% CO 2 -95% air at 100% humidity.
  • a multisample automated cell harvester (Skatron Inc., Sterling, Virginia) was used to wash each well, and the effluent was passed through a filtermat (Skatron). Filtermat sections representing separate microtest wells were placed in scintillation vials, and 2 ml of Ecoscint H liquid scintillation cocktail (National Diagnostics, Manville, New Jersey) was added. Beta particle emission was measured in a beta scintillation counter (Beckman Instruments Inc., Fullerton, California).
  • Tissue samples from the infected and noninfected guinea pigs were assayed against 1 and 10 ⁇ g/ml of isolated 30 KD secretory protein. Samples were then monitored for their ability to incorporate [ 3 H]thymidine. The results of these assays were tabulated and presented in Table B below.
  • stimulation index which, for the purposes of this disclosure, is defined as: mean [ 3 H]thymidine incorporation of lymphocytes incubated with antigen / mean [ 3 H]thymidine incorporation of lymphocytes incubated without antigen.
  • the cells of the infected animals exhibited a strong response to the exemplary 30 KD protein as manifested by dose dependent splenic lymphocyte proliferation in response to exposure to this majorly abundant secretory product.
  • the uninfected control animals showed little lymphocyte proliferation.
  • the 30 KD secretory product clearly induces a cell-mediated immune response in mammals infected with M. tuberculosis.
  • guinea pigs were immunized with purified 30 KD protein and exposed to M. tuberculosis as follows.
  • the animals were immunized three times at three week intervals with 100 ⁇ g of the exemplary 30 KD secretory protein in SAF.
  • Control guinea pigs were immunized with 120 ⁇ g of bulk EP in SAF or sham-immunized with buffer in the same adjuvant.
  • the animals were challenged with aerosolized M. tuberculosis as described in Example 4.
  • the survival rates for the three groups of animals were monitored and are graphically presented in Figure 4. Absolute mortality was determined 14 weeks after challenge as presented in Table C below.
  • guinea pigs immunized three times with the exemplary 30 KD protein were protected against death. Approximately 67% of the guinea pigs immunized with the 30 KD protein survived whereas only 17% of the control sham-immunized guinea pigs survived. Weight retention of the immunized animals was also monitored (data not shown) and further illustrates the prophylactic capacity of vaccines incorporating majorly abundant extracellular products produced by pathogenic bacteria as taught by the present invention. While the immunized animals appeared to maintain their weight, the high mortality rate of the sham-immunized animals precluded the graphical comparison between the immunized animals and the control animals.
  • tuberculosis in the right lung and spleen were determined by homogenizing each organ in 10 ml of 7H9 with a mortar and pestle and 90-mesh Norton Alundum (Fisher), serially diluting the tissue homogenate in 7H9, and culturing the dilutions on duplicate plates of 7H11 agar by using drops of 0.1 ml/drop. All plates were kept in modular incubator chambers and incubated 12 to 14 days at 37°C in 5% CO 2 , 95% air at 100% humidity. The assay was conducted using this protocol and the results of the counts are presented in Table D below in terms of mean colony forming units (CFU) ⁇ standard error (SE).
  • CFU colony forming units
  • SE standard error
  • guinea pigs from each group were shaved over the back and skin tested with an intradermal injection of 0.1, 1.0 and 10 ⁇ g of 71 KD protein. 10.0 ⁇ g of buffer was used as a control and all injections were performed using a total volume of 0.1 ml. The diameters of erythema and induration were measured after 24 hours with the results as shown in Table E below. Data are reported in terms of mean measurement values for the group ⁇ standard error (SE) as determined using traditional methods.
  • SE standard error
  • the responses of the immunized animals were almost twice the response of the guinea pigs challenged with buffer alone and were comparable to those challenged with bulk EP identical to that used to immunize the animals (data not shown).
  • the bulk EP immunized guinea pigs were sacrificed and splenic lymphocyte proliferation was measured in response to various concentrations of the 71 KD protein. Nonimmunized animals were used as controls. Following the protocol of Example 4, the lymphocytes were incubated with and without 71 KD protein for 2 days and then assayed for their capacity to incorporate [ 3 H]thymidine.
  • Guinea Pig Status n 0.01 ug/ml 0.1 ug/ml 1.0 ⁇ g/ml
  • Guinea Pig Status n 0.01 ug/ml 0.1 ⁇ g/ml 1.0 ⁇ g/ml
  • the bulk preparation cannot be manufactured easily on a large scale through modern biomolecular techniques. Any commercial production of these unrefined bulk preparations containing all extracellular products would involve culturing vast amounts of the target pathogen or a closely related species and harvesting the resultant supernatant fluid. Such production methodology is highly susceptible to contamination by the target pathogen, toxic byproducts or other parasitic agents. Further, the large number of immunogenic determinants in such a preparation is far more likely to provoke a toxic immune reaction in a susceptible segment of the immunized population. Using these unrefined bulk preparations also negates the use of the most popular skin tests currently used for tuberculosis screening and control.
  • the vaccines of the present invention can be mass- produced in relative safety using high yield transformed hosts.
  • the vaccines of the present invention can be produced in identical, easy to standardize batches as opposed to the wider variable production of bulk extracellular products.
  • the number of immunogenic determinants presented to the host immune system is relatively small, toxic reactions and the chance of invalidating popular screening tests are greatly reduced.
  • Guinea pigs were twice vaccinated with 100 ⁇ g of purified 71 KD protein in SAF three weeks apart. Control animals were sham-immunized with buffer in SAF on the same schedule. Three weeks after the last immunization both sets of animals were intradermally challenged with 1 and 10 ⁇ g of isolated 71 KD protein. The resulting erythema and indurations were measured after 24 hours with the results shown in Table G below.
  • lymphocyte proliferation assays were performed. Animals immumzed as in Table G were sacrificed and splenic lymphocyte proliferative assays were run using the protocol established in Example 4. The tissue samples from the 71 KD immunized guinea pigs and those from the control guinea pigs were challenged with 0.1, 1 and 10 ⁇ g/ml of isolated 71 KD protein and monitored for their ability to incorporate [ 3 H]thymidine. Stimulation indices were calculated as previously described. The results of these assays are presented in Table H below.
  • Guinea Pig Status n 0.1 ⁇ g/ml 1.0 ug/ml 10.0 ug/ml
  • Non-immunized guinea pigs were infected with aerosolized
  • PPD-CT68 Purified protein derivative
  • Connaught Laboratories Ltd. was employed as the positive control to ensure that the infected animals were demonstrating a cell-mediated immune response indicative of M. tuberculosis.
  • PPD is generally prepared by ammonium sulfate fractionation and comprises a mixture of small proteins having an average molecular weight of approximately 10 KD. Immune responses to PPD are substantially analogous to those provoked by the bulk EP fractions isolated in Example 1.
  • tissue samples from both sets of guinea pigs were assayed against 0.1, 1 and 10 ⁇ g/ml of isolated 71 KD protein and PPD. The samples were then monitored for their ability to incorporate [ 3 H]thymidine as previously described with the results of these assays presented in Table J below.
  • Guinea Pig Status n 0.1 ug/ml 1.0 ⁇ g/ml 10.0 ug/ml
  • Guinea Pig Status n 0.1 ug/ml 1.0 ⁇ g/ml 10.0 ug/ml
  • Table J shows that the stimulation indices were much higher for the infected tissue than for the uninfected samples. More specifically, the mean peak stimulation index of infected animals was 2- fold higher to the exemplary 71 KD protein and 3 -fold higher to PPD than it was to uninfected controls confirming that a strong cell-mediated immune response is induced in animals infected with M. tuberculosis by the exemplary majorly abundant extracellular protein vaccines of the present invention.
  • guinea pigs were immunized twice, 3 weeks apart, with 100 ⁇ g of the exemplary majorly abundant 71 KD protein purified according to Example 2.
  • Control animals were immunized with 120 ⁇ g bulk EP from Example 1 or buffer. All animals were immunized using the adjuvant SAF.
  • guinea pigs immunized with the exemplary 71 KD protein were skin-tested with 10 ⁇ g of the material to evaluate whether a cell-mediated immune response had developed.
  • the control animals and 71 KD immunized guinea pigs were then infected with aerosolized M.
  • the mean peak stimulation index of PPD-positive individuals was twofold higher to the 71 KD protein and threefold higher to PPD than that of PPD negative individuals.
  • PPD-positive individuals there was a linear correlation between the peak stimulation indices to the exemplary 71 KD protein and to PPD demonstrating that a strong cell-mediated response is stimulated by the most prominent or majorly abundant extracellular products of M. tuberculosis in humans previously exposed to M. tuberculosis.
  • This data corresponds to the reactivity profile seen in guinea pigs and confirms the applicability of the guinea pig model to other mammals subject to infection.
  • the development of a strong immune response to the majorly abundant 71 KD extracellular product demonstrates the broad scope of the present invention as evidenced by the fact that the 71 KD product is also effective at stimulating cell-mediated immunity in humans.
  • the present invention is not limited to the extracellular products of M. tuberculosis or to the use of the exemplary 71 KD protein. Rather the teachings of the present invention are applicable to any majorly abundant extracellular product as demonstrated in the examples. Additional studies were performed in order to ascertain whether combinations of majorly abundant extracellular products of M. tuberculosis would provide protective immunity as well. In general, these studies utilized guinea pigs which were immunized either intradermally or subcutaneously with various dosages of vaccines comprising combinations of 5 purified extracellular proteins of M. tuberculosis in SAF three times, 3 or 4 weeks apart.
  • the first protein combination used for the immunization procedure labeled Combination I, was comprised of 71 KD, 32 A KD, 30 KD, 23 KD, and 16 KD proteins purified according to the protocols described in Example 2. This combination is believed to comprise up to 60% of the total extracellular protein normally present in M. tuberculosis culture supernatants. These proteins selected for use in Combination I, are identified with an asterisk in Figure 2.
  • Combination 1 vaccine containing 100 ⁇ g, 20 ⁇ g, or 2 ⁇ g of each protein was administered intradermally with the adjuvant SAF.
  • Combination I vaccine containing 20 ⁇ g of each protein was also administered subcutaneously in similar experiments.
  • Negative control guinea pigs were sham- immunized with equivalent volumes of SAF and buffer on the same schedule while positive controls were immunized using 120 ⁇ g of the bulk extracellular protein preparation from Example 1 in SAF. All injection volumes were standardized using buffer.
  • a cutaneous hypersensitivity assay was performed. Guinea pigs were shaved over the back and injected intradermally with 1.0 ⁇ g and 10.0 ⁇ g of the same combination of the five purified extracellular proteins. 10.0 ⁇ g of buffer was used as a control and all injections were performed using a total volume of 0.1 ml. The diameters of erythema and induration at skin tests sites were measured at 24 hours after injection.
  • the guinea pigs used for the preceding hypersensitivity assay were challenged with aerosolized M. tuberculosis, Erdman strain and weighed weekly for 10 weeks. This aerosol challenge was performed using the protocol of Example 4.
  • Guinea pigs that died before the end of the observation period were autopsied and examined for evidence of gross tuberculosis lesions. Such lesions were found in all animals which expired during the study.
  • Example 13 confirmed that Combination I proteins demonstrated immunoprotection in animals immunized intradermally with 100 ⁇ g of each protein (30 + 32A + 16 + 23 + 71) 3 times, 4 weeks apart, an alternative study was conducted to demonstrate the immunoprotective capacity of lower doses of Combination I proteins, specifically 20 ⁇ g or 2 ⁇ g of each protein.
  • guinea pigs (6 animals per group) were immunized with Combination I proteins (30 + 32A + 16 + 23 + 71) intradermally in SAF 4 times, 3 weeks apart. Animals received either 20 ⁇ g or each protein per immunization or 2 ⁇ g of each protein per immunization. Control animals were sham-immunized utilizing the previous protocol.
  • Example 13 Three weeks later, the animals were challenged with aerosolized M. tuberculosis and weights were measured weekly for 9 weeks. All immunized animals survived to the end of the experiment while one sham-immunized animal died before the end of the experiment. As the following results illustrate, doses 5 fold and even 50 fold lower than those of Example 13 protected immunized animals from aerosolized M. tuberculosis and that delivery by both the intradermal and subcutaneous route was effective.
  • guinea pigs immunized with 20 ⁇ g of each protein of Combination I Compared with guinea pigs immunized with 20 ⁇ g of each protein of Combination I, sham-immunized animals lost 12 % of their total body weight during the 9 weeks of the experiment (weights were normalized to just before challenge). Compared with guinea pigs immunized with 2 ⁇ g of each protein of Combination I, sham-immunized animals lost 11% of their normalized total body weight.
  • guinea pigs immunized intradermally with low doses of Combination I proteins were protected against weight loss after aerosol challenge with M. tuberculosis.
  • Combination I proteins also were protected against splenomegaly associated with dissemination of M. tuberculosis to the spleen. As shown in Table O, whereas animals immunized with 20 ⁇ g or 2 ⁇ g of each protein of Combination I had spleens weighing an average of 4.6 ⁇ 1.2g and 4.0 ⁇ 0.8g (Mean ⁇ SE), respectively, sham-immunized animals had spleens weighing an average of 9.6 ⁇ 1.8g (Table 1), or more than twice as much.
  • Guinea pigs immunized intradermally with low doses of Combination I proteins also had fewer CFU of M. tuberculosis in their spleens.
  • Table P when compared with sham-immunized animals, guinea pigs immumzed with 20 ⁇ g or 2 ⁇ g of each protein of Combination I had an average of 0.6 and 0.4 log fewer CFU, respectively, in their spleens.
  • guinea pigs immunized subcutaneously with Combination I proteins were also protected against weight loss, splenomegaly, and growth of M. tuberculosis in the spleen.
  • guinea pigs were also immunized subcutaneously rather than intradermally with 20 ⁇ g of Combination I proteins, 4 times, 3 weeks apart. These animals were protected from challenge almost as much as the animals immunized intradermally with 20 ⁇ g of Combination I proteins.
  • mice immunized with Combination II had 16.8 ⁇ 1.3 mm (Mean ⁇ SE) erythema and 12.8 ⁇ 1.2 mm induration in response to skin-testing with Combination II whereas sham-immunized animals had only 1.3 ⁇ 0.8 mm erythema and 0.3 ⁇ 3 mm induration in response to Combination II.
  • animals immunized with Combination II had greater than 12 fold more erythema and greater than 40 fold more induration than controls.
  • animals immunized with Combination II had greater than 12 fold more erythema and greater than 40 fold more induration than controls.
  • mice immunized with a lower dose of Combination II proteins (20 ⁇ g of each protein vs. 100 ⁇ g) also developed strong cutaneous hypersensitivity to Combination II. They had 21.0 ⁇ 2.0 mm erythema and 15.3 ⁇ 0.9 mm induration in response to Combination II, whereas the sham-immunized animals had only 1.3 ⁇ 0.8 mm erythema and 0.3 ⁇ 0.3 mm induration, as noted above.
  • animals immunized with a lower dose of Combination II proteins had greater than 16 fold erythema and greater than 50 fold more induration than controls, a difference that was even greater than for animals immunized with the higher dose of Combination
  • mice immunized with Combination II gained 52.4 g and animals immunized with Combination II at a lower dose (20 ⁇ g of each protein) gained an average of 67.2g.
  • animals immunized with Combination I gained 68g.
  • Each combination vaccine included 100 ⁇ g of each listed protein.
  • the combination vaccines were volumetrically adjusted and injected intradermally in the adjuvant SAF. As before the guinea pigs were immunized four times, three weeks apart. A cutaneous hypersensitivity assay was performed to determine if the animals had developed a measurable immune response following vaccination with the Combinations III to XII. Groups of six guinea pigs were shaved over the back and injected intradermally with the same combination of purified extracellular products to which they were immunized. For this challenge 10 ⁇ g of each of the proteins in the combination were injected. All injections were performed using a total volume of 0.1 ml.
  • guinea pigs immunized with Combinations III through XII were challenged with M. tuberculosis three weeks after the last immunization using the protocol of Example 4. Consistent with earlier results guinea pigs immunized with
  • Combinations III through XII were all protected against death after challenge. At 4 weeks after challenge, 2 of 6 sham-immunized animals (33%) died compared with 0 animals in groups immunized with Combinations IV-XII and 1 of 6 animals (17%) in the group immunized with Combination III.
  • guinea pigs were immunized as before using alternative vaccination dosages. Specifically, 50 ⁇ g, 100 ⁇ g and 200 ⁇ g of an alternative combination of 3 majorly abundant extracellular products identified as Combination XIII and comprising the 30 KD, 32(A) KD, and 16 KD proteins.
  • Combination XIII 3 majorly abundant extracellular products identified as Combination XIII and comprising the 30 KD, 32(A) KD, and 16 KD proteins.
  • groups of animals were immunized intradermally 4 times, 3 weeks apart with the alternative dosages of Combination XIII in SAF.
  • a cutaneous hypersensitivity assay was performed to determine if the animals had developed a measurable immune response following vaccination.
  • the animals were shaved over the back and injected intradermally with Combination XIII containing 10.0 ⁇ g of each of the purified extracellular products. All injections were performed using a total volume of 0.1 ml. Sham-immunized controls were also skin- tested with the same dosage of Combination XIII. The diameters of erythema and induration at skin- test sites were measured 24 hours after injection.
  • the immunized guinea pigs (6 per group) used for the preceding cutaneous hypersensitivity assay were challenged with aerosolized M. tuberculosis three weeks after the last immunization.
  • the aerosol challenge was performed using the protocol detailed in Example 4.
  • a control group of 12 sham-immumzed animals was challenged simultaneously.
  • Results of the weekly weight determinations following challenge are graphically represented in Figure 10 and distinctly show guinea pigs immunized with each of the three dosages of Combination XIII were protected from weight loss.
  • Animals immunized with the higher dosages of Combination XIII (100 and 200 ⁇ g) actually showed a net gain in weight and animals immunized with the lower dosage (50 ⁇ g) showed a relatively small loss in weight.
  • the sham immunized animals lost approximately 22% of their total body weight in the weeks immediately after challenge and averaged a loss of 182 g over the 10 week observation period.
  • Table U illustrates the percent weight change for immunized and control animals as determined by taking the mean weight at the end of the challenge, subtracting the mean weight at the start of the challenge and dividing the result by the mean weight at the start of the challenge. Similarly, the percent protection was determined by subtracting the mean percent weight loss of the controls from the mean percent weight gain or loss of the immunized animals.
  • Combination I was also used in this series of experiments. Guinea pigs were immunized intradermally with 50 ⁇ g of each protein of Combination XIV or XV and with 100 ⁇ g of each protein of Combinations I, XVI, XVII, and XVIII all in SAF adjuvant. The animals were immunized a total of four times, with each injection three weeks apart.
  • a cutaneous hypersensitivity assay was performed to determine if the animals had developed a measurable immune response following vaccination using the previously discussed protocol. Guinea pigs were shaved over the back and injected intradermally with the same combination of purified extracellular proteins to which they were immunized. For each challenge the appropriate combination vaccine containing 10 ⁇ g of each protein was injected. All injections were performed using a total volume of 0.1 ml. Sham-immunized controls were also skin-tested with the same dosage of each combination. The diameters of erythema and induration at skin test sites were measured at 24 hours after injection as described in Example 3. The results of these measurements are presented in Table V below, reported in terms of mean measurement values for the group ⁇ standard error (SE) as determined using traditional methods.
  • SE standard error
  • Example 21 To confirm the immunoreactivity of the combination vaccines of Example 21 and to demonstrate their applicability to infectious tuberculosis, the immunized guinea pigs used for the preceding cutaneous hypersensitivity assay were challenged with aerosolized M. tuberculosis three weeks after the last immunization and monitored using the protocol of Example 4. A control group of 12 sham-immunized animals, the same as used in Example 20, was similarly challenged. The results of these challenge are graphically represented in Figure 11 and shown in Table W directly below. Percent weight change was determined by taking the mean weight at the end of the challenge, subtracting the mean weight at the start of the challenge and dividing the result by the mean weight at the start of the challenge. Similarly, the percent protection was determined by subtracting the mean percent weight loss of the controls from the mean percent weight gain or loss of the immunized animals.
  • guinea pigs immunized with each of the combination vaccines were protected from weight loss. Sham-immunized animals lost approximately 22% of their total combined body weight. In contrast the prophylactic effect of the combination vaccines resulted in actual weight gain for one of the test groups and a reduced amount of weight loss in the others. Specifically, animals immunized with Combination XIV evidenced a 3% weight gain while those animals immunized with the other combinations lost only 4% to 15% of their total combined weight.
  • Guinea pigs were immunized intradermally with 100 ⁇ g of each protein comprising Combinations I and XIII and approximately 100 ⁇ g of purified 30 KD protein in each of the three different adjuvant formulations.
  • the guinea pigs were immunized with each formulation a total of three times with injections three weeks apart.
  • a cutaneous hypersensitivity assay was performed to determine if the guinea pigs had developed a measurable immune response.
  • Guinea pigs were shaved over the back and injected intradermally with the same immunogen to which they had been immunized.
  • 10 ⁇ g of each protein in Combinations I and XIII or 10 ⁇ g of purified 30 KD protein was injected in a total volume of 100 ⁇ l.
  • the diameters of erythema and induration at skin test sites were measured 24 hours after challenge as described in Example 3.
  • the combination vaccines and purified extracellular products of the present invention provide a strong cell-mediated immunogenic response when formulated with different adjuvants. Moreover, each one of the three adjuvants provided about the same immunogenic response for each respective immunogen.
  • the immunized guinea pigs exhibited erythema diameters approximately seven to ten times that of the sham-immunized guinea pigs while indurations were approximately four to six times greater than measured in the control animals.
  • adjuvants used to produce effective vaccine formulations in accordance with the teachings herein may be selected based largely on consideration of secondary criteria such as stability, lack of side effects, cost and ease of storage. These and other criteria, not directly related to the stimulation of an immune response, are particularly important when developing vaccine formulations for widespread use under relatively primitive conditions.
  • the guinea pigs were immunized a total of four times, with each injection three weeks apart.
  • Each combination vaccine used to immunize the animals consisted of 100 ⁇ g of each protein in SAF adjuvant to provide a total volume of 0.1 ml.
  • Example 3 Using the protocol discussed in Example 3, a cutaneous hypersensitive assay was performed to determine if the animals had developed a measurable immune response following vaccination with the selected combination vaccine.
  • the guinea pigs were shaved over the back and injected intradermally with the same combination of purified extracellular proteins with which they were immunized.
  • the protein combinations used to challenge the animals consisted of 10 ⁇ g of each protein. Sham immunized controls were also skin-tested with the same dosage of each combination.
  • the diameters of erythema and induration at the skin test sites were measured at 24 hours after injection.
  • the vaccines of the present invention are considerably less likely to provoke a toxic response when compared with prior art attenuated or killed bacterial vaccines.
  • the molecular vaccines of the present invention are not life threatening to immunocompromised individuals.
  • the compositions of the present invention may be used therapeutically to stimulate a directed immune response to a pathogenic agent in an infected individual .
  • Another advantage of the present invention is that purified extracellular products are easily obtained in large quantities and readily isolated using techniques well known in the art as opposed to the attenuated bacteria and bacterial components of prior art vaccines. Since the immunoreactive products of the present invention are naturally released extracellularly into the surrounding media for most organisms of interest, removal of intracellular contaminants and cellular debris is simplified. Further, as the most prominent or majorly abundant extracellular products or immunogenic analogs thereof are used to stimulate the desired immune response, expression levels and culture concentrations of harvestable product is generally elevated in most production systems. Accordingly, whatever form of production is employed, large scale isolation of the desired products is easily accomplished through routine biochemical procedures such as chromatography or ultrafiltration. These inherent attributes and molecular characteristics of the immunogenic determinants used in the present invention greatly facilitate the production of a consistent, standardized, high quality composition for use on a large scale.
  • the use of purified molecular compounds based on the immunogenic properties of the most prominent or majorly abundant extracellular products of target pathogens also makes the large scale synthetic generation of the immunoactive vaccine components of the present invention relatively easy.
  • the extracellular products of interest or their immunogenic analogs may be cloned into a non-pathogenic host bacteria using recombinant DNA technology and harvested in safety.
  • Molecular cloning techniques well known in the art may be used for isolating and expressing DNA corresponding to the extracellular products of interest, their homologs or any segments thereof in selected high expression vectors for insertion in host bacteria such as Escherichia coli. Exemplary techniques may be found in II R.
  • the extracellular proteins, their analogs, homologs or immunoreactive protein subunits may be chemically synthesized on a large scale in a relatively pure form using common laboratory techniques and automated sequencer technology. This mode of production is particularly attractive for constructing peptide subunits or lower molecular weight analogs corresponding to antigenic determinants of the extracellular products. Exemplary techniques for the production of smaller protein subunits are well known in the art and may be found in II R. Anon, Synthetic Vaccines 15-30, 1987, and in A. Streitwieser, Jr., Introduction to Organic Chemistry 953-55, 1985 (3d ed.).
  • Nucleic acid molecules useful for the practice of the present invention may be expressed from a variety of vectors, including, for example, viral vectors such as herpes viral vectors (e.g., U.S. Patent No. 5,288,641), retroviruses (e.g., EP 0,415,731; WO 90/07936, WO 91/0285, WO 94/03622; WO 93/25698; WO 93/25234; U.S. Patent No. 5,219,740; WO 89/09271; WO 86/00922; WO 90/02797; WO 90/02806; U.S. Patent No. 4,650,764; U.S. Patent No.
  • adenoviral vectors e.g., WO 94/26914, WO 93/9191; Kolls et al., PNAS 91 (Y):2l 5-2 9, 1994; Kass-Eisler et al., PNAS 90(24): 11498-502, 1993; Guzman et al., Circulation 88(6):2838-48, 1993; Guzman et al., Cir. Res. 75(6): 1202-1207, 1993; Zabner et al., Cell 75(2):207-216, 1993; Li et al., Hum. Gene Ther.
  • adenoviral vectors e.g., WO 94/26914, WO 93/9191; Kolls et al., PNAS 91 (Y):2l 5-2 9, 1994; Kass-Eisler et al., PNAS 90(24): 11498-502, 1993; Guzman et al., Circulation 88(6):28
  • the nucleic acid molecules may be introduced into host cells by a wide variety of mechanisms, including, for example, transfection, including, for example, DNA linked to killed adenovirus (Michael et al., J.Biol. Chem. 2 ⁇ 5 ⁇ °(10):6866-6869, 1993; and Curiel et al., Hum. Gene Ther. 5(2):147-154, 1992), cytofectin-mediated introduction (DMRIE-DOPE, Vical, Calif), direct DNA injection (Acsadi et al., Nature 552:815-818, 1991); DNA ligand (Wu et al., J. Biol.
  • DNA or other genetic material encoding one or more genes capable of inducing the expression of one or more of the extracellular products, homologs, analogs, or subunits of the present invention can be directly injected into a mammalian host utilizing so called "naked DNA" techniques. Following the in vivo introduction and the resultant uptake of the genetic construct by the host's cells the host will begin the endogenous production of the one or more encoded immunoreactive products engendering an effective immune response to subsequent challenge.
  • WO 9011092 (ViCal Inc.), and Robinson, "Protection Against a Lethal Influenza Virus Challenge by Immunization with a Hemagglutinin-Expressing Plasmid DNA," Vaccine 11:9, 1993, and in Ulmer et al., "Heterologous Protection against Influenza by Injection of DNA Encoding a Viral Protein,” Science 259, 1993, incorporated by reference herein.
  • M. tuberculosis and is highly cross-reactive in terms of provoking an immune response.
  • Mycobacterium can offer various degrees of protection against infection by M. tuberculosis and vice versa. Thus, it is contemplated as being within the scope of the present invention to provide an immunoprophylactic response against several bacterial species of the same genera using an highly homologous immunogenic determinant of an appropriate majorly abundant extracellular product.
  • the immunogenic determinant selected to practice the present invention may be used in many different forms to elicit an effective protective or immunodiagnostic immune response.
  • the mode of presentation of the one or more immunogenic determinants of selected majorly abundant extracellular products to the host immune system is not critical and may be altered to facilitate production or administration.
  • the vaccines of the present invention may be formulated using whole extracellular products or any immunostimulating fraction thereof including peptides, protein subunits, immunogenic analogs and homologs as noted above.
  • effective protein subunits of the majorly abundant extracellular products of M. tuberculosis can be identified in a genetically diverse population of a species of mammal.
  • the resultant immunodominant T-cell epitopes identified should be recognized by other mammals including humans and cattle. These immunodominant T-cell epitopes are therefore useful for vaccines as well as for immunodiagnostic reagents.
  • An exemplary study identifying the immunodominant T-cell epitopes of the 30 KD major secretory protein of M. tuberculosis was conducted as follows.
  • Splenic lymphocytes were obtained from outbred male Hartley strain guinea pigs (Charles River Breeding Laboratories) that had been immumzed intradermally 3-4 times with 100 ⁇ g of purified 30 KD protein emulsified in SAF (Allison and Byars, 1986). Control animals received phosphate buffered saline in SAF.
  • Lymphocytes were seeded in 96-well tissue culture plates (Falcon Labware) and incubated in triplicate with the synthetic 15-mer peptides at 20 ⁇ g ml "1 , purified 30 KD protein at 20 ⁇ g ml "1 , purified protein derivative [(PPD); Connaught Laboratories LTD] at 20 ⁇ g ml "1 , or concanavalin A at 10 ⁇ g ml "1 for 2 days in the presence of 10 U polymyxin B. Subsequently, cells were labeled for 16 h with 1 ⁇ Ci [ 3 H] thymidine (New England Nuclear) and then harvested (Breiman and Horwitz, 1987).
  • a positive proliferative response was defined as follows: (dpm of antigen) - (dpm of medium) > 1 500 and (dpm of antigen)/(dpm of medium) > 1.2.
  • Immunodominant epitopes recognized by greater than 25% of the guinea pigs immunized with purified M. tuberculosis 30 KD protein are presented in Table Z below and graphically illustrated in Figures 12a and 12b.
  • M. bovis protein differ markedly from the foregoing study in that the prior art studied actual patients, BCG vaccinees, patients with tuberculosis, or PPD-positive individuals.
  • Example 25 utilized outbred guinea pigs immunized with purified protein, thereby focusing the immune system on this single protein and producing a very strong cell-mediated immune response. Moreover, these guinea pigs were studied within a few weeks of immunization, at the peak of T-cell responsiveness.
  • one or more of the immunodominant epitopes identified above can be incorporated into a vaccine against tuberculosis.
  • individual immunodominant epitopes can be synthesized and used individually or in combination in a multiple antigen peptide system.
  • two or more immunodominant epitopes can be linked together chemically.
  • the peptides, either linked together or separately, can be combined with an appropriate adjuvant and used in subunit vaccines for humans or other mammals.
  • the immunodominant epitopes can be used in new immunodiagnostic reagents such as new skin tests.
  • DNA encoding the peptides can be synthesized and used to express the peptides, individually or collectively, or can be combined in a DNA vaccine injected directly into humans or other mammals.
  • a construct consisting of only the immunogenic epitopes (or the DNA coding therefor) would focus the immune response on the protective portions of the molecule. By avoiding irrelevant or even immunosuppressive epitopes such a construct may induce a stronger and more protective immune response. Smaller protein subunits of the majorly abundant extracellular products, molecular analogs thereof, genes encoding therefore, and respective combinations thereof are within the scope of the present invention as long as they provoke effective immunoprophylaxis or function as an immunodiagnostic reagent.
  • recombinant protein products such as fusion proteins or extracellular products modified through known molecular recombinant techniques are entirely compatible with the teachings of the present invention.
  • immunogenically generated analogs of the selected immunoactive determinants or peptides and nucleotides derived using directed evolution are also within the scope of the invention.
  • the selected immunoactive determinants can be modified so as to bind more tightly to specific MHC molecules of humans or other species or be presented more efficiently by antigen presenting cells. Further, the selected immunoactive determinants can be modified so as to resist degradation in the vaccinated host.
  • the formulation and presentation of the immunogenic agent to the host immune system is not limited to solutions of proteins or their analogs in adjuvant.
  • the immunogenic determinant derived from the appropriate extracellular proteins may be expressed by M. tuberculosis, different species of Mycobacteria, different species of bacteria, phage, mycoplasma or virus that is non- pathogenic and modified using recombinant technology. In such cases the whole live organism may be formulated and used to stimulate the desired response.
  • large scale vaccination programs in hostile environments may require very stable formulations without complicating adjuvants or additives.
  • the vaccine formulation could be directed to facilitate the stability or immunoreactivity of the active component when subjected to harsh conditions such as lyophilization or oral administration or encapsulation.
  • the present invention encompasses vastly different formulations of the immunogenic determinants comprising the subject vaccines depending upon the intended use of the product.
  • vaccine dosages should be determined for each pathogen and host utilizing routine experimentation. At present, it is believed that the lowest practical dosage will be on the order of 0.1 ⁇ g though dosages of 2.0 ⁇ g, 20.0 ⁇ g, 100 ⁇ g and even 1 mg may be optimum for the appropriate system.
  • the proper dosage can be administered using any conventional immunization technique and sequence known in the art.
  • the gene encoding the 30 kDa protein was engineered such that the initiator phenylalanine of the mature protein was fused to a glycine residue artificially inserted at the Ncol site or carboxyl terminus of the pelB leader sequence in pET22b (Novagen, Madison, WI) (see Figure 13).
  • This strategy provided a fusion molecule from which the mature 30 kDa protein could be easily released and led to the expression of relatively large quantities of recombinant 30 kDa protein over a period of 4 hours. Thereafter, expression of recombinant protein reached a plateau. Expression of the recombinant molecules continued for up to 8 hours without exerting serious detrimental effects on the bacterial culture.
  • a typical yield from 1 liter of E. coli culture was approximately 50 mg, amounting to nearly 25% of the total cell protein.
  • constructs in pET22b were expressed in E. coli BL21(DE3)pLysS upon induction with 1 mM isopropyl-b-D-thiogalactopyranoside (IPTG). Samples of induced cultures were taken at hourly intervals for up to 8 hours and aliquots of the culture supernatants and cell pellets were run on 12.5% denaturing polyacrylamide gels and stained with Coomassie brilliant blue R. Recombinant protein was purified as described by Horwitz et al.
  • the mature 30 kDa protein was expressed in the pET22b vector either with its own or the plasmid encoded pelB leader peptide.
  • the results of the electrophoresis of the cell pellets are shown in Figure 14.
  • Lanes A and B show Coomassie stained protein extracts upon IPTG induction of bacteria carrying the pET22b vector with the mature 30 kDa protein gene fused to the pelB leader DNA sequence (A) and the pET22b vector with the full-length 30 kDa protein gene (B).
  • Lane C shows mature 30 kDa protein isolated from M. tuberculosis culture filtrates as a reference.
  • Lanes D, E, and F show a Western blot analysis of the same proteins as in A, B, and C probed with anti-30/32A-B kDa complex specific antibodies.
  • Lane G protein extract from E. coli cultures carrying the pET22b vector alone, probed with the same antibodies. Positions of full-length and mature 30 kDa proteins are marked 30W and 30M, respectively, and these recombinant proteins are further identified by their first 5 or 7 N-terminal amino acids. Numbers on the left refer to molecular mass standards in kDa.
  • EXAMPLE 27 EXPRESSION OF SOLUBLE, PROCESSED, EXTRACELLULAR, M. TUBERCULOSIS 30 KDA MAJOR SECRETORY PROTEIN USING THE
  • This example is directed to demonstrating the expression and secretion of the M. tuberculosis 30 kDa major secretory protein in a mycobacterium.
  • the insert consisted of a 4.7 kb HinDIII - BamHI genomic DNA fragment from M. tuberculosis Erdman strain containing the sequence for the 30 kDa protein.
  • the insert was cloned into pSMT3 in E. coli DH5a and recombinant plasmid DNA was transformed into M. smegmatis l-2c and M. vaccae R877R (National Collection of Type Cultures (NCTC) 11659) by electroporation at a setting of 6250 V/cm and 25 mFarad.
  • M. smegmatis l-2c is a cured isolate of strain M.
  • smegmatis mc 2 6 which is a single cell isolate of ATCC 607 (American Type Culture Collection) which was prepared from M. smegmatis mc 2 6 by the procedure described in Zhang et al., Molecular Microbiology 5(2):381-391, 1991. M. smegmatis mc 2 6 was isolated from ATCC 607 by the procedure described in Jacobs et al., Nature 327:532-535, 1987. Using 1 mg of recombinant plasmid DNA and approximately 4 x 10 9 CFU of Mycobacteria, this method yielded 100-200 hygromycin-resistant transformants. The transformants were stable in broth culture and constitutively expressed the M. tuberculosis 30 kDa protein, yielding approximately 10 mg processed protein/L of culture. Most importantly, the protein was soluble and approximately 90% of the expressed protein was secreted in the culture supernatant (see Figure 16).
  • M. tuberculosis 30 kDa major secretory protein The left most lane depicts molecular mass standards (66, 45, 36, 29, 24, 20, 14 kDa). The recombinant protein migrates just above the 29 kDa marker. Western blot analysis was used to confirm that the major extracellular protein in the culture supernatant was the recombinant mature M. tuberculosis 30 kDa major secretory protein. The results are shown in Figure 17. In Figure 17, the proteins depicted in the four rightmost lanes of Figure 16 were subjected to SDS-PAGE and blotted onto nitrocellulose (4 rightmost lanes). The blot was probed with rabbit polyclonal antibody specific to the M.
  • tuberculosis 30/32 kDa protein complex Only the recombinant M. tuberculosis 30 kDa protein is stained (arrow). The lane to the left contains prestained molecular mass markers (106, 80, 49.5, 32.5, 27.5, and 18.5 kDa).
  • the recombinant protein migrates between the 32.5 and 27.5 kDa mass standards.
  • N-terminal sequence analysis of the first 6 N-terminal amino acids yielded FSRPGL, confirming that the N-terminal sequence was identical to that of the mature M. tuberculosis 30 kDa protein.
  • Example 24 A brief discussion of general approaches to the expression of desired proteins is set forth above in Example 24.
  • Smaller protein subunits of the majorly abundant extracellular products and molecular analogs thereof are within the scope of the present invention as long as they provoke effective immunoprophylaxis.
  • recombinant protein products such as fusion proteins or extracellular products modified through known molecular recombinant techniques are entirely compatible with the teachings of the present invention.
  • immunogenically generated analogs of the selected immunoactive determinants such as anti-idiotype antibodies, or peptides and nucleotides derived using directed evolution are also within the scope of the invention.
  • the formulation and presentation of the immunogenic agent to the host immune system is not limited to solutions of proteins or their analogs in adjuvant.
  • the immunogenic determinant derived from the appropriate extracellular proteins may be expressed on a different species of bacteria, phage, mycoplasma or virus that is non-pathogenic and modified using recombinant technology. In such cases the whole live organism may be formulated and used to stimulate the desired response.
  • large scale vaccination programs in hostile environments may require very stable formulations without complicating adjuvants or additives.
  • the vaccine formulation could be directed to facilitate the stability or immunoreactivity of the active component when subjected to harsh conditions such as lyophilization or oral administration or encapsulation. Accordingly, the present invention encompasses vastly different formulations of the immunogenic determinants comprising the subject vaccines depending upon the intended use of the product.
  • vaccine dosages should be determined for each pathogen and host utilizing routine experimentation. At present, it is believed that the lowest practical dosage will be on the order of 0.1 mg though dosages of 2.0 mg, 20.0 mg, 100 mg and even 1 mg may be optimum for the appropriate system. The proper dosage can be administered using any conventional immunization technique and sequence known in the art.
  • ORGANISM Mycobacterium tuberculosis
  • MOLECULE TYPE protein
  • HYPOTHETICAL NO
  • ANTI-SENSE NO
  • FRAGMENT TYPE N-terminal
  • ORIGINAL SOURCE
  • ORGANISM Mycobacterium tuberculosis
  • ORGANISM Mycobacterium tuberculosis
  • MOLECULE TYPE protein
  • HYPOTHETICAL NO
  • ANTI-SENSE NO
  • FRAGMENT TYPE N-terminal
  • ORIGINAL SOURCE
  • ORGANISM Mycobacterium tuberculosis
  • ORGANISM Mycobacterium tuberculosis

Landscapes

  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
  • Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
  • Oncology (AREA)
  • Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
  • General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
  • Communicable Diseases (AREA)
  • Public Health (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • Biophysics (AREA)
  • Biochemistry (AREA)
  • Gastroenterology & Hepatology (AREA)
  • Genetics & Genomics (AREA)
  • Molecular Biology (AREA)
  • Proteomics, Peptides & Aminoacids (AREA)
  • Pulmonology (AREA)
  • Peptides Or Proteins (AREA)
  • Medicines Containing Antibodies Or Antigens For Use As Internal Diagnostic Agents (AREA)
  • Apparatus Associated With Microorganisms And Enzymes (AREA)
  • Micro-Organisms Or Cultivation Processes Thereof (AREA)
  • Medicines Containing Material From Animals Or Micro-Organisms (AREA)

Abstract

Vaccines based on one or more combinations of majorly abundant extracellular products of pathogens and methods for their use and production are presented. The most prevalent or majorly abundant extracellular products of a target pathogen are selected irrespective of their absolute molecular immunogenicity and used as vaccines to stimulate a protective immune response in mammalian hosts against subsequent infection by the target pathogen. The majorly abundant extracellular products may be characterized and distinguished by their respective N-terminal amino acid, amino acid, or DNA sequences. As the vaccines may comprise different combinations of the extracellular products, subunits thereof, or encoding nucleic acids, a broad range of effective immunotherapeutic compositions are provided by the present invention. In addition to other infectious agents, the vaccines so produced can be used to stimulate an effective immune response against intracellular pathogens and in particular Mycobacterium tuberculosis.

Description

Description
ABUNDANT EXTRACELLULAR PRODUCTS AND METHODS FOR THEIR PRODUCTION AND USE
Reference to Government
This invention was made with Government support under Grant Nos. AI-35275 and AI-31338 awarded by the Department of Health and Human Services. The Government has certain rights in this invention.
Field of the Invention
The present invention generally relates to immunotherapeutic agents and vaccines against pathogenic organisms such as bacteria, protozoa, viruses and fungus. More specifically, unlike prior art vaccines and immunotherapeutic agents based upon pathogenic subunits or products which exhibit the greatest or most specific molecular immunogenicity, the present invention uses the most prevalent or majorly abundant immunogenic determinants released by a selected pathogen such as Mycobacterium tuberculosis to stimulate an effective immune response in mammalian hosts. Accordingly, the acquired immunity and immunotherapeutic activity produced through the present invention is directed to those antigenic markers which are displayed most often on infected host cells during the course of a pathogenic infection without particular regard to the relative or absolute immunogenicity of the administered compound.
Background of the Invention
It has long been recognized that parasitic microorganisms possess the ability to infect animals thereby causing disease and often the death of the host. Pathogenic agents have been a leading cause of death throughout history and continue to inflict immense suffering. Though the last hundred years have seen dramatic advances in the prevention and treatment of many infectious diseases, complicated host- parasite interactions still limit the universal effectiveness of therapeutic measures. Difficulties in countering the sophisticated invasive mechanisms displayed by many pathogenic vectors is evidenced by the resurgence of various diseases such as tuberculosis, as well as the appearance of numerous drug resistant strains of bacteria and viruses. Among those pathogenic agents of major epidemiological concern, intracellular bacteria have proven to be particularly intractable in the face of therapeutic or prophylactic measures. Intracellular bacteria, including the genus Mycobacterium and the genus Legionella, complete all or part of their life cycle within the cells of the infected host organism rather than extracellularly. Around the world, intracellular bacteria are responsible for millions of deaths each year and untold suffering. Tuberculosis, caused by Mycobacterium tuberculosis, is the leading cause of death from infectious disease worldwide, with 10 million new cases and 2.9 million deaths every year. In addition, intracellular bacteria are responsible for millions of cases of leprosy. Other debilitating diseases transmitted by intracellular agents include cutaneous and visceral leishmaniasis, American trypanosomiasis (Chagas disease), listeriosis, toxoplasmosis, histoplasmosis, trachoma, psittacosis, Q-fever, and Legionellosis including Legionnaires' disease. At this time, relatively little can be done to prevent debilitating infections in susceptible individuals exposed to these organisms. Due to this inability to effectively protect populations from tuberculosis and the inherent human morbidity and mortality caused by tuberculosis, this is one of the most important diseases confronting mankind. More specifically, human pulmonary tuberculosis primarily caused by M. tuberculosis is a major cause of death in developing countries. Capable of surviving inside macrophages and monocytes, M. tuberculosis may produce a chronic intracellular infection. By concealing itself within the cells primarily responsible for the detection of foreign elements and subsequent activation of the immune system, M. tuberculosis is relatively successful in evading the normal defenses of the host organism. These same pathogenic characteristics have heretofore prevented the development of an effective immunotherapeutic agent or vaccine against tubercular infections. At the same time tubercle bacilli are relatively easy to culture and observe under laboratory conditions. Accordingly, M. tuberculosis is particularly well suited for demonstrating the principles and advantages of the present invention.
Those skilled in the art will appreciate that the following exemplary discussion of M. tuberculosis is in no way intended to limit the scope of the present invention to the treatment of M. tuberculosis. Similarly, the teachings herein are not limited in any way to the treatment of tubercular infections. On the contrary, this invention may be used to advantageously provide safe and effective vaccines and immunotherapeutic agents against the immunogenic determinants of any pathogenic agent expressing extracellular products and thereby inhibit the infectious transmission of those organisms. Currently it is believed that approximately half of the world's population is infected by M. tuberculosis resulting in millions of cases of pulmonary tuberculosis annually. While this disease is a particularly acute health problem in the developing countries of Latin America, Africa, and Asia, it is also becoming more prevalent in the first world. In the United States specific populations are at increased risk, especially urban poor, immunocompromised individuals and immigrants from areas of high disease prevalence. Largely due to the AIDS epidemic the incidence of tuberculosis is presently increasing in developed countries, often in the form of multi-drug resistant M. tuberculosis. Recently, tuberculosis resistance to one or more drugs was reported in 36 of the 50 United States. In New York City, one-third of all cases tested in 1991 were resistant to one or more major drugs. Though non-resistant tuberculosis can be cured with a long course of antibiotics, the outlook regarding drug resistant strains is bleak. Patients infected with strains resistant to two or more major antibiotics have a fatality rate of around 50%. Accordingly, a safe and effective vaccine against such varieties of M. tuberculosis is sorely needed.
Initial infections of M. tuberculosis almost always occur through the inhalation of aerosolized particles as the pathogen can remain viable for weeks or months in moist or dry sputum. Although the primary site of the infection is in the lungs, the organism can also cause infection of the bones, spleen, meninges and skin. Depending on the virulence of the particular strain and the resistance of the host, the infection and corresponding damage to the tissue may be minor or extensive. In the case of humans, the initial infection is controlled in the majority of individuals exposed to virulent strains of the bacteria. The development of acquired immunity following the initial challenge reduces bacterial proliferation thereby allowing lesions to heal and leaving the subject largely asymptomatic but possibly contagious.
When M. tuberculosis is not controlled by the infected subject, it often results in the extensive degradation of lung tissue. In susceptible individuals lesions are usually formed in the lung as the tubercle bacilli reproduce within alveolar or pulmonary macrophages. As the organisms multiply, they may spread through the lymphatic system to distal lymph nodes and through the blood stream to the lung apices, bone marrow, kidney and meninges surrounding the brain. Primarily as the result of cell-mediated hypersensitivity responses, characteristic granulomatous lesions or tubercles are produced in proportion to the severity of the infection. These lesions consist of epithelioid cells bordered by monocytes, lymphocytes and fibroblasts. In most instances a lesion or tubercle eventually becomes necrotic and undergoes caseation.
While M. tuberculosis is a significant pathogen, other species of the genus Mycobacterium also cause disease in animals including man and are clearly within the scope of the present invention. For example, M. bovis is closely related to
M. tuberculosis and is responsible for tubercular infections in domestic animals such as cattle, pigs, sheep, horses, dogs and cats. Further, M. bovis may infect humans via the intestinal tract, typically from the ingestion of raw milk. The localized intestinal infection eventually spreads to the respiratory tract and is followed shortly by the classic symptoms of tuberculosis. Another important pathogenic vector of the genus
Mycobacterium is M. leprae which causes millions of cases of the ancient disease leprosy. Other species of this genus which cause disease in animals and man include M. kansasii, M. avium intracellulare, M. fortuitum, M. marinum, M. chelonei,
M. africanum, M. ulcerans, M. microti and M. scrofulaceum. The pathogenic mycobacterial species frequently exhibit a high degree of homology in their respective
DNA and corresponding protein sequences and some species, such as M. tuberculosis and M. bovis are highly related.
For obvious practical and moral reasons, initial work in humans to determine the efficacy of experimental compositions with regard to such afflictions is infeasible. Accordingly, in the early development of any drug or vaccine it is standard procedure to employ appropriate animal models for reasons of safety and expense. The success of implementing laboratory animal models is predicated on the understanding that immunodominant epitopes are frequently active in different host species. Thus, an immunogenic determinant in one species, for example a rodent or guinea pig, will generally be immunoreactive in a different species such as in humans. Only after the appropriate animal models are sufficiently developed will clinical trials in humans be carried out to further demonstrate the safety and efficacy of a vaccine in man.
With regard to alveolar or pulmonary infections by M. tuberculosis, the guinea pig model closely resembles the human pathology of the disease in many respects. Accordingly, it is well understood by those skilled in the art that it is appropriate to extrapolate the guinea pig model of this disease to humans and other mammals. As with humans, guinea pigs are susceptible to tubercular infection with low doses of the aerosolized human pathogen M. tuberculosis. Unlike humans where the initial infection is usually controlled, guinea pigs consistently develop disseminated disease upon exposure to the aerosolized pathogen, facilitating subsequent analysis. Further, both guinea pigs and humans display cutaneous delayed-type hypersensitivity reactions characterized by the development of a dense mononuclear cell induration or rigid area at the skin test site. Finally, the characteristic tubercular lesions of humans and guinea pigs exhibit similar morphology including the presence of Langhans giant cells. As guinea pigs are more susceptible to initial infection and progression of the disease than humans, any protection conferred in experiments using this animal model provides a strong indication that the same protective immunity may be generated in man or other less susceptible mammals. Accordingly, for purposes of explanation only and not for purposes of limitation, the present invention will be primarily demonstrated in the exemplary context of guinea pigs as the mammalian host. Those skilled in the art will appreciate that the present invention may be practiced with other mammalian hosts including humans and domesticated animals.
Any animal or human infected with a pathogenic vector and, in particular, an intracellular organism presents a difficult challenge to the host immune system. While many infectious agents may be effectively controlled by the humoral response and corresponding production of protective antibodies, these mechanisms are primarily effective only against those pathogens located in the body's extracellular fluid.
In particular, opsonizing antibodies bind to extracellular foreign agents thereby rendering them susceptible to phagocytosis and subsequent intracellular killing. Yet this is not the case for other pathogens. For example, previous studies have indicated that the humoral immune response does not appear to play a significant protective role against infections by intracellular bacteria such as M. tuberculosis. However, the present invention may generate a beneficial humoral response to the target pathogen and, as such, its effectiveness is not limited to any specific component of the stimulated immune response. More specifically, antibody mediated defenses seemingly do not prevent the initial infection of intracellular pathogens and are ineffectual once the bacteria are sequestered within the cells of the host. As water soluble proteins, antibodies can permeate the extracellular fluid and blood, but have difficulty migrating across the lipid membranes of cells. Further, the production of opsonizing antibodies against bacterial surface structures may actually assist intracellular pathogens in entering the host cell. Accordingly, any effective prophylactic measure against intracellular agents, such as Mycobacterium, should incorporate an aggressive cell-mediated immune response component leading to the rapid proliferation of antigen specific lymphocytes which activate the compromised phagocytes or cytotoxically eliminate them. However, as will be discussed in detail below, inducing a cell-mediated immune response does not equal the induction of protective immunity. Though cell-mediated immunity may be a prerequisite to protective immunity, the production of vaccines in accordance with the teachings of the present invention requires animal based challenge studies.
This cell-mediated immune response generally involves two steps. The initial step, signaling that the cell is infected, is accomplished by special molecules (major histocompatibility or MHC molecules) which deliver pieces of the pathogen to the surface of the cell. These MHC molecules bind to small fragments of bacterial proteins which have been degraded within the infected cell and present them at the surface of the cell. Their presentation to T-cells stimulates the immune system of the host to eliminate the infected host cell or induces the host cell to eradicate any bacteria residing within.
Unlike most infectious bacteria, Mycobacterium, including M. tuberculosis, tend to proliferate in vacuoles which are substantially sealed off from the rest of the cell by a membrane. Phagocytes naturally form these protective vacuoles making them particularly susceptible to infection by this class of pathogen. In such vacuoles the bacteria are effectively protected from degradation, making it difficult for the immune system to present integral bacterial components on the surface of infected cells. However, the infected cell's MHC molecules will move to the vacuole and collect any free (released) bacterial products or move to other sites in the host cell to which the foreign extracellular bacterial products have been transported for normal presentation of the products at the cell surface. As previously indicated, the presentation of the foreign bacterial products will provoke the proper response by the host immune system.
The problems intracellular pathogens pose for the immune system also constitute a special challenge to vaccine development. Thus far, the production of an effective vaccine against Mycobacterium infections and, in particular, against M. tuberculosis has eluded most researchers. At the present time the only widely available vaccine against intracellular pathogens is the live attenuated vaccine BCG, an avirulent strain of M. bovis, which is used as a prophylactic measure against the tubercle bacillus. Yet in 1988, extensive World Health Organization studies from India determined that the efficacy of the best BCG vaccines was so slight as to be immeasurable. Despite this questionable efficacy, BCG vaccine has been extensively employed in high incidence areas of tuberculosis throughout the world. Complicating the matter even further individuals who have been vaccinated with BCG will often develop sensitivity to tuberculin which negates the usefulness of the most common skin test for tuberculosis screening and control. Another serious problem involving the use of a live, attenuated vaccine such as BCG is the possibility of initiating a life-threatening disease in immunocompromised patients. These vaccines pose a particular risk for persons with depressed cell-mediated immunity because of their diminished capacity to fight a rapidly proliferating induced infection. Such individuals include those weakened by malnourishment and inferior living conditions, organ transplant recipients, and persons infected with HIV. In the case of BCG vaccine, high risk individuals also include those suffering from lung disorders such as emphysema, chronic bronchitis, pneumoconiosis, silicosis or previous tuberculosis. Accordingly, the use of attenuated vaccines is limited in the very population where they have the greatest potential benefit.
The use of live attenuated vaccines may also produce other undesirable side effects. Because live vaccines reproduce in the recipient, they provoke a broader range of antibodies and a less directed cell-mediated immune response than noninfectious vaccines. Often this shotgun approach tends to occlude the immune response directed at the molecular structures most involved in cellular prophylaxis. Moreover, the use of live vaccines with an intact membrane may induce opsonizing antibodies which prepare a foreign body for effective phagocytosis. Thus, upon host exposure to virulent strains of the target organism, the presence of such antibodies could actually enhance the uptake of non-attenuated pathogens into host cells where they can survive and multiply. Further, an attenuated vaccine contains thousands of different molecular species and consequently is more likely to contain a molecular species that is toxic or able to provoke an adverse immune response in the patient. Other problems with live vaccines include virulence reversion, natural spread to contacts, contaminating viruses and viral interference, and difficulty with standardization.
Similarly, noninfectious vaccines, such as killed organisms or conventional second generation subunit vaccines directed at strongly antigenic membrane bound structures, are limited with respect to the inhibition of intracellular bacteria. Like attenuated vaccines, killed bacteria provoke an indiscriminate response which may inhibit the most effective prophylactic determinants. Further, killed vaccines still present large numbers of potentially antigenic structures to the immune system thereby increasing the likelihood of toxic reactions or opsonization by the immune system. Traditional subunit vaccines incorporating membrane bound structures, whether synthesized or purified, can also induce a strong opsonic effect facilitating the entry of the intracellular pathogen into phagocytes in which they multiply. By increasing the rate of bacterial inclusion, killed vaccines directed to intracellular surface antigens may increase the relative virulence of the pathogenic agent. Thus, conventional attenuated or killed vaccines directed against strongly antigenic bacterial surface components may be contraindicated in the case of intracellular pathogens.
In order to circumvent the problems associated with the use of traditional vaccines, developments have been made using extracellular proteins or their immunogenic analogs to stimulate protective immunity against specific intracellular pathogens. For example, this inventor's U.S. Patent No. 5,108,745, issued April 28, 1992 discloses vaccines and methods of producing protective immunity against Legionella pneumophila and M. tuberculosis as well as other intracellular pathogens. These prior art vaccines are broadly based on extracellular products originally derived from proteinaceous compounds released extracellularly by the pathogenic bacteria into broth culture in vitro and released extracellularly by bacteria within infected host cells in vivo. As disclosed therein, these vaccines are selectively based on the identification of extracellular products or their analogs which stimulate a strong immune response against the target pathogen in a mammalian host. More specifically, these prior art candidate extracellular proteins were screened by determining their ability to provoke either a strong lymphocyte proliferative response or a cutaneous delayed-type hypersensitivity response in mammals which were immune to the pathogen of interest. Though this disclosed method and associated vaccines avoid many of the drawbacks inherent in the use of traditional vaccines, conflicting immunoresponsive results due to cross-reactivity and host variation may complicate the selection of effective immunizing agents. Thus, while molecular immunogenicity is one indication of an effective vaccine, other factors may complicate its use in eliciting an effective immune response in vivo.
More importantly, it surprisingly was discovered that, particularly with respect to M. tuberculosis, conventional prior art methods for identifying effective protective immunity inducing vaccines were cumbersome and potentially ineffective. For example, SDS-PAGE analysis of bulk M. tuberculosis extracellular protein followed by conventional Western blot techniques aimed at identifying the most immunogenic of these extracellular components produced inconsistent results. Repeated testing failed to identify which extracellular product would produce the strongest immunogenic response and, consistent with prior art thinking, thereby function as the most effective vaccine. Many of the extracellular products of M. tuberculosis are well known in the art, having been identified and, in some cases, sequenced. Further, like any foreign protein, it can be shown that these known compounds induce an immune response. However, nothing in the art directly indicates that any of these known compounds will induce protective immunity as traditionally identified.
Accordingly, it is a principal object of the present invention to provide vaccines or immunotherapeutic agents and methods for their production and use in mounting an effective immune response against infectious bacterial pathogens which do not rely upon traditional vaccine considerations and selection techniques based upon highly specific, strongly immunogenic operability.
It is another object of the present invention to provide vaccines or immunotherapeutic agents and methods for their use to impart acquired immunity in a mammalian host against intracellular pathogens including M. tuberculosis, M. bovis, M. kansasii, M. avium-intracellulare, M. fortuitum, M. chelonei, M. marinum, M. scrofulaceum, M. leprae, M. africanum, M. ulcerans and M. microti.
It is an additional object of the present invention to provide easily produced vaccines and immunotherapeutic agents exhibiting reduced toxicity relative to killed or attenuated vaccines.
Summary of the Invention
The present invention accomplishes the above-described and other objects by providing compounds for use as vaccines and/or immunotherapeutic agents and methods for their production and use to generate protective or therapeutic immune responses in mammalian hosts against infection by pathogens. In a broad aspect, the invention provides the means to induce a protective or therapeutic immune response against infectious vectors producing extracellular compounds. While the compounds of the present invention are particularly effective against pathogenic bacteria, they may be used to generate a protective or therapeutic immune response to any pathogen producing majorly abundant extracellular products.
For purposes of the present invention, the term "majorly abundant" should be understood as a relative term identifying those extracellular products released in the greatest quantity by the pathogen of interest. For example, with respect to M. tuberculosis grown under various conditions of culture to an optical density of approximately 0.5, one skilled in the art should expect to obtain on the order of 10 μg/L or more of a majorly abundant extracellular product. Thus, out of the total exemplary 4 mg/L total output of extracellular product for M. tuberculosis grown under normal or heat shock conditions, approximately fifteen to twenty (alone or in combination) of the one hundred or so known extracellular products will constitute approximately ninety percent of the total quantity. These are the majorly abundant extracellular products contemplated as being within the scope of the present invention and are readily identifiable as the broad bands appearing in SDS/PAGE gels. In addition, the extracellular products of interest may further be characterized and differentiated by amino acid sequencing. The remaining extracellular products are minor. Those skilled in the art will also appreciate that the relative quantitative abundance of specific major extracellular products may vary depending upon conditions of culture. However, in most cases, the identification of an individual majorly abundant extracellular product will not change.
Accordingly, the present invention may be used to protect a mammalian host against infection by viral, bacterial, fungal or protozoan pathogens. It should be noted that in some cases, such as in viral infections, the majorly abundant extracellular products may be generated by the infected host cell. While active against all microorganisms releasing majorly abundant extracellular products, the vaccines and methods of the present invention are particularly effective in generating protective immunity against intracellular pathogens, including various species and serogroups of the genus Mycobacterium. The vaccines of the present invention are also effective as immunotherapeutic agents for the treatment of existing disease conditions.
Surprisingly, it has been found by this inventor that immunization with the most or majorly abundant products released extracellularly by bacterial pathogens or their immunogenic analogs can provoke an effective immune response irrespective of the absolute immunogenicity of the administered compound. Due to their release from the organism and hence their availability to host molecules involved in antigen processing and presentation and due to their naturally high concentration in tissue during infection, the majorly abundant extracellular products of a pathogenic agent are processed and presented to the host immune system more often than other bacterial components. In the case of intracellular pathogens, the majorly abundant extracellular products are the principal immunogenic determinants presented on the surface of the infected host cells and therefore exhibit a greater presence in the surrounding environment. Accordingly, acquired immunity against the majorly abundant extracellular products of a pathogenic organism allows the host defense system to swiftly detect pathogens sequestered inside host cells and effectively inhibit them.
More particularly, the principal or majorly abundant products released by pathogenic bacteria appear to be processed by phagocytes and other host immune system mechanisms at a greater rate than less prevalent or membrane bound pathogenic components regardless of their respective immunogenic activity or specificity. This immunoprocessing disparity is particularly significant when the pathogenic agent is an intracellular bacteria sequestered from normal immune activity. By virtue of their profuse and continual presentation to the infected host's immune system, the most prevalent bacterial extracellular products or their immunogenic analogs provoke a vigorous immune response largely irrespective of their individual molecular immunogenic characteristics.
Majorly abundant extracellular products are the principal constituents of proteins and other molecular entities which are released by the target pathogen into the surrounding environment. Current research indicates that in some instances a single majorly abundant extracellular product may comprise up to 40% by weight of the products released by a microorganism. More often, individual majorly abundant extracellular products account for between from about 0.5% to about 25% of the total products released by the infectious pathogen. Moreover, the top five or six majorly abundant extracellular products may be found to comprise between 60% to 70% of the total mass released by a microorganism. Of course those skilled in the art will appreciate that the relative levels of extracellular products may fluctuate over time as can the absolute or relative quantity of products released. For example, pH, oxidants, osmolality, heat and other conditions of stress on the organism, stage of life cycle, reproduction status and the composition of the surrounding environment may alter the composition and quantity of products released. Further, the absolute and relative levels of extracellular products may differ greatly from species to species and even between strains within a species.
In the case of intracellular pathogens, extracellular products appear to expand the population of specifically immune lymphocytes capable of detecting and exerting an antimicrobial effect against macrophages containing live bacteria. Further, by virtue of their repeated display on the surface of infected cells, the majorly abundant or principal extracellular products function as effective antigenic markers. Accordingly, pursuant to the teachings of the present invention, vaccination and the inducement of protective immunity directed to the majorly abundant extracellular products of a pathogenic bacteria or their immunogenically equivalent determinants, prompts the host immune system to mount a rapid and efficient immune response with a strong cell- mediated component when subsequently infected by the target pathogen.
In direct contrast to prior art immunization activities which have primarily been focused on the production of vaccines and the stimulation of immune responses based upon the highly specific molecular antigenicity of individual screened pathogen components, the present invention advantageously exploits the relative abundance of bacterial extracellular products or their immunogenic analogs (rather than their immunogenic specificities) to establish or induce protective immunity with compounds which may actually exhibit lower immunogenic specificity than less prevalent extracellular products. For the purposes of this disclosure an immunogenic analog is any molecule or compound sufficiently analogous to at least one majorly abundant extracellular product expressed by the target pathogen, or any fraction thereof, to have the capacity to stimulate a protective immune response in a vaccinated mammalian host upon subsequent infection by the target pathogen. In short, the vaccines of the present invention are identified or produced by selecting the majorly abundant product or products released extracellularly by a specific pathogen (or molecular analogs capable of stimulating a substantially equivalent immune response) and isolating them in a relatively pure form or subsequently sequencing the DNA or RNA responsible for their production to enable their synthetic or endogenous production. The desired prophylactic immune response to the target pathogen may then be elicited by formulating one or more of the isolated immunoreactive products or the encoding genetic material using techniques well known in the art and immunizing a mammalian host prior to infection by the target pathogen.
It is anticipated that the present invention will consist of at least one, two or, possibly even several well defined immunogenic determinants. As a result, the present invention produces consistent, standardized vaccines which may be developed, tested and administered with relative ease and speed. Further, the use of a few well defined molecules corresponding to the majorly abundant secretory or extracellular products greatly reduces the risk of adverse side effects associated with conventional vaccines and eliminates the possible occlusion of effective immunogenic markers. Similarly, because the present invention is not an attenuated or a killed vaccine the risk of infection during production, purification or upon administration is effectively eliminated. As such, the vaccines of the present invention may be administered safely to immunocompromised individuals, including asymptomatic tuberculosis patients and those infected with HIV. Moreover, as the humoral immune response is directed exclusively to products released by the target pathogen, there is little chance of generating a detrimental opsonic immune component. Accordingly, the present invention allows the stimulated humoral response to assist in the elimination of the target pathogen from antibody susceptible areas.
Another beneficial aspect of the present invention is the ease by which the vaccines may be harvested or produced and subsequently purified and sequenced. For example, the predominantly abundant extracellular products may be obtained from cultures of the target pathogen, including M. tuberculosis or M. bovis, with little effort. As the desired compounds are released into the media during growth, they can readily be separated from the intrabacterial and membrane-bound components of the target pathogen utilizing conventional techniques. More preferably, the desired immunoreactive constituents of the vaccines of the present invention may be produced and purified from genetically engineered organisms into which the genes expressing the specific extracellular products of M. tuberculosis, M. bovis, M. leprae or any other pathogen of interest have been cloned. As known in the art, such engineered organisms can be modified to produce higher levels of the selected extracellular products or modified immunogenic analogs. Alternatively, the immunoprotective products, portions thereof or analogs thereof, can be chemically synthesized using techniques well known in the art or directly expressed in host cells injected with naked genes encoding therefor. Whatever production source is employed, the immunogenic components of the predominant or majorly abundant extracellular products may be separated and subsequently formulated into deliverable vaccines using common biochemical procedures such as fractionation, chromatography or other purification methodology and conventional formulation techniques or directly expressed in host cells containing directly introduced genetic constructs encoding therefor.
For example, in an exemplary embodiment of the present invention the target pathogen is M. tuberculosis and the majorly abundant products released extracellularly by M. tuberculosis into broth culture are separated from other bacterial components and used to elicit an immune response in mammalian hosts. Individual proteins or groups of proteins are then utilized in animal based challenge experiments to identify those which induce protective immunity making them suitable for use as vaccines in accordance with the teachings of the present invention. More specifically, following the growth and harvesting of the bacteria, by virtue of their physical abundance the principal extracellular products are separated from intrabacterial and other components through centrifugation and filtration. If desired, the resultant bulk filtrate is then subjected to fractionation using ammonium sulfate precipitation with subsequent dialysis to give a mixture of extracellular products, commonly termed EP. Solubilized extracellular products in the dialyzed fractions are then purified to substantial homogeneity using suitable chromatographic techniques as known in the art and as described more fully below.
These exemplary procedures result in the production of fourteen individual proteinaceous major extracellular products of M. tuberculosis having molecular weights ranging from 110 kilo Daltons (KD) to 12 KD. Following purification each individual majorly abundant extracellular product exhibits one band corresponding to its respective molecular weight when subjected to polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis thereby allowing individual products or groups of products corresponding to the majorly abundant extracellular products to be identified and prepared for use as vaccines in accordance with the teachings of the present invention. The purified majorly abundant extracellular products may further be characterized and distinguished by determining all or part of their respective amino acid sequences using techniques common in the art. Sequencing may also provide information regarding possible structural relationships between the majorly abundant extracellular products.
Subsequently, immunization and the stimulation of acquired immunity in a mammalian host system may be accomplished through the teachings of the present invention utilizing a series of subcutaneous or intradermal injections of these purified extracellular products over a course of time. For example, injection with a purified majorly abundant bacterial extracellular product or products in incomplete Freund's adjuvant followed by a second injection in the same adjuvant approximately three weeks later can be used to elicit a protective response upon subsequent challenge with the virulent pathogen. Other exemplary immunization protocols within the scope and teachings of the present invention may include a series of three or four injections of purified extracellular product or products or their analogs in Syntex Adjuvant
Formulation (SAF) over a period of time. While a series of injections may generally prove more efficacious, the single administration of a selected majorly abundant extracellular product or its immunogenic subunits or analogs can impart the desired immune response and is contemplated as being within the scope of the present invention as well.
Such exemplary protocols can be demonstrated using art accepted laboratory models such as guinea pigs. For example, as will be discussed in detail, immunization of several guinea pigs with a combination of five majorly abundant extracellular products (purified from M. tuberculosis as previously discussed) was accomplished with an immunization series of three injections of the bacterial products in SAF adjuvant with corresponding sham-immunization of control animals. Exemplary dosages of each protein ranged from 100 μg to 2 μg. Following the last vaccination all of the animals were simultaneously exposed to an infectious and potentially lethal dose of aerosolized M. tuberculosis and monitored for an extended period of time. The control animals showed a significant loss in weight when compared with the animals immunized with the combination of the majorly abundant extracellular products of M. tuberculosis. Moreover, half of the control animals died during the observation period while none of the immunized animals succumbed to tuberculosis. Autopsies conducted after this experiment revealed that the non-immunized control animals had significantly more colony forming units (CFU) and corresponding damage in their lungs and spleens than the protected animals. Seventeen additional combinations of purified majorly abundant extracellular products provided immunoprophylaxis when tested, thereby demonstrating the scope of the present invention and broad range of vaccines which may be formulated in accordance with the teachings thereof.
However, it should be emphasized that the present invention is not restricted to combinations of secretory or extracellular products. For example, several alternative experimental protocols demonstrate the capacity of a single abundant extracellular product to induce mammalian protective immunity in accordance with the teachings of the present invention. In each experiment guinea pigs were immunized with a single majorly abundant extracellular product purified from M. tuberculosis EP using the chromatography protocols detailed herein. In one example the animals were vaccinated in multiple experiments with an adjuvant composition containing a purified abundant secretory product having a molecular weight corresponding to 30 KD. In another example of the present invention, different guinea pigs were vaccinated with an adjuvant composition containing an abundant extracellular product isolated from M. tuberculosis having a molecular weight corresponding to 71 KD. Following their respective immunizations both sets of animals and the appropriate controls were exposed to lethal doses of aerosolized M. tuberculosis to determine vaccine effectiveness.
More particularly, in one experiment six guinea pigs were immunized with 100 μg of 30 KD protein in SAF on three occasions spread over a period of six weeks. Control animals were simultaneously vaccinated with corresponding amounts of a bulk preparation of extracellular proteins (EP) or buffer. Three weeks after the final vaccination, the animals were challenged with an aerosolized lethal dose of M. tuberculosis and monitored for a period of 14 weeks. The 30 KD immunized guinea pigs and those immunized with the bulk extracellular preparation had survival rates of 67% and 50% respectively (illustrating the unexpectedly superior performance of the majorly abundant extracellular product versus EP), while the sham-immunized animals had a survival rate of only 17%. Upon termination of the experiment the animals were sacrificed and examined for viable tubercle bacilli. Unsurprisingly, the non-immunized animal showed markedly higher concentrations of M. tuberculosis in the lungs and spleen. Similar experiments were performed on those animals vaccinated with 71 KD protein. In one experiment six guinea pigs were vaccinated with an SAF adjuvant composition containing 100 μg purified 71 KD protein two times over a period of three weeks. Other animals were similarly immunized with a bulk preparation of unpurified extracellular proteins or EP for use as a positive control and with buffer for use as a negative control. Following exposure to lethal doses of aerosolized tubercle bacilli the weight of the guinea pigs was monitored for a period of 6 months. Once again the animals immunized with the purified form of the abundant extracellular product developed protective immunity with respect to the virulent M. tuberculosis. By the end of that period the buffer immunized animals showed a significant loss in weight when compared with the immunized animals. Further, while the positive controls and 71 KD immunized animals had survival rates of 63% and 50% respectively, the non- immunized animals all died before the end of the observation period.
It is important to note that the formulation of the vaccine is not critical to the present invention and may be optimized to facilitate administration. Solutions of the purified immunogenic determinants derived from the majorly abundant pathogenic extracellular products may be administered alone or in combination in any manner designed to generate a protective immune response. The purified protein solutions may be delivered alone, or formulated with an adjuvant before being administered. Specific exemplary adjuvants used in the instant invention to enhance the activity of the selected immunogenic determinants are SAF, adjuvants containing Monophosphoryl Lipid A
(MPL), Freund's incomplete adjuvant, Freund's complete adjuvant containing killed bacteria, gamma interferons (Radford et al., American Society of Hepatology 2008-
2015, 1991; Watanabe et al., PNAS 56:9456-9460, 1989; Gansbacher et al., Cancer Research 50:7820-7825, 1990; Maio et al., Can. Immunol. Immunother. 30:34-42,
1989; U.S. Patent Nos. 4,762,791 and 4,727,138), MF59, MF59 plus MTP, MF59 plus
IL-12, MPL plus TDM (Trehalose (Dimycolate), QS-21, QS-21 plus IL-12, IL-2
(American Type Culture Collection Nos. 39405, 39452 and 39516; see also U.S. Patent
No. 4,518,584), IL-12, IL-15 (Grabstein et al., Science 264:965-962,, 1994), dimethyldioctadecyl ammonium (ddA), ddA plus dextran, alum, Quil A, ISCOMS,
(Immunostimulatory Complexes), Liposomes, Lipid Carriers, Protein Carriers, and
Microencapsulation techniques. Additional adjuvants that may be useful in the present invention are water-in-oil emulsions, mineral salts (for example, alum), nucleic acids, block polymer surfactants, and microbial cell walls (peptido glycolipids). While not limiting the scope of the invention it is believed that adjuvants may magnify immune responses due to the slow release of antigens from the site of injection. Alternatively, genetic material encoding the genes for one or more of the immunogenic determinants derived from the majorly abundant pathogenic extracellular products may be coupled with eucaryotic promoter and/or secretion sequences and injected directly into a mammalian host to induce and endogenous expression of the immunogenic determinants and subsequent protective immunity.
Other objects, features and advantages of the present invention will be apparent to those skilled in the art from a consideration of the following detailed description of preferred exemplary embodiments thereof taken in conjunction with the figures which will first be described briefly.
Brief Description of the Drawings
Figure 1 is a representation of 4 Coomassie blue stained gels, labeled la to Id, illustrating the purification of exemplary majorly abundant extracellular products of M. tuberculosis as identified by sodium dodecyl sulfate polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis (SDS-PAGE).
Figure 2 is a tabular representation identifying the five N-terminal amino acids of fourteen exemplary majorly abundant extracellular products of M. tuberculosis (Sequence ID Nos. 1-14) and the apparent molecular weight for such products.
Figure 3 is a tabular representation of the extended N-terminal amino acid sequence of three exemplary majorly abundant secretory products of M. tuberculosis (Sequence ID Nos. 15-17) which were not distinguished by the five N- terminal amino acids shown in Figure 2.
Figure 4 is a graphical comparison of the survival rate of guinea pigs immunized with exemplary purified majorly abundant 30 KD secretory product of M. tuberculosis versus positive controls immunized with a prior art bulk preparation of extracellular proteins and non-immunized negative controls following exposure to an aerosolized lethal dose of M. tuberculosis.
Figure 5 is a graphical comparison of mean guinea pig body weight of animals immunized with purified majorly abundant 71 KD extracellular product versus positive controls immunized with a prior art bulk preparation of extracellular proteins from M. tuberculosis and non-immunized negative controls following exposure to an aerosolized lethal dose of M. tuberculosis.
Figure 6 is a graphical comparison of the survival rate of guinea pigs immunized in Figure 5 with exemplary majorly abundant purified 71 KD extracellular product of M. tuberculosis versus positive controls immunized with a prior art bulk preparation of extracellular proteins from M. tuberculosis and non-immunized negative controls following exposure to an aerosolized lethal dose of M. tuberculosis.
Figure 7 is a graphical comparison of mean guinea pig body weight of animals immunized with exemplary purified majorly abundant 71 KD extracellular product and non-immunized negative controls following exposure to an aerosolized lethal dose of M. tuberculosis in a second, separate experiment.
Figures 8a and 8b are graphical comparisons of lymphocyte proliferative responses to exemplary purified majorly abundant 71 KD extracellular product in PPD+
(indicative of infection with M. tuberculosis) and PPD- human subjects. Figure 8a is a graph of the values measured at 2 days after incubation of lymphocytes with this antigen while Figure 8b is a graph of the values measured at 4 days after incubation.
Figure 9 is a graphical comparison of mean guinea pig body weight of animals immunized with vaccine comprising a combination of extracellular products produced according to the teachings of the present invention and non-immunized controls following exposure to an aerosolized lethal dose of M. tuberculosis.
Figure 10 is a graphical comparison of mean guinea pig body weight of animals immunized with three different dosages of a vaccine comprising a combination of extracellular products produced according to the teachings of the present invention and non-immunized controls following exposure to an aerosolized lethal dose of M. tuberculosis.
Figure 11 is a graphical comparison of mean guinea pig body weight of animals immunized with vaccines comprising six different combinations of extracellular products produced according to the teachings of the present invention and non-immunized controls following exposure to an aerosolized lethal dose of M. tuberculosis.
Figures 12a and b are graphical illustrations of the mapping of the immunodominant epitopes of the 30 KD protein of M. tuberculosis. Figure 12a illustrates the percentage of 24 guinea pigs immunized with the 30 KD protein responding to overlapping peptides (15-mer) covering the entire 30 KD protein sequence. Figure 12b illustrates a corresponding set of data for a group of 19 sham immunized guinea pigs. The response of each group of animals to native 30 KD protein, purified protein derivative (PPD) and concanavalin A (con A) appears at the right of each graph.
Figure 13 provides a diagrammatic representation of the constructs used for the expression of recombinant 30 kDa protein. The diagram depicts the pET22b vectors used for the expression of recombinant 30 kDa protein. The vectors express the mature 30 kDa protein fused to its own leader (30W-pET22b) or the plasmid encoded pelB leader (30M-pET22b). Abbreviations used: Ori, ColEl type origin of replication; FI ori, phage FI origin of replication; Amp, ampicillin resistance gene; 30W/M, full- length (30W)) or mature (30M) 30 kDa protein; lad, lac repressor gene; P^, phage T7 RNA polymerase specific promoter; Ndel and Ncol, restriction enzyme sites at vector/insert junctions.
Figure 14 shows electrophoresis test results and a Western blot analysis which confirm the expression of full-length and mature 30 kDa protein in E. coli BL21(DE3)pLysS. Figure 15 is a diagrammatic representation of an alternate construct system used to express the 30 kDa protein.
Figure 16 shows electrophoresis test results which confirm the expression of the M. tuberculosis 30 kDa protein in M. smegmatis.
Figure 17 depicts the results of a Western blot analysis, confirming the expression of the M. tuberculosis 30 kDa protein in M. smegmatis.
Detailed Description
The present invention is directed to compounds and methods for their production and use against pathogenic organisms as vaccines and immunotherapeutic agents. More specifically, the present invention is directed to the production and use of majorly abundant extracellular products released by pathogenic organisms, their immunogenic analogs or the associated genetic material encoding therefor as vaccines or immunotherapeutic agents and to associated methods for generating protective immunity in mammalian hosts against infection. These compounds will be referred to as vaccines throughout this application for purposes of simplicity.
In exemplary embodiments, illustrative of the teachings of the present invention, the majorly abundant extracellular products of M. tuberculosis were distinguished and subsequently purified. Guinea pigs were immunized with purified forms of these majorly prevalent extracellular products with no determination of the individual product's specific molecular immunogenicity. Further, the exemplary immunizations were carried out using the purified extracellular products alone or in combination and with various dosages and routes of administration. Those skilled in the art will recognize that the foregoing strategy can be utilized with any pathogenic organism or bacteria to practice the method of the present invention and, accordingly, the present invention is not specifically limited to vaccines and methods directed against M. tuberculosis. In these exemplary embodiments, the majorly abundant extracellular products of M. tuberculosis were separated and purified using column chromatography.
Determination of the relative abundance and purification of the extracellular products was accomplished using polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis. Following purification of the vaccine components, guinea pigs were vaccinated with the majorly abundant extracellular products alone or in combination and subsequently challenged with M. tuberculosis. As will be discussed in detail, in addition to developing the expected measurable responses to these extracellular products following immunization, the vaccines of the present invention unexpectedly conferred an effective immunity in these laboratory animals against subsequent lethal doses of aerosolized M. tuberculosis.
While these exemplary embodiments used purified forms of the extracellular products, those skilled in the art will appreciate that the present invention may easily be practiced using immunogenic analogs which are produced through recombinant means or other forms of chemical synthesis using techniques well known in the art. Further, immunogenic analogs, homologs or selected segments of the majorly abundant extracellular products may be employed in lieu of the naturally occurring products within the scope and teaching of the present invention.
A further understanding of the present invention will be provided to those skilled in the art from the following non-limiting examples which illustrate exemplary protocols for the identification, isolation, production and use of majorly abundant extracellular products (alone and in combination) as vaccines.
EXAMPLES EXAMPLE 1 ISOLATION AND PRODUCTION OF BULK EXTRACELLULAR
PROTEINS (EP) FROM MYCOBACTERIUM TUBERCULOSIS
M. tuberculosis Erdman strain (ATCC 35801) was obtained from the American Tissue Culture Collection (Rockville, Md.). The lyophilized bacteria were reconstituted in Middlebrook 7H9 culture medium (Difco Laboratories, Detroit, Mich.) and maintained on Middlebrook 7H11 agar. 7H11 agar was prepared using Bacto Middlebrook 7H10 agar (Difco), OADC Enrichment Medium (Difco), 0.1% casein enzymatic hydrolysate (Sigma), and glycerol as previously described by Cohn (Cohn, M.I., Am. Rev. Respir. Dis. 98:295-296) and incorporated herein by reference. Following sterilization by autoclaving, the agar was dispensed into bacteriologic Petri dishes (100 by 15 mm) and allowed to cool. M. tuberculosis was then plated using sterile techniques and grown at 37°C in 5% CO2-95% air, 100% humidity. After culture on 7H11 for 7 days, the colonies were scraped from the plates, suspended in 7H9 broth to 108 CFU/ml and aliquoted into 1.8-ml Nunc cryotubes (Roskilde, Denmark). Each liter of the broth was prepared by rehydrating 4.7 g of Bacto Middlebrook 7H9 powder with 998 ml of distilled water, and 2 ml of glycerol (Sigma Chemical Co., St. Louis, Mo.) before adjusting the mixture to a pH value of 6.75 and autoclaving the broth for 15 min at 121 °C. The aliquoted cells were then slowly frozen and stored at -70°C. Cells stored under these conditions remained viable indefinitely and were used as needed. Bulk extracellular protein (EP) preparations were obtained from cultures of M. tuberculosis grown in the Middlebrook 7H9 broth made as above. Following reconstitution, 150 ml aliquots of the broth were autoclaved for 15 min at 121°C and dispensed into vented Co-star 225 cm2 tissue culture flasks. M. tuberculosis cells stored at -70°C as described in the previous paragraph were thawed and used to inoculate 7H11 agar plates. After culture for 7 days, the colonies were scraped from the plates, suspended in a few ml of 7H9 broth, and sonicated in a water bath to form a single cell suspension. The M. tuberculosis cells were suspended in the sterile 150 ml aliquots at an initial optical density of 0.05, as determined by a Perkin-Elmer Junior model 35 spectrophotometer (Norwalk, Conn). The cells were then incubated at 37°C in 5% CO2-95% air for 3 weeks until the suspension showed an optical density of 0.4 to 0.5. These cultures were used as stock bottles for subsequent cultures also in 7H9 broth. The stock bottles were sonicated in a water bath to form a single cell suspension. The M. tuberculosis cells were then diluted in 7H9 broth to an initial optical density of 0.05 and incubated at 37°C in 5% CO2-95% air for 2'Λ to 3 weeks until the suspension showed an optical density of 0.4 to 0.5. Culture supernatant was then decanted and filter sterilized sequentially through 0.8 μm and 0.2 μm low-protein-binding filters (Gelman Sciences Inc., Ann Arbor, Mich.). The filtrate was then concentrated approximately 35 fold in a Filtron Minisette with an Omega membrane having a 10 KD cutoff and stored at 4°C. Analysis of the bulk extracellular protein preparation by sodium dodecyl sulfate-polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis (SDS-PAGE) revealed a protein composition with multiple bands. Bulk extracellular protein mixture (EP) was prepared by obtaining a 40%-95% ammonium sulfate cut of the culture filtrate. EXAMPLE 2
PURIFICATION OF PRINCIPAL MAJORLY ABUNDANT
EXTRACELLULAR PRODUCTS OF MYCOBACTERIUM TUBERCULOSIS
Ammonium sulfate (grade I, Sigma) was added to the sterile culture filtrate of Example 1 in concentrations ranging from 10% to 95% at 0°C and gently stirred to fractionate the proteins. The suspension was then transferred to plastic bottles and centrifuged in a swinging bucket rotor at 3,000 rpm on a RC3B Sorvall Centrifuge to pellet the resulting precipitate. The supernatant fluid was decanted and, depending on the product of interest, the supernatant fluid or pellet was subjected to further purification. When the product of interest was contained in the supernatant fluid a second ammonium sulfate cut was executed by increasing the salt concentration above that of the first cut. After a period of gentle stirring the solution was then centrifuged as previously described to precipitate the desired product and the second supernatant fluid was subj ected to further purification.
Following centrifugation, the precipitated proteins were resolubilized in the appropriate cold buffer and dialyzed extensively in a Spectrapor dialysis membrane (Spectrum Medical Industries, Los Angeles, California) with a 6,000 to 8,000 molecular weight cut-off to remove the salt. Extracellular protein concentration was determined by a bicinchoninic acid protein assay (Pierce Chemical Co., Rockford, Illinois) and fraction components were determined using SDS-PAGE. The fractions were then applied to chromatography columns for further purification.
Using the general scheme outlined immediately above fourteen extracellular products were purified from the bulk extracellular protein filtrate obtained by the process detailed in Example 1. The exact ammonium sulfate precipitation procedure and chromatography protocol is detailed below for each extracellular product isolated.
A. 110 KD Extracellular Product 1. A 50%- 100% ammonium sulfate precipitate was obtained as discussed above.
2. The resolubilized precipitate was dialyzed and applied to a
DEAE Sepharose CL-6B or QAE Sepharose ion exchange column in column buffer consisting of 10% sorbitol, 10 mM potassium phosphate, pH 7, 5 mM 2-mercaptoethanol, and 0.2 mM EDTA and eluted with a sodium chloride gradient. Fractions containing 110 KD protein elute at approximately 550 mM salt and were collected.
3. Collected fractions were applied to S200 Sepharose size fractionation column in PBS (phosphate buffered saline) buffer. The protein eluted as a homogeneous 110 KD protein.
B. 80 KD Extracellular Product
1. The 0-25% ammonium sulfate cut (1 hour at 0°C) was discarded and the 25%-60% ammonium sulfate cut (overnight at 0°C) was retained as discussed above.
2. A DEAE CL-6B column (Pharmacia) was charged with 25 mM Tris, pH 8.7 containing 1M NaCl and equilibrated with 25 mM Tris, pH 8.7, 10 mM NaCl and the protein sample was dialyzed against 25 mM Tris, pH 8.7, 10 mM NaCl and applied to the column. The column was washed overnight with the same buffer. A first salt gradient of 10 mM to 200 mM NaCl in 25 mM Tris, pH 8.7 was run through the column to elute other proteins. A second salt gradient (200 to 300 mM NaCl) was run through the column and the 80 KD protein eluted at approximately 275 mM NaCl.
3. A Q-Sepharose HP column was charged with 25 mM Tris, pH 8.7, 1M NaCl and re-equilibrated to 25 mM Tris, pH 8.7, 10 mM NaCl. The protein sample was dialyzed against 25 mM Tris, pH 8.7, 10 mM NaCl and applied to the column. The column was washed in the same buffer and then eluted with 200-300 mM NcCl in 25 mM Tris, pH 8.7.
4. Fractions containing the 80 KD protein were collected and diaiyzed against 25 mM Tris, pH 8.7, 10 mM NaCl, and then concentrated in a Speed- Vac concentrator to 1-2 ml. The protein sample was applied to a Superdex 75 column and eluted with 25 mM Tris, pH 8.7, 150 mM NaCl. The 80 KD protein eluted as a homogenous protein.
C. 71 KD Extracellular Product 1. A 40%-95% ammonium sulfate precipitate was obtained as discussed above with the exception that the 71 KD product was cultured in 7H9 broth at pH 7.4 and at 0% CO2 and heat-shocked at 42°C for 3h once per week. The precipitate was dialyzed against Initial Buffer (20 mM HEPES, 2 mM MgAc, 25 mM KC1, 10 mM (NH4)2SO4, 0.8 mM DL-Dithiothreitol, pH 7.0). 2. The resolubilized precipitate was applied to an ATP Agarose column equilibrated with Initial Buffer. Effluent was collected and reapplied to the ATP Agarose column. The 71 KD protein bound to the column.
3. Subsequently the ATP Agarose column was washed, first with Initial Buffer, then 1 M KC1, then Initial Buffer.
4. Homogeneous 71 KD protein was eluted from the column with 10 mM ATP and dialyzed against phosphate buffer.
D. 58 KD Extracellular Product A 25%-50% ammonium sulfate precipitate was obtained as discussed above.
2. The resolubilized precipitate was dialyzed and applied to a DEAE- Sepharose CL-6B or QAE-Sepharose column and eluted with NaCl. Collected fractions containing the 58 KD Protein eluted at approximately 400 mM NaCl. 3. Collected fractions were then applied to a Sepharose CL-6B size fractionation column. The protein eluted at approximately 670-700,000 Daltons.
4. The eluted protein was applied to a thiopropyl-sepharose column. The homogeneous 58 KD protein eluted at approximately 250-350 mM 2-mercaptoethanol. The eluted protein was monitored using SDS-PAGE and exhibited the single band shown in Figure 1 A, col. 2.
E. 45 KD Extracellular Product
1. a. A 0-25% ammonium sulfate cut (1 hour at 0°C) was discarded. b. The 25%-60% ammonium sulfate cut (overnight at 0°C) was retained.
2. a. A DEAE CL-6B column (Pharmacia) was charged with 2.5 mM Tris, pH 8.7 containing 1 M NaCl and equilibrated with 25 mM Tris, 10 mM NaCl, pH 8.7. b. The protein sample was dialyzed against 25 mM Tris,
10 mM NaCl, pH 8.7 and applied to column. The column was then washed overnight with the same buffer. c. The column was eluted with a salt gradient (10 mM to 200 mM) in 25 mM Tris, pH 8.7 buffer. The 45 KD protein eluted at approximately 40 mM NaCl. 3. a. A Q-Sepharose HP (Pharmacia) column was charged with 25 mM Tris, pH 8.7 containing 1 M NaCl and re-equilibrated with 25 mM Tris, 10 mM NaCl, pH 8.7. b. The protein sample was dialyzed against 25 mM Tris, 10 mM NaCl, pH 8.7 and applied to column with subsequent washing using the same buffer. c. The column was eluted with 10-150 mM NaCl in 25 mM Tris, pH 8.7.
4. a. Fractions containing the 45 KD product were collected, pooled and dialyzed against 25 mM Tris, 10 mM NaCl, pH 8.7, before concentration to
1 ml in a Speed Vac concentrator. b. Concentrate was Applied to Superdex 75 column equilibrated with 25 mM Tris 150 mM NaCl, pH 8.7. The product eluted as a homogeneous protein. The eluted protein was monitored using SDS-PAGE and resulted in the single band shown in Figure IB, col. 2.
F. 32 KD Extracellular Product (A
1. a. A 0-25% ammonium sulfate cut (1 hour at 0°C) was discarded. b. The 25%-60% ammonium sulfate cut (overnight at 0°C) was retained.
2. a. A DEAE CL-6B column (Pharmacia) was charged with 25 mM Tris, pH 8.7 containing 1 M NaCl and then equilibrated with 25 mM Tris, 10 mM NaCl, pH 8.7. b. The protein sample was dialyzed against 25 mM Tris,
10 mM NaCl, pH 8.7 and applied to the column with subsequent washing overnight with same buffer. c. The column was eluted with a salt gradient (10 mM to 200 mM) in 25 mM Tris, pH 8.7 buffer. The 32 KD protein eluted at approximately 70 mM NaCl.
3. a. Fractions containing the 32 KD product were collected, pooled and dialyzed against 25 mM Tris, 10 mM NaCl, pH 8.7, before concentrating the protein sample to 1 ml in a Speed-Vac Concentrator. b. The concentrate was then Applied to a Superdex 75 column equilibrated with 25 mM Tris, 150 mM NaCl, pH 8.7 and eluted with this buffer. The 32 KD product eluted as homogeneous protein. 4. a. A Q-Sepharose HP column (Pharmacia) was charged with 25 mM Tris, pH 8.7 containing 1 M NaCl, and re-equilibrated with 25 mM Tris, 10 mM NaCl, pH 8.7. b. The protein sample was dialyzed against 25 mM Tris, 10 mM NaCl, pH 8.7 and applied to the column with subsequent washing in the same buffer. c. The column was eluted with a 100-300 mM NaCl gradient. Labeled 32 A, the homogeneous protein elutes at approximately 120 mM NaCl and is shown as a single band in Figure IB, col. 4.
G. 32 KD Extracellular Product (B)
1. a. A 0-25% ammonium sulfate cut (1 hour at 0°C) was discarded. b. The 25%-60% ammonium sulfate cut (overnight at 0°C) was retained.
2. a. A DEAE CL-6B column (Pharmacia) was charged with 25 mM Tris, pH 8.7 containing 1 M NaCl and then equilibrated with 25 mM Tris, 10 mM NaCl, pH 8.7. b. The protein sample was dialyzed against 25 mM Tris, lO mM NaCl, pH 8.7 and applied to the column with subsequent washing overnight with same buffer. c. A preliminary salt gradient of 10 mM to 200 mM NaCl in 25 mM Tris, pH 8.7 was run, eluting various proteins. Following column equilibration, a second salt gradient (200 to 300 mM NaCl) was run. The 32 KD protein eluted at approximately 225 mM NaCl.
3. a. A Q-Sepharose HP column (Pharmacia) was charged with 25 mM Tris, pH 8.7 containing 1 M NaCl, and re-equilibrated with 25 mM Tris, 10 mM NaCl, pH 8.7. b. The protein sample was dialyzed against 25 mM Tris, 10 mM NaCl, pH 8.7 and applied to the column with subsequent washing in the same buffer. c. The column was eluted with a 200-300 mM NaCl gradient in the same buffer.
4. a. Fractions containing the 32 KD product were collected, pooled and dialyzed against 25 mM Tris, 10 mM NaCl, pH 8.7, before concentrating the protein sample to 1 ml in a Speed- Vac Concentrator. b. The concentrate was then applied to a Superdex 75 column equilibrated with 25 mM Tris, 150 mM NaCl, pH 8.7 and eluted with the same buffer. The 32 KD product, labeled 32B to distinguish it from the protein of 32 KD separated using protocol H, eluted as homogeneous protein and is shown as a single band on Figure IB, col. 3.
H. 30 KD Extracellular Product
1. a. A 0-25% ammonium sulfate cut (1 hour at 0°C) was discarded. b. The 25%-60% ammonium sulfate cut (overnight at 0°C) was retained.
2. a. A DEAE CL-6B column (Pharmacia) was charged with 25 mM Tris, pH 8.7 containing 1 M NaCl and then equilibrated with 25 mM Tris, 10 mM NaCl, pH 8.7. b. The protein sample was dialyzed against 25 mM Tris, lO mM NaCl, pH 8.7 and applied to the column with subsequent washing overnight with same buffer. c. The column was eluted with a salt gradient (10 mM to 200 mM) in 25 mM Tris, pH 8.7 buffer. The 30 KD protein eluted at approximately 140 mM NaCl.
3. a. Fractions containing the 30 KD product were collected, pooled and dialyzed against 25 mM Tris, 10 mM NaCl, pH 8.7, before concentrating the protein sample to 1 ml in a Speed-Vac Concentrator. b. The concentrate was then Applied to a Superdex 75 column equilibrated with 25 mM Tris, 150 mM NaCl, pH 8.7 and eluted with this buffer. The 30 KD product eluted as homogeneous protein and is shown as a single band on Figure IB, col. 5.
I. 24 KD Extracellular Product 1. a. A 0-25% ammonium sulfate cut (1 hour at 0°C) was discarded. b. The 25%-60% ammonium sulfate cut (overnight at 0°C) was retained.
2. a. A DEAE CL-6B column (Pharmacia) was charged with 25 mM Tris, pH 8.7 containing 1 M NaCl and then equilibrated with 25 mM Tris, 10 mM NaCl, pH 8.7. b. The protein sample was dialyzed against 25 mM Tris, lO mM NaCl, pH 8.7 and applied to the column with subsequent washing overnight with same buffer. c. A preliminary salt gradient of 10 mM to 200 mM NaCl in 25 mM Tris, pH 8.7 was run, eluting various proteins. Following column equilibration a second salt gradient (200 to 300 mM NaCl) was run. The 24 KD elutes at approximately 250 mM NaCl.
3. a. A Q-Sepharose HP column (Pharmacia) was charged with 25 mM Tris, pH 8.7 containing 1 M NaCl, and re-equilibrated with 25 mM Tris, 10 mM NaCl, pH 8.7. b. The protein sample was dialyzed against 25 mM Tris, 10 mM NaCl, pH 8.7 and applied to the column with subsequent washing in the same buffer. c. The column was eluted with a 200-300 mM NaCl gradient in the same buffer.
4. a. Fractions containing the 24 KD product were collected, pooled and dialyzed against 25 mM Tris, 10 mM NaCl, pH 8.7, before concentrating the protein sample to 1 ml in a Speed- Vac Concentrator. b. The concentrate was then applied to a Superdex 75 column equilibrated with 25 mM Tris, 150 mM NaCl, pH 8.7 and eluted with the same buffer. The 24 KD product eluted as homogeneous protein and is shown as a single band on Figure IB, column 7.
J. 23.5 KD Extracellular Product 1. a. A 0-25% ammonium sulfate cut (1 hour at 0°C) was discarded. b. The 25%-60% ammonium sulfate cut (overnight at 0°C) was retained.
2. a. A DEAE CL-6B column (Pharmacia) was charged with 25 mM Tris, pH 8.7 containing 1 M NaCl and then equilibrated with 25 mM Tris, 10 mM NaCl, pH 8.7. b. The protein sample was dialyzed against 25 mM Tris, 10 mM NaCl, pH 8.7 and applied to the column prior to subsequent washing overnight with same buffer. c. The column was eluted with a salt gradient (10 mM to 200 mM) in 25 mM Tris, pH 8.7 buffer. The 23.5 KD protein eluted at approximately 80 mM NaCl.
3. a. A Q-Sepharose HP column was charged with 25 mM Tris, pH 8.7 containing 1 M NaCl, and re-equilibrated with 25 mM Tris, 10 mM NaCl, pH 8.7. b. The protein sample was dialyzed against 25 mM Tris, 10 mM NaCl, pH 8.7 and applied to the column with subsequent washing in the same buffer. c. The column was eluted with 100-300 mM NaCl in
25 mM Tris, pH 8.7. d. Steps 3a to 3c were repeated.
4. a. Fractions containing 23.5 KD product were collected, pooled and dialyzed against 25 mM Tris, 10 mM NaCl, pH 8.7, before concentrating the protein sample to 1 ml in a Speed-Vac Concentrator. b. The concentrate was then applied to a Superdex 75 column equilibrated with 25 mM Tris, 150 mM NaCl, pH 8.7 and eluted with the same buffer. The 23.5 KD product eluted as homogeneous protein. The eluted protein was monitored using SDS-PAGE and resulted in the single band shown in Figure IB, column 6.
K. 23 KD Extracellular Product
1. a. Ammonium sulfate cuts of 0-25% (lh at 0°C) and 25%- 60% (overnight at 0°C) were discarded. b. A 60%-95% ammonium sulfate cut was retained.
2. a. A DEAE CL-6B column (Pharmacia) was charged with 50 mM Bis-Tris pH 7.0 containing 1 M NaCl and equilibrated with 50 mM Bis-Tris, 100 mM NaCl, pH 7.0. b. The protein sample was dialyzed against 50 mM Bis-Tris, pH 7.0, 100 mM NaCl buffer and applied to the column before washing the column overnight with the same buffer. c. The column was eluted with a 100 to 300 mM NaCl linear gradient in 50 mM Bis-Tris pH 7.0. d. Fractions were collected containing the 23 KD protein which eluted at approximately 100- 150 mM NaCl. 3. a. The protein fractions were dialyzed against 25 mM Tris, pH 8.7, 10 mM NaCl and concentrated to 1-2 ml on a Savant Speed Vac Concentrator. b. The concentrate was applied to a Superdex 75 column equilibrated with 25 mM Tris, 150 mM NaCl, pH 8.7. The product elutes as a homogeneous protein as is shown in Figure IB col . 8.
L. 16 KD Extracellular Product
1. a. A 0-25% ammonium sulfate cut (1 hour at 0°C) was discarded. b. The 25-60% ammonium sulfate cut (overnight at 0°C) was retained.
2. a. A DEAE CL-6B column (Pharmacia) was charged with 2.5 mM Tris, pH 8.7 containing 1 M NaCl and then equilibrated with 25 mM Tris, 10 mM NaCl, pH 8.7. b. The protein sample was dialyzed against 25 mM Tris,
10 mM NaCl, pH 8.7 and applied to the column with subsequent washing overnight in the same buffer. c. The column was eluted with a salt gradient (10 mM to 200 mM) in 25 mM Tris, pH 8.7 buffer. The 16 KD protein eluted at approximately 50 mM NaCl.
3. a. Fractions containing 16 KD product were collected, pooled and dialyzed against 25 mM Tris, 10 mM NaCl, pH 8.7, before concentrating the protein sample to 1 ml in a Speed- Vac Concentrator. b. The concentrate was then applied to a Superdex 75 column equilibrated with 25 mM Tris, 150 mM NaCl, pH 8.7 and eluted with the same buffer. A 16 KD product eluted as homogeneous protein. The eluted protein was monitored using SDS-PAGE and resulted in the single band shown in Figure IB, col. 9.
M. 14 KD Extracellular Product
1. a. A 0-25% ammonium sulfate cut (1 hour at 0°C) was discarded. b. The 25-60% ammonium sulfate cut (overnight at 0°C) was retained. 2. a. A DEAE CL-6B column (Pharmacia) was charged with 25 mM Tris, pH 8.7 containing 1 M NaCl and then equilibrated with 25 mM Tris, 10 mM NaCl, pH 8.7. b. The protein sample was dialyzed against 25 mM Tris, 10 mM NaCl, pH 8.7 and applied to the column with subsequent washing overnight in the same buffer. c. The column was eluted with a salt gradient (10 mM to 200 mM) in 25 mM Tris, pH 8.7 buffer. The 14 KD protein eluted at approximately 60 mM NaCl. 3. a. A Q-Sepharose HP column was charged with 25 mM
Tris, pH 8.7 containing 1 M NaCl, and re-equilibrated with 25 mM NaCl, pH 8.7. b. The protein sample was dialyzed against 25 mM Tris,
10 mM NaCl, pH 8.7 and applied to the column with subsequent washing in the same buffer. c. The column was eluted with 10-150 mM NaCl in 25 mM
Tris, pH 8.7. d. Steps 3a through 3c were repeated.
4. a. Fractions containing 14 KD product were collected, pooled and dialyzed against 25 mM Tris, 10 mM NaCl, pH 8.7, before concentrating the protein sample to 1 ml in a Speed- Vac Concentrator. b. The concentrate was then applied to a Superdex 75 column equilibrated with 25 mM Tris, 150 mM NaCl, pH 8.7 and eluted with this buffer. The 14 KD product eluted as homogeneous protein. The eluted protein was monitored using SDS-PAGE and resulted in the single band shown in Figure IC, column 2.
N. 12 KD Extracellular Products
1. A 0-10% ammonium sulfate precipitate was obtained (overnight at 4°C). 2. The resolubilized precipitate was applied to a S200 Sephacryl size fractionation column eluting the protein as a 12 KD molecule.
3. The protein fractions were applied to a DEAE-Sepharose CL-6B or QAE-Sepharose ion exchange column and eluted with an NaCl gradient as previously described. Fractions containing two homogeneous proteins having molecular weights of approximately 12 KD eluted at approximately 300-350 mM NaCl and were collected. The proteins were labeled 12A and 12B and purified as a doublet shown in Figure ID, col. 2.
As illustrated in the SDS-PAGE profile of Figure 1, the principal or majorly abundant extracellular proteins of M. tuberculosis were purified to homogeneity through the use of the protocols detailed in Examples 2A - 2N above. More particularly, Figure 1 illustrates four exemplary 12.5% acrylamide gels developed using SDS-PAGE and labeled IA, IB, IC, and ID. The standard in lane 1 of gels 1A- 1C has proteins with molecular weights of 66, 45, 36, 29, 24, 20, and 14 KD. In gel ID the standard in lane 1 contains proteins with molecular weights of 68, 45, 31, 29, 20, and 14 KD. The lanes containing the respective purified extracellular products show essentially one band at the reported molecular weight of the individual protein. It should be noted that in gel 1 D the 12 KD protein runs as a doublet visible in lane 2. Sequence analysis shows that the lower 12 KD (or 12B KD band) is equivalent to the upper 12 KD (or 12A KD) band except that it lacks the first 3 N-terminal amino acids.
Further analysis of these individual exemplary majorly abundant extracellular products is provided in Figure 2. More particularly Figure 2 is a tabular compilation of N-terminal sequence data obtained from these purified extracellular products showing that the majority of the isolated products are indeed distinct (Sequence ID Nos. 1-14). Proteins 32A, 32B and 30 all had the same 5 N-terminal amino acids therefore further sequencing was necessary to fully characterize and differentiate them. Figure 3 shows the extended N-terminal amino acid sequences for these three purified secretory products (Sequence ID Nos. 15-17). Different amino acids at positions 16 (Sequence ID No. 17), 31 (Sequence ID No. 16) and 36 (Sequence ID No. 16) demonstrate that these isolated proteins are distinct from one another despite their similarity in molecular weight.
In addition to proteins 30, 32A and 32B, extended N-terminal amino acid sequences of other majorly abundant extracellular products were determined to provide primary structural data and to uncover possible relationships between the proteins. Sequencing was performed on the extracellular products purified according to Example 2 using techniques well known in the art. Varying lengths of the N-terminal amino acid sequence, determined for each individual extracellular product, are shown below identified by the apparent molecular weight of the intact protein, and represented using standard one letter abbreviations for the naturally occurring amino acids. In keeping with established rules of notation, the N-terminal sequences are written left to right in the direction of the amino terminus to the carboxy terminus. Those positions where the identity of the determined amino acid is less than certain are underlined. Where the amino acid at a particular position is unknown or ambiguous, the position in the sequence is represented by a dash. Finally, where two amino acids are separated by a slash, the correct constituent has not been explicitly identified and either one may occupy the position in that sequence.
PROTEIN N-TERMINAL AMINO ACID SEQUENCE
5 10 15 20 25 30 35 12 KD FDTRL MRLED EMKEG RYEVR AELPG VDPDK DVDIM
40 45 VRDGQ LTIKA ERT (SequenceIDNo.18)
5 10 15 20 25 30 14 KD ADPRL QFTAT TLSGA PFDGA S/NLQGK PAVLW
(SequenceIDNos.19and20)
5 10 15 20 25 30 16 KD AYPIT GKLGS ELTMT DTVGQ VVLG KVSDL
35 40 45 F/YKSTA VIPGY IV-EQ QI
(SequenceIDNos.21 and22)
5 10 15 20 23 KD AETYL PDLD DYGAL EPHIS GQ
(SequenceIDNo.23)
5 10 23.5 KD APKTY -EELK GTD
(SequenceIDNo.24) 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 24 KD APYEN LMVPS PSMGR DIPVA FLAGG PHAVY LLDAF
40 45 50 55 60 NAGPD VSN V TAGNA MMTLA -KGIC/S
(SequenceIDNos.25 and26)
5 10 15 20 25 30 35 30 KD FSRPG LPVEY LQVPS PSMGR DIKVQ FQSGG NNSPA
40 VYLLD
(SequenceIDNo.27)
5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 32A KD FSRPG LPVEY LQVPS PSMGR DIKVQ FQSGG ANSP- LYLLD
(SequenceIDNo.28)
5 10 15 20 32B KD FSRPG LPVEY LQVPS A-MGR DI
(SequenceIDNo.29)
5 10 15 20 25 30
45 KD DPEPA PPVPD DAASP PDDAA APPAP ADPP-
(SequenceIDNo.30)
5 10 15 20 58 KD TEKTP DDVFK LAKDE KVLYL (SequenceIDNo.31)
5 71 KD ARAVG I
(SequenceIDNo.32) 5 80 KD TDRVS VGN (Sequence ID No. 33)
5 10 15 20 110 KD NSKSV NSFGA HDTLK V-ERK RQ
(Sequence ID No. 34)
DNA sequencing was performed on the 30, 32A, 16, 58, 23.5, and 24
KD proteins using techniques well known in the art. These DNA sequences, and the corresponding amino acids, including upstream and downstream sequences, are shown below identified by the apparent molecular weight of the intact protein and represented using standard abbreviations and rules of notation.
30KDDNASEQUENCE
1/1 31/11
ATG ACA GAC GTG AGC CGA AAG ATT CGA GCT TGG GGA CGC CGA met thr asp val ser arg lys ile arg ala trp gly arg arg
61/21 TTG ATG ATC GGC ACG GCA GCG GCT GTA GTC CTT CCG GGC CTG leu met ile gly thr ala ala ala val val leu pro gly leu 91/31 GTG GGG CTT GCC GGC GGA GCG GCA ACC GCG GGC GCG val gly leu ala gly gly ala ala thr ala gly ala 121/41 151/51 πC TCC CGG CCG GGG CTG CCG GTC GAG TAC CTG CAG GTG CCG phe ser arg pro gly leu pro val glu tyr leu gin val pro 181/61
TCG CCG TCG ATG GGC CGC GAC ATC AAG GTT CAG TTC CAG AGC ser pro ser met gly arg asp ile lys val gin phe gin ser
211/71 241/81
GGT GGG AAC AAC TCA CCT GCG GTT TAT CTG CTC GAC GGC CTG gly gly asn asn ser pro ala val tyr leu leu asp gly leu
271/91 CGC GCC CAA GAC GAC TAC AAC GGC TGG GAT ATC AAC ACC CCG arg ala gin asp asp tyr asn gly trp asp ile asn thr pro 301/101 GCG πC GAG TGG TAC TAC CAG TCG GGA CTG TCG ATA GTC ATG ala phe glu trp tyr tyr gin ser gly leu ser ile val met 331/111 361/121
CCG GTC GGC GGG CAG TCC AGC TTC TAC AGC GAC TGG TAC AGC pro val gly gly gin ser ser phe tyr ser asp trp tyr ser 391/131
CCG GCC TGC GGT AAG GCT GGC TGC CAG ACT TAC AAG TGG GAA pro ala cys gly lys ala gly cys gin thr tyr lys trp glu
421/141 451/151 ACC πC CTG ACC AGC GAG CTG CCG CAA TGG TTG TCC GCC AAC thr phe leu thr ser glu leu pro gin trp leu ser ala asn
481/161
AGG GCC GTG AAG CCC ACC GGC AGC GCT GCA ATC GGC TTG TCG arg ala val lys pro thr gly ser ala ala ile gly leu ser 511/171
ATG GCC GGC TCG TCG GCA ATG ATC TTG GCC GCC TAC CAC CCC met ala gly ser ser ala met ile leu ala ala tyr his pro 541/181 571/191
CAG CAG πC ATC TAC GCC GGC TCG CTG TCG GCC CTG CTG GAC gin gin phe ile tyr ala gly ser leu ser ala leu leu asp
601/201
CCC TCT CAG GGG ATG GGG CCT AGC CTG ATC GGC CTC GCG ATG pro ser gin gly met gly pro ser leu ile gly leu ala met
631/211 661/221 GGT GAC GCC GGC GGT TAC AAG GCC GCA GAC ATG TGG GGT CCC gly asp ala gly gly tyr lys ala ala asp met trp gly pro
691/231
TCG AGT GAC CCG GCA TGG GAG CGC AAC GAC CCT ACG CAG CAG ser ser asp pro ala trp glu arg asn asp pro thr gin gin 721/241
ATC CCC AAG CTG GTC GCA AAC AAC ACC CGG CTA TGG GTT TAT ile pro lys leu val ala asn asn thr arg leu trp val tyr 751/251 781/261
TGC GGG AAC GGC ACC CCG AAC GAG TTG GGC GGT GCC AAC ATA cys gly asn gly thr pro asn glu leu gly gly ala asn ile
811/271
CCC GCC GAG πC TTG GAG AAC TTC GTT CGT AGC AGC AAC CTG pro ala glu phe leu glu asn phe val arg ser ser asn leu
841/281 871/291 AAG He CAG GAT GCG TZC AAC GCC GCG GGC GGG CAC AAC GCC lys phe gin asp ala tyr asn ala ala gly gly his asn ala
901/301
GTG πC AAC πC CCG CCC AAC GGC ACG CAC AGC TGG GAG TAC val phe asn phe pro pro asn gly thr his ser trp glu tyr 931/311
TGG GGC GCT CAG CTC AAC GCC ATG AAG GGT GAC CTG CAG AGT trp gly ala gin leu asn ala met lys gly asp leu gin ser 961/321
TCG TTA GGC GCC GGC TGA ser leu gly ala gly 0PA (Sequence ID No. 35)
32A KD DNA SEQUENCE
1/1 31/11 ATG CAG Cπ GTT GAC AGG GTT CGT GGC GCC GTC ACG GGT ATG met gin leu val asp arg val arg gly ala val thr gly met
61/21
TCG CGT CGA CTC GTG GTC GGG CCC CTC CCC CCG GCC CTA CTG ser arg arg leu val val gly ala val gly ala ala leu val 91/31 121/41
TCC GGT CTG GTC GGC GCC GTC GGT GGC ACG GCG ACC GCG GGG ser gly leu val gly ala val gly gly thr ala thr ala gly
151/51 GCA TTT TCC CGG CCG GGC TTG CCG GTG GAG TAC CTG CAG GTG ala phe ser arg pro gly leu pro val glu tyr leu gin val
, 181/61 CCG TCG CCG TCG ATG GGC CGT GAC ATC AAG GTC CAA TTC CAA pro ser pro ser met gly arg asp ile lys val gin phe gin 211/71 241/81
AGT GGT GGT GCC AAC TCG CCC GCC CTG TAC CTG CTC GAC GGC ser gly gly ala asn ser pro ala leu tyr leu leu asp gly
271/91
CTG CGC GCG CAG GAC GAC TTC AGC GGC TGG GAC ATC AAC ACC leu arg ala gin asp asp phe ser gly trp asp ile asn thr
301/101 331/111
CCG GCG πC GAG TCC TAC GAC CAG TCG GGC CTG TCG GTG GTC pro ala phe glu trp tyr asp gin ser gly leu ser val val
361/121 ATG CCG GTG GGT GGC CAG TCA AGC TTC TAC TCC GAC TGG TAC met pro val gly gly gin ser ser phe tyr ser asp trp tyr
391/131 CAG CCC GCC TGC GGC AAG GCC GGT TGC CAG ACT TAC AAG TGG gin pro ala cys gly lys ala gly cys gin thr tyr lys trp 421/141 451/151
GAG ACC πC CTG ACC ACC CAC CTC CCC GGG TGG CTC CAC CCC glu thr phe leu thr ser glu leu pro gly trp leu gin ala
481/161
AAC AGG CAC GTC AAG CCC ACC GGA AGC GCC GTC TGC GGT CTT asn arg his val lys pro thr gly ser ala val val gly leu
511/171 541/181
TCG ATG GCT GCT TCT TCG GCG CTG ACG CTG GCG ATC TAT CAC ser met ala ala ser ser ala leu thr leu ala ile tyr his
571/191 CCC CAG CAG TTC GTC TAC GCG GGA GCG ATG TCG GGC CTG TTG pro gin gin phe val tyr ala gly ala met ser gly leu leu
601/201 GAC CCC TCC CAG GCG ATG GGT CCC ACC CTG ATC GGC CTG GCG asp pro ser gin ala met gly pro thr leu ile gly leu ala 631/211 661/221
ATG GGT GAC GCT GGC GGC TAC AAG GCC TCC GAC ATG TGG GGC met gly asp ala gly gly tyr lys ala ser asp met trp gly
691/231
CCG AAG GAG GAC CCG GCG TGG CAG CGC AAC GAC CCG CTG TTG pro lys glu asp pro ala trp gin arg asn asp pro leu leu
721/241 751/251
AAC GTC GGG AAG CTG ATC GCC AAC AAC ACC CGC GTC TGG GTG asn val gly lys leu ile ala asn asn thr arg val trp val
781/261 TAC TGC GGC AAC GGC AAG CCG TCG GAT CTG GGT GGC AAC AAC tyr cys gly asn gly lys pro ser asp leu gly gly asn asn
811/271 CTG CCG GCC AAG TTC CTC GAG GGC TTC GTG CGG ACC AGC AAC leu pro ala lys phe leu glu gly phe val arg thr ser asn 841/281 871/291
ATC AAG πC CAA GAC GCC TAC AAC GCC GGT GGC GGC CAC AAC ile lys phe gin asp ala tyr asn ala gly gly gly his asn
901/301 GGC GTG πC GAC TTC CCG GAC AGC GGT ACG CAC AGC TGG GAG gly val phe asp phe pro asp ser gly thr his ser trp glu
931/311 961/321
TAC TGG GGC GCG CAG CTC AAC GCT ATG AAG CCC GAC CTG CAA tyr trp gly ala gin leu asn ala met lys pro asp leu gin 991/331
CGG GCA CTG GGT GCC ACG CCC AAC ACC GGG CCC GCG CCC CAG arg ala leu gly ala thr pro asn thr gly pro ala pro gin
GGC GCC TAG gly ala AMB (Sequence ID No. 36)
16KDDNASEQUENCE
1/1 31/11 atg AAG CTC ACC ACA ATG ATC AAG ACG GCA GTA GCG GTC GTG GCC atg GCG GCC ATC GCG Met lys leu thr thr met ile lys thr ala val ala val val ala met ala ala ile ala
61/21 91/31
ACC TTT GCG GCA CCG GTC GCG TTG GCT GCC TAT CCC ATC ACC GGA AAA CTT GGC AGT GAG thr phe ala ala pro val ala leu ala ala tyr pro ile thr gly lys leu gly ser glu
121/41 151/51 CTA ACG ATG ACC GAC ACC GTT GGC CAA GTC GTG CTC GGC TGG AAG GTC AGT GAT CTC AAA leu thr met thr asp thr val gly gin val val leu gly trp lys val ser asp leu lys
181/61 211/71
TCC AGC ACG GCA GTC ATC CCC GGC TAT CCG GTG GCC GGC CAG GTC TGG GAG GCC ACT GCC ser ser thr ala val ile pro gly tyr pro val ala gly gin val trp glu ala thr ala 241/81 271/91
ACG GTC AAT GCG ATT CGC GGC AGC GTC ACG CCC GCG GTC TCG CAG TTC AAT GCC CGC ACC thr val asn ala ile arg gly ser val thr pro ala val ser gin phe asn ala arg thr
301/101 331/111
GCC GAC GGC ATC AAC TAC CGG GTG CTG TGG CAA GCC GCG GGC CCC GAC ACC ATT AGC GGA ala asp gly ile asn tyr arg val leu trp gin ala ala gly pro asp thr ile ser gly
361/121 391/131
GCC ACT ATC CCC CAA GGC GAA CAA TCG ACC GGC AAA ATC TAC TTC GAT GTC ACC GGC CCA ala thr ile pro gin gly glu gin ser thr gly lys ile tyr phe asp val thr gly pro
421/141 451/151 TCG CCA ACC ATC GTC GCG ATG AAC AAC GGC ATG GAG GAT CTG CTG ATT TGG GAG CCG TAG ser pro thr ile val ala met asn asn gly met glu asp leu leu ile trp glu pro AMB
(Sequence ID No. 92)
58 KD DNA SEQUENCE
1/1 31/11 gtg ACG GAA AAG ACG CCC GAC GAC GTC TTC AAA CTT GCC AAG GAC GAG AAG GTC GAA TAT val thr glu lys thr pro asp asp val phe lys leu ala lys asp glu lys val glu tyr 61/21 91/31
GTC GAC GTC CGG TTC TGT GAC CTG CCT GGC ATC ATG CAG CAC TTC ACG ATT CCG GCT TCG val asp val arg phe cys asp leu pro gly ile met gin his phe thr ile pro ala ser 121/41 151/51
GCC TTT GAC AAG AGC GTG TU GAC GAC GGC TTG GCC TTT GAC GGC TCG TCG ATT CGC GGG ala phe asp lys ser val phe asp asp gly leu ala phe asp gly ser ser ile arg gly 181/61 211/71
UC CAG TCG ATC CAC GAA TCC GAC ATG TTG CTT CTT CCC GAT CCC GAG ACG GCG CGC ATC phe gin ser lie his glu ser asp met leu leu leu pro asp pro glu thr ala arg ile 241/81 271/91 GAC CCG UC CGC GCG GCC AAG ACG CTG AAT ATC AAC TTC TTT GTG CAC GAC CCG UC ACC asp pro phe arg ala ala lys thr leu asn ile asn phe phe val his asp pro phe thr 301/101 331/111
CTG GAG CCG TAC TCC CGC GAC CCG CGC AAC ATC GCC CGC AAG GCC GAG AAC TAC CTG ATC leu glu pro tyr ser arg asp pro arg asn ile ala arg lys ala glu asn tyr leu lie 361/121 391/131
AGC ACT GGC ATC GCC GAC ACC GCA TAC TTC GGC GCC GAG GCC GAG TTC TAC ATT TTC GAT ser thr gly ile ala asp thr ala tyr phe gly ala glu ala glu phe tyr ile phe asp 421/141 451/151
TCG GTG AGC TTC GAC TCG CGC GCC AAC GGC TCC TTC TAC GAG GTG GAC GCC ATC TCG GGG ser val ser phe asp ser arg ala asn gly ser phe tyr glu val asp ala ile ser gly 481/161 511/171
TGG TGG AAC ACC GGC GCG GCG ACC GAG GCC GAC GGC AGT CCC AAC CGG GGC TAC AAG GTC trp trp asn thr gly ala ala thr glu ala asp gly ser pro asn arg gly tyr lys val 541/181 571/191 CGC CAC AAG GGC GGG TAT TTC CCA GTG GCC CCC AAC GAC CAA TAC GTC GAC CTG CGC GAC arg his lys gly gly tyr phe pro val ala pro asn asp gin tyr val asp leu arg asp 601/201 631/211
AAG ATG CTG ACC AAC CTG ATC AAC TCC GGC TTC ATC CTG GAG AAG GGC CAC CAC GAG GTG lys met leu thr asn leu ile asn ser gly phe lie leu glu lys gly his his glu val 661/221 691/231
GGC AGC GGC GGA CAG GCC GAG ATC AAC TAC CAG TTC AAT TCG CTG CTG CAC GCC GCC GAC gly ser gly gly gin ala glu lie asn tyr gin phe asn ser leu leu his ala ala asp 721/241 751/251
GAC ATG CAG TTG TAC AAG TAC ATC ATC AAG AAC ACC GCC TGG CAG AAC GGC AAA ACG GTC asp met gin leu tyr lys tyr lie lie lys asn thr ala trp gin asn gly lys thr val 781/261 811/271
ACG UC ATG CCC AAG CCG CTG TTC GGC GAC AAC GGG TCC GGC ATG CAC TGT CAT CAG TCG thr phe met pro lys pro leu phe gly asp asn gly ser gly met his cys his gin ser 841/281 871/291 CTG TGG AAG GAC GGG GCC CCG CTG ATG TAC GAC GAG ACG GGT TAT GCC GGT CTG TCG GAC leu trp lys asp gly ala pro leu met tyr asp glu thr gly tyr ala gly leu ser asp 901/301 931/311
ACG GCC CGT CAT TAC ATC GGC GGC CTG TTA CAC CAC GCG CCG TCG CTG CTG GCC TTC ACC thr ala arg his tyr ile gly gly leu leu his his ala pro ser leu leu ala phe thr 961/321 991/331
AAC CCG ACG GTG AAC TCC TAC AAG CGG CTG GTT CCC GGT TAC GAG GCC CCG ATC AAC CTG asn pro thr val asn ser tyr lys arg leu val pro gly tyr glu ala pro ile asn leu 1021/341 1051/351
GTC TAT AGC CAG CGC AAC CGG TCG GCA TGC GTG CGC ATC CCG ATC ACC GGC AGC AAC CCG val tyr ser gin arg asn arg ser ala cys val arg lie pro ile thr gly ser asn pro 1081/361 1111/371
AAG GCC AAG CGG CTG GAG TTC CGA AGC CCC GAC TCG TCG GGC AAC CCG TAT CTG GCG TTC lys ala lys arg leu glu phe arg ser pro asp ser ser gly asn pro tyr leu ala phe 1141/381 1171/391 TCG GCC ATG CTG ATG GCA GGC CTG GAC GGT ATC AAG AAC AAG ATC GAG CCG CAG GCG CCC ser ala met leu met ala gly leu asp gly ile lys asn lys ile glu pro gin ala pro 1201/401 1231/411
GTC GAC AAG GAT CTC TAC GAG CTG CCG CCG GAA GAG GCC GCG AGT ATC CCG CAG ACT CCG val asp lys asp leu tyr glu leu pro pro glu glu ala ala ser ile pro gin thr pro 1261/921 1291/431 ACC CAG CTG TCA GAT GTG ATC GAC CGT CTC GAG GCC GAC CAC GAA TAC CTC ACC GAA GGA thr gin leu ser asp val ile asp arg leu glu ala asp his glu tyr leu thr glu gly 1321/441 1351/451
GGG GTG πC ACA AAC GAC CTG ATC GAG ACG TGG ATC AGT TTC AAG CGC GAA AAC GAG ATC gly val phe thr asn asp leu ile glu thr trp ile ser phe lys arg glu asn glu ile 1381/461 1411/471
GAG CCG GTC AAC ATC CGG CCG CAT CCC TAC GAA TTC GCG CTG TAC TAC GAC GTT taa glu pro val asn ile arg pro his pro tyr glu phe ala leu tyr tyr asp val OCH (Sequence ID No. 93)
23.5 KD DNA SEQUENCE
1/1 31/11 gtg CGC ATC AAG ATC TTC ATG CTG GTC ACG GCT GTC GTT TTG CTC TGT TGT TCG GST GTG val arg ile lys ile phe met leu val thr ala val val leu leu cys cys ser gly val
61/21 91/31
GCC ACG GCC GCG CCC AAG ACC TAC TGC GAG GAG TTG AAA GGC ACC GAT ACC GGC CAG GCG ala thr ala ala pro lys thr tyr cys glu glu leu lys gly thr asp thr gly gin ala
121/41 151/51 TGC CAG Aπ CAA ATG TCC GAC CCG GCC TAC AAC ATC AAC ATC AGC CTG CCC AGT TAC TAC cys gin ile gin met ser asp pro ala tyr asn ile asn ile ser leu pro ser tyr tyr
181/61 211/71
CCC GAC CAG AAG TCG CTG GAA AAT TAC ATC GCC CAG ACG CGC GAC AAG TTC CTC AGC GCG pro asp gin lys ser leu glu asn tyr ile ala gin thr arg asp lys phe leu ser ala 241/81 271/91
GCC ACA TCG TCC ACT CCA CGC GAA GCC CCC TAC GAA TTG AAT ATC ACC TCG GCC ACA TAC ala thr ser ser thr pro arg glu ala pro tyr glu leu asn ile thr ser ala thr tyr
301/101 331/111
CAG TCC GCG ATA CCG CCG CGT GGT ACG CAG GCC GTG GTG CTC AAG GTC TAC CAG AAC GCC gin ser ala ile pro pro arg gly thr gin ala val val leu lys val tyr gin asn ala
361/121 391/131
GGC GGC ACG CAC CCA ACG ACC ACG TAC AAG GCC TTC GAT TGG GAC CAG GCC TAT CGC AAG gly gly thr his pro thr thr thr tyr lys ala phe asp trp asp gin ala tyr arg lys
421/141 451/151 CCA ATC ACC TAT GAC ACG CTG TCG CAG GCT GAC ACC GAT CCG CTG CCA GTC GTC TTC CCC pro ile thr tyr asp thr leu trp gin ala asp thr asp pro leu pro val val phe pro
481/161 511/171
Aπ GTG CAA GGT GAA CTG AGC AAG CAG ACC GGA CAA CAG GTA TCG ATA GCG CCG AAT GCC ile val gin gly glu leu ser lys gin thr gly gin gin val ser ile ala pro asn ala 541/181 571/191
GGC πG GAC CCG GTG AAT TAT CAG AAC πC GCA GTC ACG AAC GAC GGG GTG ATT πC TTC gly leu asp pro val asn tyr gin asn phe ala val thr asn asp gly val ile phe phe
601/201 631/211 πC AAC CCG GGG GAG πG CTG CCC GAA GCA GCC GGC CCA ACC CAG GTA πG GTC CCA CGT phe asn pro gly glu leu leu pro glu ala ala gly pro thr gin val leu val pro arg
661/221
TCC GCG ATC GAC TCG ATG CTG GCC tag ser ala ile asp ser met leu ala AMB (Sequence ID No. 94) 24 KD DNA SEQUENCE
1/1 31/11
ATG AAG GGT CGG TCG GCG CTG CTG CGG GCG CTC TGG ATT GCC GCA CTG TCA TTC GGG πG
Met lys gly arg ser ala leu leu arg ala leu trp ile ala ala leu ser phe gly leu 61/21 91/31
GGC GGT GTC GCG GTA GCC GCG GAA CCC ACC GCC AAG GCC GCC CCA TAC GAG AAC CTG ATG gly gly val ala val ala ala glu pro thr ala lys ala ala pro tyr glu asn leu met
121/41 151/51
GTG CCG TCG CCC TCG ATG GGC CGG GAC ATC CCG GTG GCC TTC CTA GCC GGT GGG CCG CAC val pro ser pro ser met gly arg asp ile pro val ala phe leu ala gly gly pro his
181/61 211/71
GCG GTG TAT CTG CTG GAC GCC TTC AAC GCC GGC CCG GAT GTC AGT AAC TGG GTC ACC GCG ala val tyr leu leu asp ala phe asn ala gly pro asp val ser asn trp val thr ala
241/81 271/91 GGT AAC GCG ATG AAC ACG TTG GCG GGC AAG GGG Aπ TCG GTG GTG GCA CCG GCC GGT GGT gly asn ala met asn thr leu ala gly lys gly ile ser val val ala pro ala gly gly
301/101 331/111
GCG TAC AGC ATG TAC ACC AAC TGG GAG CAG GAT GGC AGC AAG CAG TGG GAC ACC πC πG ala tyr ser met tyr thr asn trp glu gin asp gly ser lys gin trp asp thr phe leu 361/121 391/131
TCC GCT GAG CTG CCC GAC TGG CTG GCC GCT AAC CGG GGC TTG GCC CCC GGT GGC CAT GCG ser ala glu leu pro asp trp leu ala ala asn arg gly leu ala pro gly gly his ala
421/141 451/151
GCC GTT GGC GCC GCT CAG GGC GGT TAC GGG GCG ATG GCG CTG GCG GCC πC CAC CCC GAC ala val gly ala ala gin gly gly tyr gly ala met ala leu ala ala phe his pro asp
481/161 511/171
CGC TTC GGC πC GCT GGC TCG ATG TCG GGC TTT πG TAC CCG TCG AAC ACC ACC ACC AAC arg phe gly phe ala gly ser met ser gly phe leu tyr pro ser asn thr thr thr asn
541/181 571/191 GGT GCG ATC GCG GCG GGC ATG CAG CAA πC GGC GGT GTG GAC ACC AAC GGA ATG TGG GGA gly ala ile ala ala gly met gin gin phe gly gly val asp thr asn gly met trp gly
601/201 631/211
GCA CCA CAG CTG GGT CGG TGG AAG TGG CAC GAC CCG TGG GTG CAT GCC AGC CTG CTG GCG ala pro gin leu gly arg trp lys trp his asp pro trp val his ala ser leu leu ala 661/221 691/231
CAA AAC AAC ACC CGG GTG TGG GTG TGG AGC CCG ACC AAC CCG GGA GCC AGC GAT CCC GCC gin asn asn thr arg val trp val trp ser pro thr asn pro gly ala ser asp pro ala
721/241 751/251
GCC ATG ATC GGC CAA GCC GCC GAG GCG ATG GGT AAC AGC CGC ATG πC TAC AAC CAG TAT ala mer ile gly gin ala ala glu ala met gly asn ser arg met phe tyr asn gin tyr
781/261 811/271
CGC AGC GTC GGC GGG CAC AAC GGA CAC TTC GAC πC CCA GCC AGC GGT GAC AAC GGC TGG arg ser val gly gly his asn gly his phe asp phe pro ala ser gly asp asn gly trp
841/281 871/291 GGC TCG TGG GCG CCC CAG CTG GGC GCT ATG TCG GGC GAT ATC GTC GGT GCG ATC CGC TAA gly ser trp ala pro gin leu gly ala met ser gly asp ile val gly ala ile arg OCH
(Sequence ID No. 95) This sequence data, combined with the physical properties ascertained using SDS-PAGE, allow these representative majorly abundant extracellular products of the present invention to be characterized and distinguished. The analysis described indicates that these proteins constitute the majority of the extracellular products of M. tuberculosis, with the 71 KD, 30 KD, 32A KD, 23 KD and 16 KD products comprising approximately 60% by weight of the total available extracellular product. It is further estimated that the 30 KD protein may constitute up to 25% by weight of the total products released by M. tuberculosis. Thus, individual exemplary majorly abundant extracellular products of M. tuberculosis useful in the practice of the present invention may range anywhere from approximately 0.5% up to approximately 25% of the total weight of the extracellular products.
As previously discussed, following the inability of traditional Western blot analysis to consistently identify the most immunogenically specific extracellular products, the present inventor decided to analyze the immunogenicity of the majorly abundant extracellular products based upon their abundance and consequent ease of identification and isolation. Surprisingly, it was found that these majorly abundant extracellular products induce unexpectedly effective immune responses leading this inventor to conclude that they may function as vaccines. This surprising discovery led to the development of the non-limiting functional theory of this invention discussed above.
To demonstrate the efficacy of the present invention, additional experiments were conducted using individual majorly abundant extracellular products and combinations thereof at various exemplary dosages to induce protective immunity in art accepted laboratory models. More specifically, purified individual majorly abundant extracellular products were used to induce protective immunity in guinea pigs which were then challenged with M. tuberculosis. Upon showing that these proteins were capable of inducing protective immunity, combinations of five purified majorly abundant extracellular products was similarly tested using differing routes of administration. In particular the 30 KD abundant extracellular product was used to induce protective immunity in the accepted animal model as was the purified form of the 71 KD extracellular product. As with the individual exemplary majorly abundant extracellular products the combination vaccines of five majorly abundant extracellular products conferred protection against challenge with lethal doses of M. tuberculosis as well. Results of the various studies of these exemplary vaccines of the present invention follow.
Specific pathogen-free male Hartley strain guinea pigs (Charles River Breeding Laboratories, North Wilmington, Massachusetts) were used in all experiments involving immunogenic or aerosol challenges with M. tuberculosis. The animals were housed two or three to a stainless steel cage and allowed free access to standard guinea pig chow and water. After arrival at the animal facility, the guinea pigs were observed for at least one week prior to the start of each experiment to ensure that they were healthy. Initial experiments were conducted using individual majorly abundant extracellular products believed to comprise between 3% to 25% of the total extracellular proteins normally present. These experiments demonstrate that majorly abundant extracellular products elicit an effective immune response. More particularly, isolated 30 KD and 71 KD extracellular products were shown to be individually capable of generating a cell-mediated immune response that protected guinea pigs upon exposure to lethal doses of M. tuberculosis as follows.
EXAMPLE 3 PURIFIED 30 KD PROTEIN SKIN TESTING FOR CELL-MEDIATED IMMUNITY OF 30 KD IMMUNIZED GUINEA PIGS
To illustrate that a measurable immune response can be induced by purified forms of abundant extracellular products, a cutaneous hypersensitivity assay was performed. Guinea pigs were immunized with the exemplary majorly abundant M. tuberculosis 30 KD secretory product purified according to Example 2 and believed to comprise approximately 25% of the total extracellular product of M. tuberculosis. In three independent experiments, guinea pigs were immunized three times three weeks apart with 100 μg of substantially purified 30 KD protein in SAF adjuvant. Control animals were similarly injected with buffer in SAF. Three weeks after the last immunization the guinea pigs were challenged with the exemplary 30 KD protein in a cutaneous hypersensitivity assay.
Guinea pigs were shaved over the back and injections of 0.1, 1 and 10 μg of 30 KD protein were administered intradermally with resulting erythema (redness of the skin) and induration measured after 24 hours as shown in Table A below. Data are reported in terms of mean measurement values for the group ± standard error (SE) as determined using traditional methods. ND indicates that this particular aspect of the invention was not done.
TABLE A
Ervthema (rnmUo 71 KD (Mean ± SE)
Guinea Pig Status n 0.1 μg 1-0 μg 10.0 uε
ExDt. 1
Immunized 6 1.2 ± 0.5 3.9 ± 0.8 6.9 ± 1.0
Controls 5 ND ND 3.0 ± 0.9
Expt. 2
Immunized 6 0.5 ± 0.5 5.4 ± 0.7 8.1 ± 0.6
Controls 3 O ± O 2.5 ± 0 1.7 ± 0.8 Erythema (mm to 71 KD (Mean ± SE)
Guinea Pig
Status n 0.1 μg 1.0 ue 10.0 ug
Expt. 3 Immunized 6 ND 1.7 ± 1.1 6.2 ± 0.3
Controls 3 ND ND 2.0 ± 0.0
Induration (mm to 30 KD (Mean ± SE)
Guinea Pig
Status n 0-1 μg O μg 10-0 μg
ExDt. 1 Immunized 6 O±O 3.3 ±0.3 5.6±0.9
Controls 5 ND ND 1.6 ±1.0
Expt. 2 Immunized 6 O±O 3.8±0.7 4.9±1.2
Controls 3 0+0 0.8±0.8 1.7±0.8
Expt. 3 Immunized 6 ND 1.1 ±1.1 4.7 ± 0.4
Controls 3 ND O±O O±O
As shown in Table A, guinea pigs immunized with the exemplary 30 KD secretory product exhibited a strong cell-mediated immune response as evidenced by marked erythema and induration. In contrast, the control animals exhibited minimal response.
To confirm the immunoreactivity of the 30 KD secretory product and show its applicability to infectious tuberculosis, non-immunized guinea pigs were infected with M. tuberculosis and challenged with this protein as follows.
EXAMPLE 4
PURIFIED 30 KD PROTEIN TESTING FOR CELL-MEDIATED
IMMUNE RESPONSES OF GUINEA PIGS
INFECTED WITH M. TUBERCULOSIS
TO obtain bacteria for use in experiments requiring the infection of guinea pigs, M. tuberculosis was first cultured on 7H11 agar and passaged once through a guinea pig lung to insure that they were virulent. For this purpose, guinea pigs were challenged by aerosol with a 10 ml suspension of bacteria in 7H9 broth containing approximately 5 x 104 bacteria/ml. After the guinea pigs became ill, the animals were sacrificed and the lungs, containing prominent M. tuberculosis lesions, were removed. Each lung was ground up and cultured on 7H11 agar for 7 days to 10 days. The bacteria were scraped from the plates, diluted in 7H9 broth containing 10% glycerol, sonicated in a water bath to obtain a single cell suspension, and frozen slowly at -70°C at a concentration of approximately 2 x 107 viable bacteria/ml. Viability of the frozen cells was measured by thawing the bacterial suspension and culturing serial dilutions of the suspension on 7H11 agar. Just before a challenge, a vial of bacterial cells was thawed and diluted to the desired concentration in 7H9 broth.
The guinea pigs were exposed to aerosols of the viable M. tuberculosis in a specially designed lucite aerosol chamber. The aerosol chamber measured 14 by 13 by 24 in. and contained two 6 inch diameter portals on opposite sides for introducing or removing guinea pigs. The aerosol inlet was located at the center of the chamber ceiling. A vacuum pump (Gast Mfg. Co., Benton Harbor, Michigan) delivered air at 30 lb/in2 to a nebulizer-venturi unit (Mes Inc., Burbank, California), and an aerosol was generated from a 10-ml suspension of bacilli. A 0.2 μm breathing circuit filter unit
(Pall Biomedical Inc., Fajardo, Puerto Rico) was located at one end of the chamber to equilibrate the pressure inside and outside of the assembly. Due to safety considerations, the aerosol challenges were conducted with the chamber placed completely within a laminar flow hood. The animals were exposed to pathogenic aerosol for 30 minutes during which time the suspension of bacilli in the nebulizer was completely exhausted. Each aerosol was generated from the 10 ml suspension containing approximately 5.0 x 104 bacterial particles per ml. Previous studies have shown that guinea pig exposure to this concentration of bacteria consistently produces infections in non-protected animals. Following aerosol infection, the guinea pigs were housed in stainless steel cages contained within a laminar flow biohazard safety enclosure (Airo Clean Engineering
Inc., Edgemont, Pennsylvania) and observed for signs of illness. The animals were allowed free access to standard guinea pig chow and water throughout the experiment.
In this experiment, the infected guinea pigs were sacrificed and splenic lymphocyte proliferation was measured in response to various concentrations of the 30
KD protein. More specifically, splenic lymphocytes were obtained and purified as described by Brieman and Horwitz (J. Exp. Med. 76^:799-811) which is incorporated herein by reference. The lymphocytes were adjusted to a final concentration of lOVml in RPMI 1640 (GIBCO Laboratories, Grand Island, New York) containing penicillin (lOO U/ml), streptomycin (100 μg/ml), and 10% fetal calf serum (GIBCO) and incubated with various concentrations of purified 30 KD secretory product in a total volume of 100 μl in microtest wells (96- well round-bottom tissue culture plate; Falcon Labware, Oxnard, California) for 2 days at 37°C in 5% CO2-95% air and 100% humidity. Noninfected animals were used as negative controls. At the end of the incubation period, 0.25 μCi of [3H]thymidine (New England Nuclear, Boston, Massachusetts) was added to each well and the cells were further incubated for 2 hours at 37°C in 5% CO2-95% air at 100% humidity. A multisample automated cell harvester (Skatron Inc., Sterling, Virginia) was used to wash each well, and the effluent was passed through a filtermat (Skatron). Filtermat sections representing separate microtest wells were placed in scintillation vials, and 2 ml of Ecoscint H liquid scintillation cocktail (National Diagnostics, Manville, New Jersey) was added. Beta particle emission was measured in a beta scintillation counter (Beckman Instruments Inc., Fullerton, California).
Tissue samples from the infected and noninfected guinea pigs were assayed against 1 and 10 μg/ml of isolated 30 KD secretory protein. Samples were then monitored for their ability to incorporate [3H]thymidine. The results of these assays were tabulated and presented in Table B below.
Data are reported as a stimulation index which, for the purposes of this disclosure, is defined as: mean [3H]thymidine incorporation of lymphocytes incubated with antigen / mean [3H]thymidine incorporation of lymphocytes incubated without antigen.
TABLE B
Stimulation Indices to 30KD (Mean ± SE) Guinea Pig
Status Q l.O ug/ml 10.0 μg/ml
Infected 6 2.2 ± 0.2 9.7 ± 4.6
Controls 6 1.5 ± 0.3 2.0 ± 0.8
As shown in Table B, the cells of the infected animals exhibited a strong response to the exemplary 30 KD protein as manifested by dose dependent splenic lymphocyte proliferation in response to exposure to this majorly abundant secretory product. Conversely, the uninfected control animals showed little lymphocyte proliferation. Accordingly, the 30 KD secretory product clearly induces a cell-mediated immune response in mammals infected with M. tuberculosis. To illustrate the protective aspects of the vaccines of the present invention, guinea pigs were immunized with purified 30 KD protein and exposed to M. tuberculosis as follows.
EXAMPLE 5
CHALLENGE OF 30 KD IMMUNIZED GUINEA PIG WITH AEROSOLIZED M. TUBERCULOSIS
As before, the animals were immunized three times at three week intervals with 100 μg of the exemplary 30 KD secretory protein in SAF. Control guinea pigs were immunized with 120 μg of bulk EP in SAF or sham-immunized with buffer in the same adjuvant. Three weeks after the last immunization, the animals were challenged with aerosolized M. tuberculosis as described in Example 4. The survival rates for the three groups of animals were monitored and are graphically presented in Figure 4. Absolute mortality was determined 14 weeks after challenge as presented in Table C below.
TABLE C
Status of Survivors/ Percent
Guinea Pigs Challenged Survival
30 KD Immunized 4/6 67%
EP Immunized 3/6 50%
Sham Immunized 1/6 17%
As shown in Figure 4 guinea pigs immunized three times with the exemplary 30 KD protein were protected against death. Approximately 67% of the guinea pigs immunized with the 30 KD protein survived whereas only 17% of the control sham-immunized guinea pigs survived. Weight retention of the immunized animals was also monitored (data not shown) and further illustrates the prophylactic capacity of vaccines incorporating majorly abundant extracellular products produced by pathogenic bacteria as taught by the present invention. While the immunized animals appeared to maintain their weight, the high mortality rate of the sham-immunized animals precluded the graphical comparison between the immunized animals and the control animals. Following conclusion of the weight monitoring study, the surviving animals were sacrificed and the right lung and spleen of each animal was assayed for viable M. tuberculosis. The animals were soaked in 2% amphyl solution (National Laboratories, Montvale, New Jersey), and the lungs and spleen were removed aseptically. The number of macroscopic primary surface lesions in the lungs were enumerated by visual inspection. Colony forming units (CFU) of M. tuberculosis in the right lung and spleen were determined by homogenizing each organ in 10 ml of 7H9 with a mortar and pestle and 90-mesh Norton Alundum (Fisher), serially diluting the tissue homogenate in 7H9, and culturing the dilutions on duplicate plates of 7H11 agar by using drops of 0.1 ml/drop. All plates were kept in modular incubator chambers and incubated 12 to 14 days at 37°C in 5% CO2, 95% air at 100% humidity. The assay was conducted using this protocol and the results of the counts are presented in Table D below in terms of mean colony forming units (CFU) ± standard error (SE).
TABLE D
Mean CFU + SE Guinea Pig
Status n Right Lung Spleen
30 KD Immunized 4 3.4 ± 1.7 x l07 7.7 ± 3.9 x l06
Sham-immunized 1 1.8 x lO8 8.5 x lO7
Log-Difference 0.73 1.04
As shown in Table D, immunization with the exemplary 30 KD secretory protein limited the growth of M. tuberculosis in the lung and the spleen. Although only data from the one surviving sham-immunized animal was available for comparative purposes, the four surviving 30 KD immunized animals had 0.7 log fewer CFU in their lungs and 1 log fewer CFU in their spleen than the surviving sham- immunized animal. Based on previous demonstrations of a high correlation between CFU counts and mortality, the surviving animal likely had fewer CFU in the lungs and spleen than the animals who died before a CFU analysis could be performed. Again this reduction of CFU in the lungs and spleens of the immunized animals conclusively demonstrates the scope and operability of the present invention. The immunoprotective potential of another majorly abundant extracellular product from M. tuberculosis, the 71 KD extracellular product, was tested in its isolated form to demonstrate its immunoprotective capacity.
EXAMPLE 6
PURIFIED 71 KD PROTEIN SKIN TEST OF GUINEA PIGS IMMUNIZED WITH A BULK PREPARATION OF EP
To demonstrate the potential of 71 KD protein to provoke an effective immune response in animals, this isolated majorly abundant extracellular product was used to skin test guinea pigs immunized with a bulk preparation of M. tuberculosis extracellular proteins (EP) in a cutaneous hypersensitivity assay. As discussed above, bulk EP will impart acquired immunity against infection by M. tuberculosis but to a lesser extent than the vaccines of the present invention. Guinea pigs were immunized on two occasions spaced three weeks apart, with 120 μg of a bulk preparation of EP prepared as detailed in Example 1. The vaccination was prepared in incomplete Freund's adjuvant with sham-immunized animals receiving buffer in place of EP. Three weeks after the last vaccination the guinea pigs from each group were shaved over the back and skin tested with an intradermal injection of 0.1, 1.0 and 10 μg of 71 KD protein. 10.0 μg of buffer was used as a control and all injections were performed using a total volume of 0.1 ml. The diameters of erythema and induration were measured after 24 hours with the results as shown in Table E below. Data are reported in terms of mean measurement values for the group ± standard error (SE) as determined using traditional methods.
TABLE E
Erythema (mm) to 71 KD (Mean ± SE)
Guinea Pig Status n 0.1 ug 1.0 μg 10.0 ug
Immunized 4 6.5 ± 0.7 11.9 ± 1.4 18.9 ± 2.2
Controls 3 2.5 ± 1.4 5.0 ± 2.9 11.8 ± 2.1
Induration (mm) to 71 KD (Mean + SE)
Guinea Pig Status n 0-1 μg 1-0 μg 10-0 μg
Immunized 4 3.6 ± 1.1 6.8 ± 1.1 11.6 ± 0.8
Controls 3 0.7 ± 0.7 3.7 ± 0.9 7.8 ± 1.0
The responses of the immunized animals were almost twice the response of the guinea pigs challenged with buffer alone and were comparable to those challenged with bulk EP identical to that used to immunize the animals (data not shown).
To further confirm that the purified exemplary 71 KD majorly abundant extracellular product elicits cell-mediated immune responses, the bulk EP immunized guinea pigs were sacrificed and splenic lymphocyte proliferation was measured in response to various concentrations of the 71 KD protein. Nonimmunized animals were used as controls. Following the protocol of Example 4, the lymphocytes were incubated with and without 71 KD protein for 2 days and then assayed for their capacity to incorporate [3H]thymidine.
Data is reported in terms of stimulation indices calculated as in Example 4. The results of this 71 KD challenge are shown in Table F below.
TABLE F
Stimulation Indices to 71 KD (Mean ± SE)
Guinea Pig Status n 0.01 ug/ml 0.1 ug/ml 1.0 μg/ml
Immunized 4 1.5 ± 0.1 2.3 ± 0.5 8.1 ± 2.2
Controls 2 1.7 ± 0.6 1.6 ± 0.4 2.5 ± 0.6
Stimulation Indices to EP (Mean + SE)
Guinea Pig Status n 0.01 ug/ml 0.1 μg/ml 1.0 μg/ml
Immunized 4 1.5 ± 0.1 2.2 ± 0.3 5.3 ± 1.4
Controls 2 1.4 ± 0.2 1.5 ± 0.2 1.2 ± 0.1
As shown in Table F, stimulation indices for the lymphocyte proliferation assay were comparable to the results obtained in the cutaneous hypersensitivity assay. Both the 71 KD and bulk EP tested samples showed responses between two and three times higher than those obtained with the controls indicating that isolated exemplary 71 KD majorly abundant extracellular product is capable of provoking a cell-mediated immune response in animals immunized with M. tuberculosis extracts. However, it should again be emphasized that the purified majorly abundant or principal extracellular product is free of the problems associated with prior art or bulk compositions and is more readily adaptable to synthetic and commercial production making the vaccines of the present invention superior to the prior art.
More particularly the bulk preparation cannot be manufactured easily on a large scale through modern biomolecular techniques. Any commercial production of these unrefined bulk preparations containing all extracellular products would involve culturing vast amounts of the target pathogen or a closely related species and harvesting the resultant supernatant fluid. Such production methodology is highly susceptible to contamination by the target pathogen, toxic byproducts or other parasitic agents. Further, the large number of immunogenic determinants in such a preparation is far more likely to provoke a toxic immune reaction in a susceptible segment of the immunized population. Using these unrefined bulk preparations also negates the use of the most popular skin tests currently used for tuberculosis screening and control. In direct contrast, the vaccines of the present invention can be mass- produced in relative safety using high yield transformed hosts. Similarly, the vaccines of the present invention can be produced in identical, easy to standardize batches as opposed to the wider variable production of bulk extracellular products. Moreover, as the number of immunogenic determinants presented to the host immune system is relatively small, toxic reactions and the chance of invalidating popular screening tests are greatly reduced.
EXAMPLE 7 PURIFIED 71 KD PROTEIN SKIN TEST OF
71 KD IMMUNIZED GUINEA PIGS
Following demonstration that the isolated exemplary 71 KD majorly abundant extracellular product generates a cell-mediated immune response in bulk EP immunized animals, it was shown that the purified form of this majorly abundant product was able to induce a cell-mediated immune response in animals immunized with 71 KD.
Guinea pigs were twice vaccinated with 100 μg of purified 71 KD protein in SAF three weeks apart. Control animals were sham-immunized with buffer in SAF on the same schedule. Three weeks after the last immunization both sets of animals were intradermally challenged with 1 and 10 μg of isolated 71 KD protein. The resulting erythema and indurations were measured after 24 hours with the results shown in Table G below.
TABLE G Erythema (mm) to 71 KD (Mean ± SE)
Guinea Pig
Status n _ϋg 1.0 μg 10.0 ug
Immunized 3 O ± O 6.5 ± 1.5 15.0 ± 1.5
Controls 3 O ± O 2.7 ± 1.3 6.7 ± 1.3
Induration (mm) to 71 KD (Mean + SE)
Guinea Pig
Status n 0_μg 1.0 μg 10.0 μg
Immunized 3 O ± O 3.0 ± 1.0 9.3 ± 0.3
Controls 3 O ± O O ± O 1.3 ± 1.3
The extent of induration and erythema was much greater in the immunized animals than in the non-immunized control animals demonstrating that a strong cell-mediated immune response to 71 KD protein had been initiated by the vaccination protocol of the present invention.
To further confirm the capacity of this abundant extracellular product to induce an effective immune response on its own in accordance with the teachings of the present invention, lymphocyte proliferation assays were performed. Animals immumzed as in Table G were sacrificed and splenic lymphocyte proliferative assays were run using the protocol established in Example 4. The tissue samples from the 71 KD immunized guinea pigs and those from the control guinea pigs were challenged with 0.1, 1 and 10 μg/ml of isolated 71 KD protein and monitored for their ability to incorporate [3H]thymidine. Stimulation indices were calculated as previously described. The results of these assays are presented in Table H below.
TABLE H Stimulation Indices to 71 KD (Mean + SE)
Guinea Pig Status n 0.1 μg/ml 1.0 ug/ml 10.0 ug/ml
Immunized 3 4.0 ± 1.3 5.6 ± 2.5 12.2 ± 5.1 Controls 3 1.3 ± 0.3 1.3 ± 0.3 3.2 ± 1.5 As with the cutaneous hypersensitivity assay, the 71 KD immunized animals showed a much higher response to purified 71 KD than did the sham- immunized controls. Though expected of a foreign protein, such results clearly show that a majorly abundant extracellular product has the capacity to induce an cell- mediated immune response.
After establishing that an isolated majorly abundant extracellular protein will induce an effective cell-mediated immune response, further experiments were conducted to confirm that any such response is cross-reactive against tubercle bacilli as follows.
EXAMPLE 8
PURIFIED 71 KD PROTEIN CHALLENGE OF GUINEA PIGS
INFECTED WITH M. TUBERCULOSIS
Non-immunized guinea pigs were infected with aerosolized
M. tuberculosis as reported in Example 4. Purified protein derivative (PPD-CT68; Connaught Laboratories Ltd.) was employed as the positive control to ensure that the infected animals were demonstrating a cell-mediated immune response indicative of M. tuberculosis. Widely used in the Mantoux test for tuberculosis exposure, PPD is generally prepared by ammonium sulfate fractionation and comprises a mixture of small proteins having an average molecular weight of approximately 10 KD. Immune responses to PPD are substantially analogous to those provoked by the bulk EP fractions isolated in Example 1.
Three weeks after infection the guinea pigs were challenged intradermally with 0.1, 1 and 10 μg of the exemplary purified majorly abundant 71 KD extracellular protein. Uninfected animals used as controls were similarly challenged with the isolated protein. The extent of erythema and induration were measured 24 hours later with the results reported in Table I below.
TABLE I
Erythema (mm) to 71 KD (Mean ± SE) Guinea Pig
Status n 0-1 ug 1-O ug 10-0 μg
Infected 7 9.5 ± 1.7 13.4 ± 1.3 19.7 ± 1.3
Controls 6 2.3 ± 2.3 3.5 ± 2.2 7.8 ± 1.9 Induration (mm) to 71 KD (Mean + SE) Guinea Pig
Status n 0.1 μg 1.0 μg 10.0 μg
Infected 7 5.3 ± 1.8 8.7 ± 1.6 13.4 ± 1.1
Controls 6 O ± O 0.8 ± 0.8 O ± O
As shown in Table I, strong immune responses are present in the infected animals challenged with the exemplary purified majorly abundant extracellular protein of the present invention. These responses are on the order of three to four times greater for erythema and more than 10 times greater for induration than those of the uninfected animals, confirming that the prominent 71 KD extracellular protein induces a strong cell-mediated immune response in M. tuberculosis-infected animals.
To further corroborate these results the infected animals and uninfected animals were sacrificed and subjected to a lymphocyte proliferative assay according to the protocol of Example 4. The tissue samples from both sets of guinea pigs were assayed against 0.1, 1 and 10 μg/ml of isolated 71 KD protein and PPD. The samples were then monitored for their ability to incorporate [3H]thymidine as previously described with the results of these assays presented in Table J below.
TABLE J
Stimulation Indices to 71 KD (Mean ± SE)
Guinea Pig Status n 0.1 ug/ml 1.0 μg/ml 10.0 ug/ml
Infected 3 2.4 ± 0.5 6.2 ± 1.8 29.1 ± 16.2
Controls 3 1.1 ± 0.1 2.6 ± 0.8 18.2 ± 6.1
Stimulation Indices to PPD (Mean ± SE)
Guinea Pig Status n 0.1 ug/ml 1.0 μg/ml 10.0 ug/ml
Infected 3 1.0 ± 0.1 4.0 ± 1.5 11.4 ± 3.4
Controls 3 0.9 ± 0.2 0.9 ± 0.03 1.5 ± 0.3
As with the results of the cutaneous sensitivity assay, Table J shows that the stimulation indices were much higher for the infected tissue than for the uninfected samples. More specifically, the mean peak stimulation index of infected animals was 2- fold higher to the exemplary 71 KD protein and 3 -fold higher to PPD than it was to uninfected controls confirming that a strong cell-mediated immune response is induced in animals infected with M. tuberculosis by the exemplary majorly abundant extracellular protein vaccines of the present invention.
Following this demonstration of cross-reactivity between the exemplary purified 71 KD majorly abundant protein and M. tuberculosis, additional experiments were performed to demonstrate that an effective immune response could be stimulated by these exemplary purified samples of the majorly abundant extracellular products as disclosed by the present invention.
EXAMPLE 9
CHALLENGE OF 71 KD IMMUNIZED GUINEA PIGS
WITH AEROSOLIZED M. TUBERCULOSIS
To demonstrate the immunoprotective capacity of exemplary majorly abundant or principal extracellular protein vaccines, guinea pigs were immunized twice, 3 weeks apart, with 100 μg of the exemplary majorly abundant 71 KD protein purified according to Example 2. Control animals were immunized with 120 μg bulk EP from Example 1 or buffer. All animals were immunized using the adjuvant SAF. Three weeks after the last immunization, guinea pigs immunized with the exemplary 71 KD protein were skin-tested with 10 μg of the material to evaluate whether a cell-mediated immune response had developed. The control animals and 71 KD immunized guinea pigs were then infected with aerosolized M. tuberculosis as detailed in Example 4. Following infection the animals were monitored and weighed for six months. The graph of Figure 5 contrasts the weight loss experienced by the sham- immunized group to the relatively normal weight gain shown by the 71 KD and bulk EP immunized animals. Data are the mean weights ± SE for each group. Mortality curves for the same animals are shown in the graph of Figure 6. The absolute mortality rates for the study are reported in Table K below. TABLE K
Status of Survivors/ Percent
Guinea Pigs Challenged Survival
71 KD Immunized 3/6 50%
EP Immunized 5/8 62.5%
Sham Immunized 0/6 0%
Both the weight loss curves and the mortality rates clearly show that the majorly abundant extracellular proteins of the present invention confer a prophylactic immune response. This is emphasized by the fact that 100% of the non-immunized animals died before the end of the monitoring period.
EXAMPLE 10 CHALLENGE OF 71 KD IMMUNIZED GUINEA PIGS
WITH AEROSOLIZED M. TUBERCULOSIS
A similar experiment was conducted to verify the results of the previous Example and show that the administration of an exemplary principal extracellular protein can confer a protective immune response in animals. In this experiment, guinea pigs were again immunized three times, 3 weeks apart, with 100 μg of the 71 KD extracellular protein in SAF. Control guinea pigs were sham-immunized with buffer in SAF. Three weeks after the last immunization, the animals were challenged with aerosolized M. tuberculosis and weighed weekly for 13 weeks. Mean weights ± SE for each group of 6 guinea pigs were calculated and are graphically represented in Figure 7.
This curve shows that the sham-immunized animals lost a considerable amount of weight over the monitoring period while the immumzed animals maintained a fairly consistent body weight. As loss of body mass or "consumption" is one of the classical side effects of tuberculosis, these results indicate that the growth and proliferation of tubercle bacilli in the immunized animals was inhibited by the exemplary vaccine of the present invention.
Protective immunity having been developed in guinea pigs through vaccination with an abundant extracellular product in an isolated form, experiments were run to demonstrate the inter-species immunoreactivity of the vaccines of the present invention and to further confirm the validity and applicability of the guinea pig model.
EXAMPLE 11 TESTING CELL-MEDIATED IMMUNITY OF PPD POSITIVE HUMANS
WITH PURIFIED 71 KD PROTEIN
To assess the cell-mediated component of a human immune response to the exemplary 71 KD majorly abundant protein, the proliferation of peripheral blood lymphocytes from PPD-positive and PPD-negative individuals to the protein were studied in the standard lymphocyte proliferation assay as reported in Example 4 above. A positive PPD, or tuberculin, response is well known in the art as being indicative of previous exposure to M. tuberculosis. The proliferative response and corresponding incorporation of [3H]thymidine were measured at two and four days. Data for these studies is shown in Figures 8 A and 8B. Figure 8 A shows the response to various levels of 71 KD after two days while Figure 8B shows the same responses at four days.
As illustrated in Figures 8A and 8B, the mean peak stimulation index of PPD-positive individuals was twofold higher to the 71 KD protein and threefold higher to PPD than that of PPD negative individuals. Among PPD-positive individuals, there was a linear correlation between the peak stimulation indices to the exemplary 71 KD protein and to PPD demonstrating that a strong cell-mediated response is stimulated by the most prominent or majorly abundant extracellular products of M. tuberculosis in humans previously exposed to M. tuberculosis. This data corresponds to the reactivity profile seen in guinea pigs and confirms the applicability of the guinea pig model to other mammals subject to infection.
Thus, as with the previously discussed 30 KD exemplary protein, the development of a strong immune response to the majorly abundant 71 KD extracellular product demonstrates the broad scope of the present invention as evidenced by the fact that the 71 KD product is also effective at stimulating cell-mediated immunity in humans.
Again, it should be emphasized that the present invention is not limited to the extracellular products of M. tuberculosis or to the use of the exemplary 71 KD protein. Rather the teachings of the present invention are applicable to any majorly abundant extracellular product as demonstrated in the examples. Additional studies were performed in order to ascertain whether combinations of majorly abundant extracellular products of M. tuberculosis would provide protective immunity as well. In general, these studies utilized guinea pigs which were immunized either intradermally or subcutaneously with various dosages of vaccines comprising combinations of 5 purified extracellular proteins of M. tuberculosis in SAF three times, 3 or 4 weeks apart. The first protein combination used for the immunization procedure, labeled Combination I, was comprised of 71 KD, 32 A KD, 30 KD, 23 KD, and 16 KD proteins purified according to the protocols described in Example 2. This combination is believed to comprise up to 60% of the total extracellular protein normally present in M. tuberculosis culture supernatants. These proteins selected for use in Combination I, are identified with an asterisk in Figure 2. Combination 1 vaccine containing 100 μg, 20 μg, or 2 μg of each protein was administered intradermally with the adjuvant SAF. Combination I vaccine containing 20 μg of each protein was also administered subcutaneously in similar experiments. Negative control guinea pigs were sham- immunized with equivalent volumes of SAF and buffer on the same schedule while positive controls were immunized using 120 μg of the bulk extracellular protein preparation from Example 1 in SAF. All injection volumes were standardized using buffer.
EXAMPLE 12 RESPONSE OF COMBINATION I IMMUNIZED GUINEA PIGS TO A
CHALLENGE WITH COMBINATION I VACCINE
To determine if the animals had developed a measurable immune response following vaccination with the Combination I mixture of principal extracellular products, a cutaneous hypersensitivity assay was performed. Guinea pigs were shaved over the back and injected intradermally with 1.0 μg and 10.0 μg of the same combination of the five purified extracellular proteins. 10.0 μg of buffer was used as a control and all injections were performed using a total volume of 0.1 ml. The diameters of erythema and induration at skin tests sites were measured at 24 hours after injection.
The results of the measurements are presented in Table L below. Data are again reported in terms of mean measurement values for the group ± standard error (SE) as determined using traditional methods. ND indicates that this particular aspect of the experiment was not done. TABLE L Erythema (mm) (Mean + SE)
Guinea Pig
Status n PD 1.0 μg 10.0 μg
Immunized 6 0 11.4 ± 4.6 17.4 ± 2.6
Controls 6 0 ND 6.0 ± 0.5
Induration (mm) (Mean + SE) n ES 1.0 ug 10.0 μg
Immunized 6 0 7.3 ± 0.8 11.6 ± 1.2
Controls 6 0 ND 4.2 ± 0.3
The data clearly demonstrate that a strong cell-mediated immune response to the Combination I extracellular proteins was generated by the vaccinated animals. The immunized guinea pigs show erythema and induration measurements almost three times greater than the control animals.
EXAMPLE 13 IMMUNOPROTECTIVE ANALYSIS OF COMBINATION I VACCINE AGAINST AEROSOLIZED M. TUBERCULOSIS
Three weeks after the last immunization, the guinea pigs used for the preceding hypersensitivity assay were challenged with aerosolized M. tuberculosis, Erdman strain and weighed weekly for 10 weeks. This aerosol challenge was performed using the protocol of Example 4. Six animals immunized with 100 μg of the principal extracellular products of Combination I, along with equal sized groups of positive and negative controls, were challenged simultaneously with aerosolized M. tuberculosis. Positive controls were immunized three times with 120 μg EP in SAF.
Guinea pigs that died before the end of the observation period were autopsied and examined for evidence of gross tuberculosis lesions. Such lesions were found in all animals which expired during the study.
Differences between immunized and control animals in mean weight profiles after aerosol challenge were analyzed by repeated measures analysis of variance
(ANOVA). Differences between immunized and control guinea pigs in survival after challenge were analyzed by the two-tailed Fisher exact test. Data are the mean weights
± standard error (SE) for each group of six guinea pigs. Results of the weekly weight determinations following challenge are shown in Figure 9. Compared with guinea pigs immumzed with the combination of extracellular products, sham-immunized animals lost 15.9% of their total body weight. Weights of the positive controls were similar to those of animals immunized with the combination of five purified extracellular proteins. Body weights were normalized immediately before challenge. The difference between animals immunized with Combination I and sham-immunized controls was highly significant with p <.0000001 by repeated measures ANOVA.
Mortality was determined ten and one-half weeks after challenge. All three of the sham-immunized animals died within three days of each other between ten and ten and one-half weeks after challenge. The mortality results of the experiment are provided in Table M below.
TA1 3LE M
Status of Survivors/ Percent Guinea Pigs Challenged Survival
Combination 6/6 100% Immunized
EP-Immunized 5/6 83%
Sham-Immunized 3/6 50%
Following the conclusion of the weight monitoring study, the surviving animals were sacrificed by hypercarbia and the right lung and spleen of each animal was assayed for viable M. tuberculosis using the protocol of Example 5. The results of the counts, including the 3 animals that died the last week of the experiment, are presented in Table N below in terms of mean colony forming units (CFU) ± standard error (SE). TABLE N
Mean CFU ± SE
Guinea Pig n Status Right Lung Sp n
Sham-immunized 6 8.9 ± 5.4 x l07 1.3 ± 0.7 x l07
Immunized 6 3.4 ± 1.7 x l06 1.8 ± 0.6 x l06
EP-immunized 6 1.7 ± 0.7 x l07 5.0 ± 2.8 x l06
The log difference between the concentration of bacilli in the lung of the animals immunized with the combination of purified proteins and that of the sham- immunized animals was 1.4 while the log difference of bacilli in the spleen was 0.9. Paralleling this, on gross inspection at autopsy immunized animals had markedly decreased lung involvement with tuberculosis compared with sham-immunized controls. Positive control animals immunized with the bulk extracellular preparation (EP) of Example 1 showed 0.7 log more bacilli in the lung and .5 log more bacilli in the spleen than animals immunized with the Combination I mixture of purified extracellular proteins.
EXAMPLE 14 IMMUNOPROTECTION ANALYSIS OF COMBINATION I VACCINE AT LOW DOSES THROUGH
INTRADERMAL AND SUBCUTANEOUS DELIVERY
While Example 13 confirmed that Combination I proteins demonstrated immunoprotection in animals immunized intradermally with 100 μg of each protein (30 + 32A + 16 + 23 + 71) 3 times, 4 weeks apart, an alternative study was conducted to demonstrate the immunoprotective capacity of lower doses of Combination I proteins, specifically 20 μg or 2 μg of each protein. As in Example 13, guinea pigs (6 animals per group) were immunized with Combination I proteins (30 + 32A + 16 + 23 + 71) intradermally in SAF 4 times, 3 weeks apart. Animals received either 20 μg or each protein per immunization or 2 μg of each protein per immunization. Control animals were sham-immunized utilizing the previous protocol. Three weeks later, the animals were challenged with aerosolized M. tuberculosis and weights were measured weekly for 9 weeks. All immunized animals survived to the end of the experiment while one sham-immunized animal died before the end of the experiment. As the following results illustrate, doses 5 fold and even 50 fold lower than those of Example 13 protected immunized animals from aerosolized M. tuberculosis and that delivery by both the intradermal and subcutaneous route was effective.
Compared with guinea pigs immunized with 20 μg of each protein of Combination I, sham-immunized animals lost 12 % of their total body weight during the 9 weeks of the experiment (weights were normalized to just before challenge). Compared with guinea pigs immunized with 2 μg of each protein of Combination I, sham-immunized animals lost 11% of their normalized total body weight. Thus, guinea pigs immunized intradermally with low doses of Combination I proteins were protected against weight loss after aerosol challenge with M. tuberculosis. Similarly, guinea pigs immunized intradermally with low doses of
Combination I proteins also were protected against splenomegaly associated with dissemination of M. tuberculosis to the spleen. As shown in Table O, whereas animals immunized with 20 μg or 2 μg of each protein of Combination I had spleens weighing an average of 4.6 ± 1.2g and 4.0 ± 0.8g (Mean ± SE), respectively, sham-immunized animals had spleens weighing an average of 9.6 ± 1.8g (Table 1), or more than twice as much.
TABLE O
Spleen Weight (g) Status of Guinea Pigs n Mean ± SE
Sham-Immunized 5 9.6 ± 1.8
Immunized (20 μg) 6 4.6 ± 1.2
Immunized (2 μg) 6 4.0 + 0.8
Guinea pigs immunized intradermally with low doses of Combination I proteins also had fewer CFU of M. tuberculosis in their spleens. As shown in Table P, when compared with sham-immunized animals, guinea pigs immumzed with 20 μg or 2 μg of each protein of Combination I had an average of 0.6 and 0.4 log fewer CFU, respectively, in their spleens. TABLE P
CFU in Spleen Log
Guinea Pig Status n Mean ± SE Difference
Sham-Immunized 5 3.1 ± 2.3 x l06
Immunized (20 μg) 6 8.1 ± 2.4 x l05 -0.6
Immunized (2 μg) 6 1.2 ± 0.6 x l06 -0.4
Moreover, guinea pigs immunized subcutaneously with Combination I proteins were also protected against weight loss, splenomegaly, and growth of M. tuberculosis in the spleen. In the same experiment described in Example 14, guinea pigs were also immunized subcutaneously rather than intradermally with 20 μg of Combination I proteins, 4 times, 3 weeks apart. These animals were protected from challenge almost as much as the animals immunized intradermally with 20 μg of Combination I proteins.
EXAMPLE 15 RESPONSE OF COMBINATION I AND COMBINATION II IMMUNIZED GUINEA PIGS TO CHALLENGE WITH COMBINATION I AND COMBINATION II
Additional studies were performed to ascertain whether other combinations of majorly abundant extracellular products of M. tuberculosis would provide protective immunity as well. One study utilized guinea pigs which were immumzed with a vaccine comprising two combinations - Combination I (71, 32A, 30, 23, and 16) and Combination II (32A, 30, 24, 23, and 16). Combination II is believed to comprise up to 62% of the total extracellular protein normally present in M. tuberculosis supernatants. Animals (6 per group) were immunized four times with 100 μg of each protein in Combination I or II in SAF, 3 weeks apart. Negative control animals were sham-immunized with equivalent volumes of SAF and buffer on the same schedule.
As in Example 12, the animals were tested for cutaneous delayed-type hypersensitivity to determine if the animals developed a measurable immune response following vaccination. Animals immunized with Combination II had 16.8 ± 1.3 mm (Mean ± SE) erythema and 12.8 ± 1.2 mm induration in response to skin-testing with Combination II whereas sham-immunized animals had only 1.3 ± 0.8 mm erythema and 0.3 ± 3 mm induration in response to Combination II. Thus, animals immunized with Combination II had greater than 12 fold more erythema and greater than 40 fold more induration than controls. By way of comparison, animals immunized with Combination
I had 21.3 ± 2.0 mm erythema and 15.8 ± 0.1 mm induration in response to skin-testing with Combination I, whereas sham-immunized animals had only 6.4 ± 0.8 mm erythema and 2.6 ± 0.7 mm induration in response to Combination I. Thus, animals immunized with Combination I had greater than 3 fold more erythema and greater than 6 fold more induration than controls. The difference from controls for Combination II proteins was even greater than that for Combination I proteins.
In the same experiment, animals immunized with a lower dose of Combination II proteins (20 μg of each protein vs. 100 μg) also developed strong cutaneous hypersensitivity to Combination II. They had 21.0 ± 2.0 mm erythema and 15.3 ± 0.9 mm induration in response to Combination II, whereas the sham-immunized animals had only 1.3 ± 0.8 mm erythema and 0.3 ± 0.3 mm induration, as noted above. Thus, animals immunized with a lower dose of Combination II proteins had greater than 16 fold erythema and greater than 50 fold more induration than controls, a difference that was even greater than for animals immunized with the higher dose of Combination
II proteins.
EXAMPLE 16 IMMUNOPROTECTIVE ANALYSIS OF COMBINATION I AND II
VACCINE AGAINST AEROSOLIZED M. TUBERCULOSIS
Three weeks after the last immunization, the guinea pigs used for the preceding hypersensitivity assay were challenged with aerosolized M. tuberculosis, Erdman strain as in Example 13 and weighed weekly for 7 weeks. As in Example 13, 6 animals were in each group. During the first 7 weeks after challenge, sham-immunized animals lost an average of 19.5g. In contrast, animals immunized with Combination II (100 μg of each protein) gained 52.4 g and animals immunized with Combination II at a lower dose (20 μg of each protein) gained an average of 67.2g. By way of contrast, animals immunized with Combination I gained 68g. Thus, compared with guinea pigs immunized with Combination II (100 μg), sham-immunized animals lost 11% of their total body weight. Compared with guinea pigs immunized with Combination II at a lower dose (20 ^g), sham-immunized animals lost 14% of their total body weight. Compared with animals immunized with Combination I, sham-immunized animals also lost 14% of their total body weight. EXAMPLE 17 RESPONSE OF GUINEA PIGS IMMUNIZED WITH COMBINATIONS III THROUGH XII TO A CHALLENGE WITH THE SAME VACCINE OR ITS COMPONENTS
Additional experiments were performed to demonstrate the effectiveness of various combinations of M. tuberculosis majorly abundant extracellular products. In these studies, Hartley type guinea pigs were immunized intradermally with vaccines comprising combinations of 2 or more majorly abundant extracellular products purified as in Example 2. The purified extracellular products are identified using their apparent molecular weight as determined by SDS-PAGE. The guinea pigs were immunized with the following combinations of majorly abundant extracellular products.
Combination Protein Constituents
III 30 + 32A + 32B + 16 + 23
IV 30 + 32A
V 30 + 32B
VI 30 + 16
VII 30 + 23
VIII 30 + 71
IX 30 + 23.5
X 30 + 12
XI 30 + 24
XII 30 + 58
Each combination vaccine included 100 μg of each listed protein. The combination vaccines were volumetrically adjusted and injected intradermally in the adjuvant SAF. As before the guinea pigs were immunized four times, three weeks apart. A cutaneous hypersensitivity assay was performed to determine if the animals had developed a measurable immune response following vaccination with the Combinations III to XII. Groups of six guinea pigs were shaved over the back and injected intradermally with the same combination of purified extracellular products to which they were immunized. For this challenge 10 μg of each of the proteins in the combination were injected. All injections were performed using a total volume of 0.1 ml. Sham-immunized controls, which had been immunized with SAF only were also skin-tested with Combinations III to XII, again using 10 μg of each protein in the respective combination. The diameters of erythema and induration at skin tests sites were measured 24 hours after injection as described in Example 3.
The results of these measurements are presented in Table Q below. Data are again reported in terms of mean measurement values for the group ± standard error (SE) as determined using traditional methods.
TABLE O
Diameter of Skin Reaction (mm)
Vaccine Skin Test
Combination Combination Erythema Induration
III III 12.2 + 2.0 6.8 ± 0.8
IV IV 9.910.5 6.3 ± 0.2
V V 13.0 ± 1.1 8.1 ± 0.7
VI VI 19.2 ± 1.2 12.4 ± 0.5
VII VII 14.3 ± 1.0 8.7 ± 0.4
VIII VIII 18.9 ± 1.1 12.6 ± 0.8
IX IX 17.0 ± 0.9 12.1 ± 0.9
X X 19.3 ± 1.4 13.6 ± 1.2
XI XI 18.3 ± 1.2 12.4 ± 0.8
XII XII 17.7 ± 0.9 14.0 ± 1.2
Sham III 4.8 ± 0.9 2.0 ± 0.0
Sham IV 4.3 ± 1.1 2.0 ± 0.0
Sham V 5.0 ± 0.5 2.0 ± 0.0
Sham VI 4.5 ± 0.3 2.0 ± 0.0
Sham VII 4.5 ± 0.3 2.0 ± 0.0
Sham VIII 3.3 ± 0.3 2.3 ± 0.3
Sham IX 3.7 ± 0.3 2.0 ± 0.0
Sham X 3.7 ± 0.4 2.0 ± 0.0
Sham XI 3.7 ± 0.2 2.0 ± 0.0
Sham XII 3.8 ± 0.2 2.0 ± 0.0
The results clearly demonstrate that a strong cell-mediated immune response was generated to each of the combinations of purified extracellular proteins. The immunized guinea pigs showed erythema at least twice and usually 3 fold or more that of controls for all combinations. Further, the immunized guinea pigs showed induration at least 3 fold that of controls for all combinations. EXAMPLE 18
IMMUNOPROTECTIVE ANALYSIS OF COMBINATIONS III-XII
AGAINST AEROSOLIZED M. TUBERCULOSIS
To demonstrate the prophylactic efficacy of these exemplary combinations of purified extracellular products, guinea pigs immunized with Combinations III through XII were challenged with M. tuberculosis three weeks after the last immunization using the protocol of Example 4. Consistent with earlier results guinea pigs immunized with
Combinations III through XII were all protected against death after challenge. At 4 weeks after challenge, 2 of 6 sham-immunized animals (33%) died compared with 0 animals in groups immunized with Combinations IV-XII and 1 of 6 animals (17%) in the group immunized with Combination III. At 10 weeks after challenge, 50% of the sham-immunized animals had died compared with 0 deaths in the animals in groups immunized with Combinations IX and XII (0%), 1 of 6 deaths (17%) in the animals in the groups immunized with Combination III, IV, V, VI, X, and XI, 1 of 5 deaths (20%) in the animals immumzed with Combination VIII, and 2 of 6 deaths (33%) in the animals immunized with Combination VII. Guinea pigs that died before the end of the observation period were autopsied and examined for evidence of gross tuberculosis lesions. Lesions were found in all animals which expired during the study.
Following the conclusion of the mortality study, the surviving animals were sacrificed by hypercarbia and the spleen of each animal was assayed for viable M. tuberculosis using the protocol of Example 5. The results are presented in Table R below in terms of mean colony forming units (CFU) along with the log decrease from the sham immunized animals. An asterisk next to the CFU value indicates that spleen counts were zero on one animal in each group. For purposes of calculation, zero counts were treated as 103 CFU per spleen or 3 logs. TABLE R
Vaccine CFU in Spleen Log Decrease
Group (Mean Log) from Sham
III 5.99 .5
IV 5.41 1.1
V 6.27 .3
VI <5.80* >.7
VII <5.61* >.9
VIII 6.47 .1
IX <5.85* >.7
X <5.74* >.8
XI 5.93 .6
XII 6.03 .5
Sham 6.53
Animals immunized with Combinations III, IV, VI, VII, IX, X, XI, and XII had at least 0.5 log fewer colony forming units of M. tuberculosis in their spleens on the average than the sham-immunized controls. In particular, combinations IV and VII proved to be especially effective, reducing the average number of colony forming units by roughly a factor of ten. Animals immunized with Combinations V and VIII had 0.3 and 0.1 log fewer colony forming units (CFU), respectively, in their spleens on average, than sham-immunized controls. This dramatic reduction in colony forming units in the animals immunized in accordance with the teachings of the present invention once again illustrates the immunoprotective operability of the present invention.
EXAMPLE 19 RESPONSE OF GUINEA PIGS IMMUNIZED WITH 3 DIFFERENT DOSAGES OF COMBINATION
XIII TO A CHALLENGE WITH COMBINATION XIII
To further defme the operability and scope of the present invention as well as to demonstrate the efficacy of additional combinations of purified extracellular products, guinea pigs were immunized as before using alternative vaccination dosages. Specifically, 50 μg, 100 μg and 200 μg of an alternative combination of 3 majorly abundant extracellular products identified as Combination XIII and comprising the 30 KD, 32(A) KD, and 16 KD proteins. As with the preceding examples, groups of animals were immunized intradermally 4 times, 3 weeks apart with the alternative dosages of Combination XIII in SAF. A cutaneous hypersensitivity assay was performed to determine if the animals had developed a measurable immune response following vaccination. The animals were shaved over the back and injected intradermally with Combination XIII containing 10.0 μg of each of the purified extracellular products. All injections were performed using a total volume of 0.1 ml. Sham-immunized controls were also skin- tested with the same dosage of Combination XIII. The diameters of erythema and induration at skin- test sites were measured 24 hours after injection.
The results are presented in Table S below in terms of mean measurement values for the group ± standard error (SE) as determined using traditional methods
TABLE S
Diameter of Skin Reaction (mm)
Vaccine Vaccine
Combination Dose (μg) Erythema Induration
XIII 50 17.8 ± 1.3 13.2 ± 1.0
XIII 100 11.2 ± 0.9 7.3 ± 0.4
XIII 200 10.0 ± 0.7 7.0 ± 0.4
Sham 0 5.7 ± 0.5 0.2 ± 0.2
Once again, these results clearly demonstrate that a strong cell-mediated immune response to Combination XIII was generated in animals immumzed with each of the three dosages of Combination XIII. The immunized animals exhibited erythema about two to three times that of controls. Even more strikingly, the immunized animals exhibited induration at least 35 fold that of control animals which exhibited a minimal response in all cases.
EXAMPLE 20
IMMUNOPROTECTIVE ANALYSIS OF COMBINATION XIII IN THREE DIFFERENT DOSAGES
AGAINST AEROSOLIZED M. TUBERCULOSIS
To further demonstrate the protective immunity aspects of the vaccines of the present invention at various dosages, the immunized guinea pigs (6 per group) used for the preceding cutaneous hypersensitivity assay were challenged with aerosolized M. tuberculosis three weeks after the last immunization. The aerosol challenge was performed using the protocol detailed in Example 4. A control group of 12 sham-immumzed animals was challenged simultaneously.
Results of the weekly weight determinations following challenge are graphically represented in Figure 10 and distinctly show guinea pigs immunized with each of the three dosages of Combination XIII were protected from weight loss. Animals immunized with the higher dosages of Combination XIII (100 and 200 μg) actually showed a net gain in weight and animals immunized with the lower dosage (50 μg) showed a relatively small loss in weight. In contrast, the sham immunized animals lost approximately 22% of their total body weight in the weeks immediately after challenge and averaged a loss of 182 g over the 10 week observation period.
Table U below illustrates the percent weight change for immunized and control animals as determined by taking the mean weight at the end of the challenge, subtracting the mean weight at the start of the challenge and dividing the result by the mean weight at the start of the challenge. Similarly, the percent protection was determined by subtracting the mean percent weight loss of the controls from the mean percent weight gain or loss of the immunized animals.
TABLE U
Immunogen Dosage % Weight % Protection from
Change Weight Loss
Combination XIII 50 -4% 18%
Combination XIII 100 +7% 29%
Combination XIII 200 +5% 27%
Sham Sham -22%
Table U shows that the sham-immunized animals lost a considerable amount of weight (18% - 29%) over the monitoring period compared with the immunized animals. Figure 10 provides a more graphic illustration of the net weight loss for each group of immunized animals versus sham-control animals plotted at weekly intervals over the ten week monitoring period. As loss of body mass or "consumption" is one of the classical side effects of tuberculosis, these results indicate that the growth and proliferation of tubercle bacilli in the immunized animals was inhibited by the three different dosages of the exemplary combination vaccine of the present invention. EXAMPLE 21
IMMUNOPROTECTIVE ANALYSIS OF COMBINATIONS XIV-XVIII
AGAINST CHALLENGE WITH COMBINATIONS XIV-XVIII
To further demonstrate the scope of the present invention and the broad range of effective vaccines which may be formulated in accordance with the teachings thereof, five additional combination vaccines, Combinations XIV through XVIII, were tested in guinea pigs. Identified by the apparent molecular weight of the purified extracellular products determined using SDS-PAGE, the composition of each of the combination vaccines is given below.
Combination Protein Constituents
XIV 30, 32A, 16, 32B, 24, 23, 45
XV 30, 32A, 16, 32B, 24, 23, 45, 23.5, 12
XVI 30, 32A, 16, 32B, 24, 23
XVII 30, 32A, 16, 32B, 24, 71 XVIII
I 30, 32A, 16, 23, 71
In addition to the new combination vaccines and appropriate controls, Combination I was also used in this series of experiments. Guinea pigs were immunized intradermally with 50 μg of each protein of Combination XIV or XV and with 100 μg of each protein of Combinations I, XVI, XVII, and XVIII all in SAF adjuvant. The animals were immunized a total of four times, with each injection three weeks apart.
A cutaneous hypersensitivity assay was performed to determine if the animals had developed a measurable immune response following vaccination using the previously discussed protocol. Guinea pigs were shaved over the back and injected intradermally with the same combination of purified extracellular proteins to which they were immunized. For each challenge the appropriate combination vaccine containing 10 μg of each protein was injected. All injections were performed using a total volume of 0.1 ml. Sham-immunized controls were also skin-tested with the same dosage of each combination. The diameters of erythema and induration at skin test sites were measured at 24 hours after injection as described in Example 3. The results of these measurements are presented in Table V below, reported in terms of mean measurement values for the group ± standard error (SE) as determined using traditional methods.
TABLE V
Diameter of Skin Reaction (mm)
Vaccine Skin Test
Combination Combination Erythema Induration
XIV XIV 13.3 ± 0.7 9.1 ± 0.4
XV XV 10.4 ± 0.4 6.5 ± 0.4
XVI XVI 8.0 ± 1.8 5.1 ± 1.0
XVII XVII 9.4 ± 0.9 6.1 ± 1.1
XVIII XVIII 13.6 ± 1.2 8.7 ± 0.7
I I 10.0 ± 0.3 6.7 ± 0.2
Sham XIV 5.5 ± 1.6 0.4 ± 0.2
Sham XV 6.1 ± 0.5 0.4 ± 0.2
Sham XVI 4.6 ± 1.4 0.4 ± 0.2
Sham XVII 5.7 ± 1.2 0.2 ± 0.2
Sham XVIII 2.1 ± 1.1 O ± O
Sham I 6.0 ± 1.2 0.6 ± 0.2
These results clearly demonstrate that a strong cell-mediated immune response was generated to Combinations XIV through XVIII, and, as before, to Combination I. Immunized ammals exhibited erythema about twice that of controls. Even more strikingly, the immunized animals exhibited induration at least 10 fold greater than the sham-immumzed controls which exhibited a minimal response in all cases.
EXAMPLE 22 IMMUNOPROTECTIVE ANALYSIS OF COMBINATIONS XIV-XVIII AND COMBINATION I AGAINST AEROSOLIZED M. TUBERCULOSIS
To confirm the immunoreactivity of the combination vaccines of Example 21 and to demonstrate their applicability to infectious tuberculosis, the immunized guinea pigs used for the preceding cutaneous hypersensitivity assay were challenged with aerosolized M. tuberculosis three weeks after the last immunization and monitored using the protocol of Example 4. A control group of 12 sham-immunized animals, the same as used in Example 20, was similarly challenged. The results of these challenge are graphically represented in Figure 11 and shown in Table W directly below. Percent weight change was determined by taking the mean weight at the end of the challenge, subtracting the mean weight at the start of the challenge and dividing the result by the mean weight at the start of the challenge. Similarly, the percent protection was determined by subtracting the mean percent weight loss of the controls from the mean percent weight gain or loss of the immunized animals.
TABLE W
Immunogen % Weight % Protection from
Change Weight Loss
Combination XIV 3% 25%
Combination XV - 4% 18%
Combination XVI -15% 7%
Combination XVII -11% 11%
Combination XVIII -12% 10%
Combination I -11% 11%
Sham -22%
As shown in Table W, guinea pigs immunized with each of the combination vaccines were protected from weight loss. Sham-immunized animals lost approximately 22% of their total combined body weight. In contrast the prophylactic effect of the combination vaccines resulted in actual weight gain for one of the test groups and a reduced amount of weight loss in the others. Specifically, animals immunized with Combination XIV evidenced a 3% weight gain while those animals immunized with the other combinations lost only 4% to 15% of their total combined weight.
These results are shown graphically in Figure 11 which plots weekly weight determinations in terms of net weight gain or loss for each group of animals following aerosolized challenge. This statistically significant difference between the net weight loss for the immunized animals and the sham-immumzed controls shown in Figure 11 provides further evidence for the immunoprophylactic response generated by the combination vaccines of the present invention. EXAMPLE 23
CELL-MEDIATED IMMUNITY IN GUINEA PIGS IMMUNIZED WITH
THREE DIFFERENT ADJUVANTS
In order to further demonstrate the broad applicability and versatility of the vaccine formulations of the present invention, immunogenic studies were conducted using different adjuvants. Specifically three different immunogens, purified 30 KD protein, Combination I (30, 32A, 16, 23, 71) and Combination XIII (30, 32A, 16) were each formulated using three different adjuvants, Syntex Adjuvant Formulation I (SAF), incomplete Freund's adjuvant (IF A) and Monophosphoryl Lipid A containing adjuvant (MPL). Such adjuvants are generally known to enhance the immune response of an organism when administered with an immunogen.
Guinea pigs were immunized intradermally with 100 μg of each protein comprising Combinations I and XIII and approximately 100 μg of purified 30 KD protein in each of the three different adjuvant formulations. The guinea pigs were immunized with each formulation a total of three times with injections three weeks apart.
Following immunization, a cutaneous hypersensitivity assay was performed to determine if the guinea pigs had developed a measurable immune response. Guinea pigs were shaved over the back and injected intradermally with the same immunogen to which they had been immunized. For the challenge, 10 μg of each protein in Combinations I and XIII or 10 μg of purified 30 KD protein was injected in a total volume of 100 μl. Sham-immunized guinea pigs, vaccinated with one of the three adjuvants, were skin-tested with each of the immunogen formulations containing the same adjuvant. The diameters of erythema and induration at skin test sites were measured 24 hours after challenge as described in Example 3.
The results of these measurements are presented in Table X below. As previously discussed data are reported in terms of mean measurement values for the group ± standard error as determined using accepted statistical techniques. TABLE X
Diameter of Skin Reaction (mm)
Skin Test
Vaccine Adiuvant Reagent Erythema Induration 30 SAF 30 10.7 ±1.6 5.8 ±1.5 30 IFA 30 8.8 ±0.7 4.6 ±0.7 30 MPL 30 10.2 ±1.7 5.3 ±1.5
XIII SAF XIII 7.3 ±0.5 4.1 ±0.5 XIII IFA XIII 6.8 ±0.9 3.5 ±0.5 XIII MPL XIII 6.3 ± 0.4 3.4 ± 0.3
I SAF I 6.9 ± 0.6 4.0 ± 0.3 I IFA I 6.8 ±0.2 3.6 ±0.3 I MPL I 7.4 ± 0.4 3.9 ± 0.5
Sham SAF 30 0.7 ±0.7 1.0 ±0 Sham IFA 30 O±O O±O Sham MPL 30 O±O O±O
Sham SAF XIII l.O±l.O l.O±O Sham IFA XIII O±O 0.3 ± 0.3 Sham MPL XIII O±O O±O
Sham SAF I 4.7 ±0.3 l.O±O Sham IFA I 2.0 ±1.0 0.7 ±0.3 Sham MPL I l.O±l.O 0.7 ±0.3
As shown in the data presented in Table X, the combination vaccines and purified extracellular products of the present invention provide a strong cell-mediated immunogenic response when formulated with different adjuvants. Moreover, each one of the three adjuvants provided about the same immunogenic response for each respective immunogen. In general, the immunized guinea pigs exhibited erythema diameters approximately seven to ten times that of the sham-immunized guinea pigs while indurations were approximately four to six times greater than measured in the control animals.
The ability of the present invention to provoke a strong immunogenic response in combination with different adjuvants facilitates vaccine optimization. That is, adjuvants used to produce effective vaccine formulations in accordance with the teachings herein may be selected based largely on consideration of secondary criteria such as stability, lack of side effects, cost and ease of storage. These and other criteria, not directly related to the stimulation of an immune response, are particularly important when developing vaccine formulations for widespread use under relatively primitive conditions.
EXAMPLE 24 IMMUNOPROTECTIVE ANALYSIS OF COMBINATIONS XIX-XXVIII
AGAINST CHALLENGE WITH COMBINATIONS XIX-XXVIII
The broad scope of the present invention was further demonstrated through the generation of an immune response using ten additional combination vaccines, Combinations XIX through XXVIII. In addition to the new combination vaccines and appropriate controls, Combinations IV and XIII were also used as positive controls to provoke an immune response in guinea pigs. Identified by the apparent molecular weight of the purified extracellular products determined using SDS-PAGE, the composition of each of the combination vaccines is given below.
Combination Protein Constituents
XIX 30, 32A, 23
XX 30, 32A, 23.5
XXI 30, 32A, 24
XXII 30, 32A, 71
XXIII 30, 32A, 16, 23
XXIV 30, 32A, 16, 23.5
XXV 30, 32A, 16, 24
XXVI 30, 32A, 16, 71
XXVII 30, 32A, 16, 32B
XXVIII 30, 32A, 16, 45 IV 30, 32A
XIII 30, 32A, 16
The guinea pigs were immunized a total of four times, with each injection three weeks apart. Each combination vaccine used to immunize the animals consisted of 100 μg of each protein in SAF adjuvant to provide a total volume of 0.1 ml.
Using the protocol discussed in Example 3, a cutaneous hypersensitive assay was performed to determine if the animals had developed a measurable immune response following vaccination with the selected combination vaccine. The guinea pigs were shaved over the back and injected intradermally with the same combination of purified extracellular proteins with which they were immunized. The protein combinations used to challenge the animals consisted of 10 μg of each protein. Sham immunized controls were also skin-tested with the same dosage of each combination. As in Example 3, the diameters of erythema and induration at the skin test sites were measured at 24 hours after injection.
The results of these measurements are presented in Table Y below, reported in terms of mean measurement values for the group of animals + standard error.
TABLE Y
Diameter of Skin Reaction (mm)
Vaccine Skin Test
Combination Combination Erythema Induration
XIX XIX 8.5 ±0.6 3.9 ±0.3
XX XX 8.2 ± 0.3 3.7 ±0.3
XXI XXI 11.1 ± 1.1 4.5 ± 0.4
XXII XXII 9.4 ± 0.8 4.3 ± 0.4
XXIII XXIII 8.3 ±1.1 3.0 ±0.3
XXIV XXIV 8.5 ±0.9 3.4 ±0.5
XXV XXV 7.9 ±0.5 3.2 ± 0.4
XXVI XXVI 8.9 ±0.7 3.3 ±0.5
XXVII XXVII 7.2 ±1.0 2.8 ±0.5
XXVIII XXVIII 8.5 ±0.5 2.8 ±0.3
IV IV 9.0 ±0.9 4.1 ±0.3
XIII XIII 9.4 ± 0.9 4.3 ± 0.3
Sham XIX 4.0 ± 2.6 1.0 ± 0
Sham XX 1.3 ±1.3 1.0 ± 0
Sham XXI 3.5 ±1.0 1.3 ±1.3
Sham XXII 1.3 ±1.3 l.O±l.O
Sham XXIII O ± O 1.0 ± 0
Sham XXIV O ± O 1.0 ± 0
Sham XXV O ± O l.O± 0
Sham XXVI 2.3 ±2.3 2.0 ±1.0
Sham XXVII 0 + 0 l.O± 0
Sham XXVIII 2.0 ±1.2 l.O± 0
Sham IV 2.8 ±1.6 l.O± 0
Sham XIII 1.5 ±1.5 l.O± 0
The results presented in Table Y explicitly show that a strong cell- mediated immune response was generated to Combinations XIX through XXVIII when challenged with the same immunogens. As before, a strong cell-mediated immune response was also provoked by Combinations IV and XIII. The erythema exhibited by the immunized guinea pigs was at least twice, and generally proved to be and more then four fold greater than, the reaction provoked in the corresponding sham immunized control animals. Similarly, the induration exhibited by the immumzed animals was at least twice, and generally three to four times greater than, that of the non-immunized controls. The substantially stronger immune response generated among the animals immunized in accordance with the teachings of the present invention once again illustrates the immunoprotective operability of the combination vaccines of the present invention.
Those skilled in the art will also appreciate additional benefits of the vaccines and methods of the present invention. For example, because individual compounds or selected combinations of highly purified molecular species are used for the subject vaccines rather than whole bacteria or components thereof, the vaccines of the present invention are considerably less likely to provoke a toxic response when compared with prior art attenuated or killed bacterial vaccines. Moreover, the molecular vaccines of the present invention are not life threatening to immunocompromised individuals. In fact, the compositions of the present invention may be used therapeutically to stimulate a directed immune response to a pathogenic agent in an infected individual .
Selective use of majorly abundant extracellular products or their immunogenic analogs also prevents the development of an opsonizing humoral response which can increase the pathogenesis of intracellular bacteria. As the protective immunity generated by this invention is directed against unbound proteins, any opsonic response will simply result in the phagocytosis and destruction of the majorly abundant extracellular product rather than the expedited inclusion of the parasitic bacteria. Moreover, the selective use of purified extracellular products reduces the potential for generating a response which precludes the use of widely used screening and control techniques based on host recognition of immunogenic agents. Unlike prior art vaccines, the screening tests could still be performed using an immunoreactive molecule that is expressed by the pathogen but not included in the vaccines made according to the present invention. The use of such an immunogenic determinant would only provoke a response in those individuals which had been exposed to the target pathogen allowing appropriate measures to be taken.
Another advantage of the present invention is that purified extracellular products are easily obtained in large quantities and readily isolated using techniques well known in the art as opposed to the attenuated bacteria and bacterial components of prior art vaccines. Since the immunoreactive products of the present invention are naturally released extracellularly into the surrounding media for most organisms of interest, removal of intracellular contaminants and cellular debris is simplified. Further, as the most prominent or majorly abundant extracellular products or immunogenic analogs thereof are used to stimulate the desired immune response, expression levels and culture concentrations of harvestable product is generally elevated in most production systems. Accordingly, whatever form of production is employed, large scale isolation of the desired products is easily accomplished through routine biochemical procedures such as chromatography or ultrafiltration. These inherent attributes and molecular characteristics of the immunogenic determinants used in the present invention greatly facilitate the production of a consistent, standardized, high quality composition for use on a large scale.
Alternatively, the use of purified molecular compounds based on the immunogenic properties of the most prominent or majorly abundant extracellular products of target pathogens also makes the large scale synthetic generation of the immunoactive vaccine components of the present invention relatively easy. For instance, the extracellular products of interest or their immunogenic analogs may be cloned into a non-pathogenic host bacteria using recombinant DNA technology and harvested in safety. Molecular cloning techniques well known in the art may be used for isolating and expressing DNA corresponding to the extracellular products of interest, their homologs or any segments thereof in selected high expression vectors for insertion in host bacteria such as Escherichia coli. Exemplary techniques may be found in II R. Anon, Synthetic Vaccines 31-77, 1987, Tarn et al., "Incorporation of T and B Epitopes of the Circumsporozoite Protein in a Chemically Defined Synthetic Vaccine Against Malaria,: J. Exp. Med. 777:299-306, 1990, and Stover et al., "Protective Immunity Elicited by Recombinant Bacille Calmette-Guerin (BCG) Expressing Outer Surface Protein A (OspA) Lipoprotein: A Candidate Lyme Disease Vaccine," J. Exp. Med. 178: 197-209 (1993).
Similarly, the extracellular proteins, their analogs, homologs or immunoreactive protein subunits may be chemically synthesized on a large scale in a relatively pure form using common laboratory techniques and automated sequencer technology. This mode of production is particularly attractive for constructing peptide subunits or lower molecular weight analogs corresponding to antigenic determinants of the extracellular products. Exemplary techniques for the production of smaller protein subunits are well known in the art and may be found in II R. Anon, Synthetic Vaccines 15-30, 1987, and in A. Streitwieser, Jr., Introduction to Organic Chemistry 953-55, 1985 (3d ed.). Alternative techniques may be found in Gross et al., "Nonenzymatic Cleavage of Peptide Bonds: The Methionine Residues in Bovine Pancreatic Ribonuclease," The Journal of Biological Chemistry 237(6), 1962, Mahoney, "High- Yield Cleavage of Tryptophanyl Peptide Bonds by o-Iodosobenzoic Acid," Biochemistry 18(17), 1979, and Shoolnik et al., "Gonococcal Pili," Journal of Experimental Medicine 159, 1984. Other immunogenic techniques such as anti- idiotyping or directed molecular evolution using peptides, nucleotides or other molecules such as mimetics can also be employed to generate effective, immunoreactive compounds capable of producing the desired prophylactic response.
Nucleic acid molecules useful for the practice of the present invention may be expressed from a variety of vectors, including, for example, viral vectors such as herpes viral vectors (e.g., U.S. Patent No. 5,288,641), retroviruses (e.g., EP 0,415,731; WO 90/07936, WO 91/0285, WO 94/03622; WO 93/25698; WO 93/25234; U.S. Patent No. 5,219,740; WO 89/09271; WO 86/00922; WO 90/02797; WO 90/02806; U.S. Patent No. 4,650,764; U.S. Patent No. 5,124,263; U.S. Patent No. 4,861,719; WO 93/11230; WO 93/10218; Vile and Hart, Cancer Res. 55:3860-3864, 1993; Vile and Hart, Cancer Res. 53:962-967, 1993; Ram et al., Cancer Res. 55:83-88, 1993; Takamiya et al., J. Neurosci. Res. 55:493-503, 1992; Baba et al., J. Neurosurg. 79:729-735, 1993), pseudotyped viruses, adenoviral vectors (e.g., WO 94/26914, WO 93/9191; Kolls et al., PNAS 91 (Y):2l 5-2 9, 1994; Kass-Eisler et al., PNAS 90(24): 11498-502, 1993; Guzman et al., Circulation 88(6):2838-48, 1993; Guzman et al., Cir. Res. 75(6): 1202-1207, 1993; Zabner et al., Cell 75(2):207-216, 1993; Li et al., Hum. Gene Ther. (4):403-409, 1993; Caillaud et al., Eur. J. Neurosci. 5(10):1287-1291, 1993; Vincent et al., Nat. Genet. 5(2):130-134, 1993; Jaffe et al., Nat. Genet. /(5):372-378, 1992; and Levrero et al., Gene 101(2): 195-202, 1991), adenovirus-associated viral vectors (Flotte et al., PNAS °0(22):10613-10617, 1993), parvovirus vectors (Koering et al., Hum. Gene Therap. 5:457-463, 1994), and pox virus vectors (Panicali and Paoletti, PNAS 79:4927-4931, 1982).
The nucleic acid molecules (or vectors, i.e., an assembly capable of directing the expression of a sequence of interest) may be introduced into host cells by a wide variety of mechanisms, including, for example, transfection, including, for example, DNA linked to killed adenovirus (Michael et al., J.Biol. Chem. 2<5<°(10):6866-6869, 1993; and Curiel et al., Hum. Gene Ther. 5(2):147-154, 1992), cytofectin-mediated introduction (DMRIE-DOPE, Vical, Calif), direct DNA injection (Acsadi et al., Nature 552:815-818, 1991); DNA ligand (Wu et al., J. Biol. Chem. 264:16985-16987, 1989); lipofection (Feigner et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 84:74X3-74X7, 1989); liposomes (Pickering et al., Circ. <°9(1):13-21, 1994; and Wang et al., PNAS 84:7851-7855, 1987); microprojectile bombardment (Williams et al., PNAS 88:2726-2730, 1991); and direct delivery of nucleic acids which encode the enzyme itself, either alone (Vile and hart, Cancer Res. 55:3860-3864, 1993), or utilizing PEG- nucleic acid complexes (see also WO 93/18759; WO 93/04701; WO 93/07283 and WO 93/07282). As an additional alternative, DNA or other genetic material encoding one or more genes capable of inducing the expression of one or more of the extracellular products, homologs, analogs, or subunits of the present invention can be directly injected into a mammalian host utilizing so called "naked DNA" techniques. Following the in vivo introduction and the resultant uptake of the genetic construct by the host's cells the host will begin the endogenous production of the one or more encoded immunoreactive products engendering an effective immune response to subsequent challenge. As those skilled in the art will appreciate, coupling the genetic construct to eucaryotic promoter sequences and/or secretion signals may facilitate the endogenous expression and subsequent secretion of the encoded immunoreactive product or products. Exemplary techniques for the utilization of naked DNA as a vaccine can be found in International Patent No. WO 9421797 A (Merck & Co. Inc. and ViCal Inc.), International Patent Application No. WO 9011092 (ViCal Inc.), and Robinson, "Protection Against a Lethal Influenza Virus Challenge by Immunization with a Hemagglutinin-Expressing Plasmid DNA," Vaccine 11:9, 1993, and in Ulmer et al., "Heterologous Protection Against Influenza by Injection of DNA Encoding a Viral Protein," Science 259, 1993, incorporated by reference herein.
Alternatively, techniques for the fusion of a strongly immunogenic protein tail have been disclosed in Tao et al., "Idiotype/Granulocyte-Macrophage Colony-Stimulating Factor Fusion Protein as a Vaccine for B-Ceo Lymphoma," Nature 362, 1993, and for T-cell epitope mapping in Good et al., "Human T-Cell Recognition of the Circumsporozoite Protein of Plasmodium falciparum: Immunodominant T-Cell Domains Map to the Polymorphic Regions of the Molecule," Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 85, 19; 8, and Gao et al., "Identification and Characterization of T Helper Epitopes in the Nucleoprotein of Influenza A Virus," J. Imm. 143(9), 1989.
As many bacterial genera exhibit homology, the foregoing examples are provided for the purposes of illustration and are not intended to limit the scope and content of the present invention or to restrict the invention to the genus Mycobacterium or to particular species or serogroups therein or to vaccines against tuberculosis alone. It should also be reemphasized that the prevalence of interspecies homology in the DNA and corresponding proteins of microorganisms enables the vaccines of the present invention to induce cross-reactive immunity. Because the immunodominant epitopes of the majorly abundant extracellular products may provide cross-protective immunity against challenge with other serogroups and species of the selected genera, those skilled in the art will appreciate that vaccines directed against one species may be developed using the extracellular products or immunogenic analogs of another species. For example, M. bovis is between 90% and 100% homologous with
M. tuberculosis and is highly cross-reactive in terms of provoking an immune response.
Accordingly, vaccines based on abundant extracellular products of M. bovis or other
Mycobacterium can offer various degrees of protection against infection by M. tuberculosis and vice versa. Thus, it is contemplated as being within the scope of the present invention to provide an immunoprophylactic response against several bacterial species of the same genera using an highly homologous immunogenic determinant of an appropriate majorly abundant extracellular product.
It should also be emphasized that the immunogenic determinant selected to practice the present invention may be used in many different forms to elicit an effective protective or immunodiagnostic immune response. Thus the mode of presentation of the one or more immunogenic determinants of selected majorly abundant extracellular products to the host immune system is not critical and may be altered to facilitate production or administration. For example, the vaccines of the present invention may be formulated using whole extracellular products or any immunostimulating fraction thereof including peptides, protein subunits, immunogenic analogs and homologs as noted above. In accordance with the teachings of the present invention, effective protein subunits of the majorly abundant extracellular products of M. tuberculosis can be identified in a genetically diverse population of a species of mammal. The resultant immunodominant T-cell epitopes identified should be recognized by other mammals including humans and cattle. These immunodominant T-cell epitopes are therefore useful for vaccines as well as for immunodiagnostic reagents. An exemplary study identifying the immunodominant T-cell epitopes of the 30 KD major secretory protein of M. tuberculosis was conducted as follows.
EXAMPLE 25 IMMUNODOMINANT EPITOPE MAPPING OF THE 30 KD PROTEIN
Fifty-five synthetic peptides (15-mers) covering the entire native 30 KD protein and overlapping by 10 amino acids were used for splenic lymphocyte proliferation assays to identify the immunodominant T-cell epitopes of the 30 KD major secretory protein of M. tuberculosis 55. The sequence of each 15-mer synthetic peptide utilized is given below in conjunction with an identification number (1-55) corresponding to the antigen peptide sequence numbers in Figures 12a and b as well as an identification of the amino acid residues and relative position of each sequence. !___ Residues PeDtide Sequence Sea ID No.
1 1 - 15 F S R P G L P V E Y L Q V P S 37
2 6 - 20 L P V E Y L Q V P S P S M G R 38
3 11 - 25 L Q V P S P S M G R D I K V Q 39
4 16 - 30 P S M G R D I V Q F Q S G G 40
5 21 - 35 D I K V Q F Q S G G N N S P A 41
6 26 - 40 F Q S G G N N S P A V Y L L D 42
7 31 - 45 N N S P A V Y L L D G L R A Q 43
8 36 - 50 V Y L L D G L R A Q D D Y N G 44
9 41 - 55 G L R A Q D D Y N G D I N T 45
10 46 - 60 D D Y N G W D I N T P A F E 46
11 51 - 65 W D I N T P A F E Y Y Q S G 47
12 56 - 70 P A F E W Y Y Q S G L S I V M 48
13 61 - 75 Y Y Q S G L S I V M P V G G Q 49
14 66 - 80 L S I V M P V G G Q S S F Y S 50
15 71 - 85 P V G G Q S S F Y S D W Y S P 51
16 76 - 90 S S F Y S D W Y S P A C G K A 52
17 81 - 95 D Y S P A C G K A G C Q T Y 53
18 86 - 100 A C G K A G C Q T Y K W E T F 54
19 91 - 105 G C Q T Y K W E T F L T S E L 55
20 96 - 110 K E T F L T S E L P Q L S 56
21 101 - 115 L T S E L P Q L S A N R A V 57
22 106 - 120 P Q W L S A N R A V K P T G S 58
23 111 - 125 A N R A V K P T G S A A I G L 59
24 116 - 130 K P T G S A A I G L S M A G S 60
25 121 - 135 A A I G L S M A G S S A M I L 61
26 126 - 140 S M A G S S A M I L A A Y H P 62
27 131 - 145 S A M I L A A Y H P Q Q F I Y 63
28 136 - 150 A A Y H P Q Q F I Y A G S L S 64
29 141 - 155 Q Q F I Y A G S L S A L L D P 65
30 146 - 160 A G S L S A L L D P S Q G M G 66
31 151 - 165 A L L D P S Q G M G P S L I G 67
32 156 - 170 S Q G M G P S L I G L A M G D 68
33 161 - 175 P S L I G L A M G D A G G Y K 69
34 166 - 180 L A M G D A G G Y K A A D M W 70
35 171 - 185 A G G Y K A A D M W G P S S D 71
36 176 - 190 A A D M W G P S S D P A W E R 72
37 181 - 195 G P S S D P A W E R N D P T Q 73
38 186 - 200 P A W E R N D P T Q Q I P K L 74
39 191 - 205 N D P T Q Q I P K L V A N N T 75
40 196 - 210 Q I P K L V A N N T R L V Y 76
41 201 - 215 V A N N T R L V Y C G N G T 77
42 206 - 220 R L W V Y C G N G T P N E L G 78
43 211 - 225 C G N G T P N E L G G A N I P 79
44 216 - 230 P N E L G G A N I P A E F L E 80
45 221 - 235 G A N I P A E F L E N F V R S 81
46 226 - 240 A E F L. E N F V R S S N L K F 82
47 231 - 245 N F V R S S N L K F Q D A Y N 83
48 236 - 250 S N L K F Q D A Y N A A G G H 84
49 241 • 255 Q D A Y N A A G G H N A V F N 85
50 246 - 260 A A G G H N A V F N F P P N G 86
51 251 - 265 N A V F N F P P N G T H S W E 87
52 256 - 270 F P P N G T H S W E Y G A Q 88 53 261 -- 275 T H S W E Y G AQ L N A M K 89
54 266 280 Y G AQ L N AM K G D L Q S 90
55 271 - - 285 L N A M K G D L Q S S L G AG 91
Splenic lymphocytes were obtained from outbred male Hartley strain guinea pigs (Charles River Breeding Laboratories) that had been immumzed intradermally 3-4 times with 100 μg of purified 30 KD protein emulsified in SAF (Allison and Byars, 1986). Control animals received phosphate buffered saline in SAF.
Cell mediated immune responses were evaluated by skin testing as described above.
Lymphocytes were seeded in 96-well tissue culture plates (Falcon Labware) and incubated in triplicate with the synthetic 15-mer peptides at 20 μg ml"1, purified 30 KD protein at 20 μg ml"1, purified protein derivative [(PPD); Connaught Laboratories LTD] at 20 μg ml"1, or concanavalin A at 10 μg ml"1 for 2 days in the presence of 10 U polymyxin B. Subsequently, cells were labeled for 16 h with 1 μCi [3H] thymidine (New England Nuclear) and then harvested (Breiman and Horwitz, 1987). A positive proliferative response was defined as follows: (dpm of antigen) - (dpm of medium) > 1 500 and (dpm of antigen)/(dpm of medium) > 1.2. Immunodominant epitopes recognized by greater than 25% of the guinea pigs immunized with purified M. tuberculosis 30 KD protein are presented in Table Z below and graphically illustrated in Figures 12a and 12b.
TABLE 2
Inclusive Amino
Acids for
Peptide No. Mature Protein Sea ID No.
1 1 - 15 37
2 6 - 20 38
3 11 - 25 39
5 21 - 35 41
6 26 - 40 42
13 61 - 75 49
21 101 - 115 57
26 126 - 140 62
27 131 - 145 63
31 151 - 165 67
33 161 - 175 69
36 176 - 190 72
37 181 - 195 73
41 201 - 215 77
45 221 - 235 81
49 241 - 255 85
53 261 - 275 89
The results presented in Table Z identify the immunodominant T-cell epitopes of the 30 KD major secretory protein of M. tuberculosis. Those skilled in the art will appreciate that earlier investigators have studied the 30 KD protein of M. bovis which is highly related to M. tuberculosis protein. However, these earlier studies of the
M. bovis protein differ markedly from the foregoing study in that the prior art studied actual patients, BCG vaccinees, patients with tuberculosis, or PPD-positive individuals.
Because the response to this protein in such individuals is often weak, the prior art epitope mapping studies were difficult and of questionable accuracy. In contrast, the study of Example 25 utilized outbred guinea pigs immunized with purified protein, thereby focusing the immune system on this single protein and producing a very strong cell-mediated immune response. Moreover, these guinea pigs were studied within a few weeks of immunization, at the peak of T-cell responsiveness. In accordance with the teachings of the present invention one or more of the immunodominant epitopes identified above can be incorporated into a vaccine against tuberculosis. For example, individual immunodominant epitopes can be synthesized and used individually or in combination in a multiple antigen peptide system. Alternatively, two or more immunodominant epitopes can be linked together chemically. The peptides, either linked together or separately, can be combined with an appropriate adjuvant and used in subunit vaccines for humans or other mammals. In addition, the immunodominant epitopes can be used in new immunodiagnostic reagents such as new skin tests.
Those skilled in the art will also appreciate that DNA encoding the peptides can be synthesized and used to express the peptides, individually or collectively, or can be combined in a DNA vaccine injected directly into humans or other mammals. A construct consisting of only the immunogenic epitopes (or the DNA coding therefor) would focus the immune response on the protective portions of the molecule. By avoiding irrelevant or even immunosuppressive epitopes such a construct may induce a stronger and more protective immune response. Smaller protein subunits of the majorly abundant extracellular products, molecular analogs thereof, genes encoding therefore, and respective combinations thereof are within the scope of the present invention as long as they provoke effective immunoprophylaxis or function as an immunodiagnostic reagent. Moreover, recombinant protein products such as fusion proteins or extracellular products modified through known molecular recombinant techniques are entirely compatible with the teachings of the present invention. In addition, immunogenically generated analogs of the selected immunoactive determinants or peptides and nucleotides derived using directed evolution are also within the scope of the invention. Moreover, the selected immunoactive determinants can be modified so as to bind more tightly to specific MHC molecules of humans or other species or be presented more efficiently by antigen presenting cells. Further, the selected immunoactive determinants can be modified so as to resist degradation in the vaccinated host.
Similarly, the formulation and presentation of the immunogenic agent to the host immune system is not limited to solutions of proteins or their analogs in adjuvant. For example, the immunogenic determinant derived from the appropriate extracellular proteins may be expressed by M. tuberculosis, different species of Mycobacteria, different species of bacteria, phage, mycoplasma or virus that is non- pathogenic and modified using recombinant technology. In such cases the whole live organism may be formulated and used to stimulate the desired response. Conversely, large scale vaccination programs in hostile environments may require very stable formulations without complicating adjuvants or additives. Further, the vaccine formulation could be directed to facilitate the stability or immunoreactivity of the active component when subjected to harsh conditions such as lyophilization or oral administration or encapsulation. Accordingly, the present invention encompasses vastly different formulations of the immunogenic determinants comprising the subject vaccines depending upon the intended use of the product. Those skilled in the art will appreciate that vaccine dosages should be determined for each pathogen and host utilizing routine experimentation. At present, it is believed that the lowest practical dosage will be on the order of 0.1 μg though dosages of 2.0 μg, 20.0 μg, 100 μg and even 1 mg may be optimum for the appropriate system. The proper dosage can be administered using any conventional immunization technique and sequence known in the art.
EXAMPLE 26 EXPRESSION OF RECOMBINANT 30 KDA PROTEIN
For the expression of the mature 30 kDa protein, the gene encoding the 30 kDa protein was engineered such that the initiator phenylalanine of the mature protein was fused to a glycine residue artificially inserted at the Ncol site or carboxyl terminus of the pelB leader sequence in pET22b (Novagen, Madison, WI) (see Figure 13). This strategy provided a fusion molecule from which the mature 30 kDa protein could be easily released and led to the expression of relatively large quantities of recombinant 30 kDa protein over a period of 4 hours. Thereafter, expression of recombinant protein reached a plateau. Expression of the recombinant molecules continued for up to 8 hours without exerting serious detrimental effects on the bacterial culture. A typical yield from 1 liter of E. coli culture was approximately 50 mg, amounting to nearly 25% of the total cell protein.
To achieve expression of recombinant 30 kDa protein in its full-length or truncated version, constructs in pET22b were expressed in E. coli BL21(DE3)pLysS upon induction with 1 mM isopropyl-b-D-thiogalactopyranoside (IPTG). Samples of induced cultures were taken at hourly intervals for up to 8 hours and aliquots of the culture supernatants and cell pellets were run on 12.5% denaturing polyacrylamide gels and stained with Coomassie brilliant blue R. Recombinant protein was purified as described by Horwitz et al. ("Protective immunity against tuberculosis induced by vaccination with major extracellular proteins of Mycobacterium tuberculosis," Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 92:1530-1534, 1995), with the exception that all chromatography steps included the addition of 8 M urea to the buffers. The purified recombinant protein was dialyzed against phosphate buffered saline and remained soluble.
The mature 30 kDa protein was expressed in the pET22b vector either with its own or the plasmid encoded pelB leader peptide. The results of the electrophoresis of the cell pellets are shown in Figure 14. Lanes A and B show Coomassie stained protein extracts upon IPTG induction of bacteria carrying the pET22b vector with the mature 30 kDa protein gene fused to the pelB leader DNA sequence (A) and the pET22b vector with the full-length 30 kDa protein gene (B). Lane C shows mature 30 kDa protein isolated from M. tuberculosis culture filtrates as a reference. Lanes D, E, and F show a Western blot analysis of the same proteins as in A, B, and C probed with anti-30/32A-B kDa complex specific antibodies. Lane G, protein extract from E. coli cultures carrying the pET22b vector alone, probed with the same antibodies. Positions of full-length and mature 30 kDa proteins are marked 30W and 30M, respectively, and these recombinant proteins are further identified by their first 5 or 7 N-terminal amino acids. Numbers on the left refer to molecular mass standards in kDa.
EXAMPLE 27 EXPRESSION OF SOLUBLE, PROCESSED, EXTRACELLULAR, M. TUBERCULOSIS 30 KDA MAJOR SECRETORY PROTEIN USING THE
PLASMID PSMT3 IN MYCOBACTERIUM SMEGMATIS Am) MYCOBACTERIUM VACCAE
This example is directed to demonstrating the expression and secretion of the M. tuberculosis 30 kDa major secretory protein in a mycobacterium. We used the pSMT3 plasmid (Dr. Douglas B. Young, Dept. Medical Microbiology, St. Mary's Hospital Medical School, Norfolk Place, London, W2 1PG, United Kingdom, a 5.7 kb (kilo base pairs) plasmid with both E. coli (column El ori) and mycobacterium (Mycobacterium fortuitum plasmid pAL5000 ori) origins of replication, a hygromycin resistance marker, a hsp60 promoter (Mycobacterium bovis BCG heat shock protein promoter sequence), and a multicloning site downstream of the hsp60 promoter. The expression system is shown diagrammatically in Figure 15.
The insert consisted of a 4.7 kb HinDIII - BamHI genomic DNA fragment from M. tuberculosis Erdman strain containing the sequence for the 30 kDa protein. The insert was cloned into pSMT3 in E. coli DH5a and recombinant plasmid DNA was transformed into M. smegmatis l-2c and M. vaccae R877R (National Collection of Type Cultures (NCTC) 11659) by electroporation at a setting of 6250 V/cm and 25 mFarad. M. smegmatis l-2c is a cured isolate of strain M. smegmatis mc26, which is a single cell isolate of ATCC 607 (American Type Culture Collection) which was prepared from M. smegmatis mc26 by the procedure described in Zhang et al., Molecular Microbiology 5(2):381-391, 1991. M. smegmatis mc26 was isolated from ATCC 607 by the procedure described in Jacobs et al., Nature 327:532-535, 1987. Using 1 mg of recombinant plasmid DNA and approximately 4 x 109 CFU of Mycobacteria, this method yielded 100-200 hygromycin-resistant transformants. The transformants were stable in broth culture and constitutively expressed the M. tuberculosis 30 kDa protein, yielding approximately 10 mg processed protein/L of culture. Most importantly, the protein was soluble and approximately 90% of the expressed protein was secreted in the culture supernatant (see Figure 16).
The electrophoresis results shown in Figure 16 were obtained as follows.
Supernatant fluid from each of 5 recombinant M. smegmatis clones containing the pSMT3 construct with the M. tuberculosis 30 kDa gene was subjected to SDS-PAGE (sodium dodecyl sulfate-polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis) analysis (5 rightmost lanes). The major protein (arrow in Figure 16) is the recombinant mature
M. tuberculosis 30 kDa major secretory protein. The left most lane depicts molecular mass standards (66, 45, 36, 29, 24, 20, 14 kDa). The recombinant protein migrates just above the 29 kDa marker. Western blot analysis was used to confirm that the major extracellular protein in the culture supernatant was the recombinant mature M. tuberculosis 30 kDa major secretory protein. The results are shown in Figure 17. In Figure 17, the proteins depicted in the four rightmost lanes of Figure 16 were subjected to SDS-PAGE and blotted onto nitrocellulose (4 rightmost lanes). The blot was probed with rabbit polyclonal antibody specific to the M. tuberculosis 30/32 kDa protein complex. Only the recombinant M. tuberculosis 30 kDa protein is stained (arrow). The lane to the left contains prestained molecular mass markers (106, 80, 49.5, 32.5, 27.5, and 18.5 kDa).
The recombinant protein migrates between the 32.5 and 27.5 kDa mass standards.
In addition, N-terminal sequence analysis of the first 6 N-terminal amino acids yielded FSRPGL, confirming that the N-terminal sequence was identical to that of the mature M. tuberculosis 30 kDa protein.
Two constructs in pET20 (Novagen, Madison, WI), one for the mature 30 kDa protein and the other for the 32 A kDa protein, failed to yield expression of either protein in E. coli. The isolation of pKK233 is described by Amann and Brosius, Gene ¥0:183-190, 1985. pTrc99A (Pharmacia Biotech, Sweden) may be used in place of the pKK233 vector. Three different constructs in pKK233 - one for the full-length 30 kDa protein, one for the full-length 32 kDa protein, and one for the mature 30 kDa protein - failed to yield expression of any of the proteins in E. coli.
One construct in pRSET-A for the mature 30 kDa protein yielded a fusion protein in E. coli, but the 30 kDa protein could not be cleaved free of this fusion protein with enterokinase. Similarly, two constructs in pTrx-Fus, one for the mature 30 kDa protein and one for the mature 32 kDa protein, yielded fusion proteins in E. coli from which the M. tuberculosis proteins could not be efficiently cleaved with enterokinase. A summary of the suitability of various expression systems is set forth in Table AA. All of the inserts are for the 32 A kDa protein.
Figure imgf000095_0001
Figure imgf000096_0001
As can be seen from Table AA, not all constructs resulted in protein expression. A leader sequence in front of the structural gene was required for expression. Thus, one pET22b construct containing the mature 30 kDa protein gene and one construct containing the mature 32A kDa protein gene failed to express either protein. Successful expression in pET22b of the 30 and 32A kDa M. tuberculosis proteins was obtained by adding the respective leader sequence of the protein in front of the structural gene. For both proteins, this resulted in expression of both the full-length and processed protein. These constructs were relatively stable in E. coli, i.e., they expressed the recombinant proteins after 2 or 3 subcultures but not after additional subculturing.
Successful expression in pET22b of the 30 and 32A kDa M. tuberculosis proteins was also obtained by adding the E. co/7-derived pelB leader sequence in front of the structural gene for each protein. Expression levels in these constructs were even higher than in those utilizing the respective leader sequences of the 30 or 32 A kDa proteins. However, a drawback of the pelB constructs was their instability. These constructs lost their ability to express any recombinant protein after one subculture.
A brief discussion of general approaches to the expression of desired proteins is set forth above in Example 24.
Smaller protein subunits of the majorly abundant extracellular products and molecular analogs thereof are within the scope of the present invention as long as they provoke effective immunoprophylaxis. Moreover, recombinant protein products such as fusion proteins or extracellular products modified through known molecular recombinant techniques are entirely compatible with the teachings of the present invention. In addition, immunogenically generated analogs of the selected immunoactive determinants such as anti-idiotype antibodies, or peptides and nucleotides derived using directed evolution are also within the scope of the invention.
Similarly, the formulation and presentation of the immunogenic agent to the host immune system is not limited to solutions of proteins or their analogs in adjuvant. For example, the immunogenic determinant derived from the appropriate extracellular proteins may be expressed on a different species of bacteria, phage, mycoplasma or virus that is non-pathogenic and modified using recombinant technology. In such cases the whole live organism may be formulated and used to stimulate the desired response. Conversely, large scale vaccination programs in hostile environments may require very stable formulations without complicating adjuvants or additives. Further, the vaccine formulation could be directed to facilitate the stability or immunoreactivity of the active component when subjected to harsh conditions such as lyophilization or oral administration or encapsulation. Accordingly, the present invention encompasses vastly different formulations of the immunogenic determinants comprising the subject vaccines depending upon the intended use of the product.
Those skilled in the art will appreciate that vaccine dosages should be determined for each pathogen and host utilizing routine experimentation. At present, it is believed that the lowest practical dosage will be on the order of 0.1 mg though dosages of 2.0 mg, 20.0 mg, 100 mg and even 1 mg may be optimum for the appropriate system. The proper dosage can be administered using any conventional immunization technique and sequence known in the art.
SEQUENCE LISTING
(1) GENERAL INFORMATION:
(1) APPLICANTS: Horwitz, Marcus A. and Harth, Gϋnter
(11) TITLE OF INVENTION: ABUNDANT EXTRACELLULAR PRODUCTS AND METHODS FOR THEIR PRODUCTION AND USE
(111) NUMBER OF SEQUENCES: 95
(iv) CORRESPONDENCE ADDRESS:
(A) ADDRESSEE: Kurt A. MacLean
(B) STREET: 2029 Century Park East, Suite 3800
(C) CITY: Los Angeles
(D) STATE: California
(E) COUNTRY: U.S.A.
(F) ZIP: 90067-3024
(v) COMPUTER READABLE FORM:
(A) MEDIUM TYPE: Floppy disk
(B) COMPUTER: IBM PC compatible
(C) OPERATING SYSTEM: PC-DOS/MS-DOS
(D) SOFTWARE: Patentln Release #1.0,
Version #1.30
(vi) CURRENT APPLICATION DATA:
(A) APPLICATION NUMBER:
(B) FILING DATE:
(C) CLASSIFICATION:
(vii) PRIOR APPLICATION DATA:
(A) APPLICATION NUMBER: US 08/568,357
(B) FILING DATE: 06-DEC-1995
(vii) PRIOR APPLICATION DATA:
(A) APPLICATION NUMBER: US 08/551,149
(B) FILING DATE: 31-OCT-1995
(vii) PRIOR APPLICATION DATA:
(A) APPLICATION NUMBER: US 08/447,398
(B) FILING DATE: 23-MAY-1995
(vii) PRIOR APPLICATION DATA:
(A) APPLICATION NUMBER: US 08/289,667
(B) FILING DATE: 12-AUG-1994
(vii) PRIOR APPLICATION DATA:
(A) APPLICATION NUMBER: US 08/156.358
(B) FILING DATE: 23-NOV-1993 (viii) ATTORNEY/AGENT INFORMATION:
(A) NAME: MacLean, Kurt A.
(B) REGISTRATION NUMBER: 31,118
(C) REFERENCE/DOCKET NUMBER: 118-119
(ix) TELECOMMUNICATION INFORMATION:
(A) TELEPHONE: (714) 263-8250
(B) TELEFAX: (714) 263-8260
(2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:l:
(i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTH: 5 amino acids
(B) TYPE: amino acid
(C) STRANDEDNESS:
(D) TOPOLOGY: linear
(ii) MOLECULE TYPE: protein
(iii) HYPOTHETICAL: NO
(iv) ANTI-SENSE: NO
(v) FRAGMENT TYPE: N-terminal
(vi) ORIGINAL SOURCE:
(A) ORGANISM: Mycobacterium tuberculosis
(B) STRAIN: Erdman
(xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:l:
Asn Ser Lys Ser Val 1 5
(2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID N0:2:
(1) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTH: 5 amino acids
(B) TYPE: amino acid
(C) STRANDEDNESS:
(D) TOPOLOGY: linear
(ii) MOLECULE TYPE: protein (iii) HYPOTHETICAL: NO (iv) ANTI-SENSE: NO (v) FRAGMENT TYPE: N-terminal (vi) ORIGINAL SOURCE:
(A) ORGANISM: Mycobacterium tuberculosis
(B) STRAIN: Erdman
(xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID N0:2:
Thr Asp Arg Val Ser 1 5
(2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:3:
(i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTH: 5 amino acids
(B) TYPE: amino acid
(C) STRANDEDNESS:
(D) TOPOLOGY: linear
(ii) MOLECULE TYPE: protein
(iii) HYPOTHETICAL: NO
(iv) ANTI-SENSE: NO
(v) FRAGMENT TYPE: N-terminal
(vi) ORIGINAL SOURCE:
(A) ORGANISM: Mycobacterium tuberculosis
(B) STRAIN: Erdman
(xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID N0:3:
Ala Arg Ala Val Gly 1 5
(2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID N0:4:
(i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTH: 5 amino acids
(B) TYPE: amino acid
(C) STRANDEDNESS:
(D) TOPOLOGY: linear
(ii) MOLECULE TYPE: protein (iii) HYPOTHETICAL: NO (iv) ANTI-SENSE: NO (v) FRAGMENT TYPE: N-terminal (vi) ORIGINAL SOURCE:
(A) ORGANISM: Mycobacterium tuberculosis
(B) STRAIN: Erdman
(xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID N0:4:
Thr Glu Lys Thr Pro 1 5
(2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:5:
(i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTH: 5 amino acids
(B) TYPE: amino acid
(C) STRANDEDNESS:
(D) TOPOLOGY: linear
(ii) MOLECULE TYPE: protein
(iii) HYPOTHETICAL: NO
(iv) ANTI-SENSE: NO
(v) FRAGMENT TYPE: N-terminal
(vi) ORIGINAL SOURCE:
(A) ORGANISM: Mycobacterium tuberculosis
(B) STRAIN: Erdman
(xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID N0:5:
Asp Pro Glu Pro Ala 1 5
(2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:6:
(i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTH: 5 amino acids
(B) TYPE: amino acid
(C) STRANDEDNESS:
(D) TOPOLOGY: linear
(ii) MOLECULE TYPE: protein (iii) HYPOTHETICAL: NO (iv) ANTI-SENSE: NO (v) FRAGMENT TYPE: N-terminal
(vi) ORIGINAL SOURCE:
(A) ORGANISM: Mycobacterium tuberculosis
(B) STRAIN: Erdman (xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:6:
Phe Ser Arg Pro Gly 1 5
(2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:7:
(i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTH: 5 amino acids
(B) TYPE: amino acid
(C) STRANDEDNESS:
(D) TOPOLOGY: linear
(ii) MOLECULE TYPE: protein (iii) HYPOTHETICAL: NO (iv) ANTI-SENSE: NO (v) FRAGMENT TYPE: N-terminal
(vi) ORIGINAL SOURCE:
(A) ORGANISM: Mycobacteri urn tuberculosis
(B) STRAIN: Erdman
(xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:7:
Phe Ser Arg Pro Gly 1 5
(2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID N0:8:
(i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTH: 5 amino acids
(B) TYPE: amino acid
(C) STRANDEDNESS:
(D) TOPOLOGY: linear
(ii) MOLECULE TYPE: protein
(iii) HYPOTHETICAL: NO
(iv) ANTI-SENSE: NO
(v) FRAGMENT TYPE: N-terminal
(vi) ORIGINAL SOURCE:
(A) ORGANISM: Mycobacterium tuberculosis
(B) STRAIN: Erdman
(xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID N0:8: Phe Ser Arg Pro Gly
1 5
(2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID N0:9:
(i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTH: 5 amino acids
(B) TYPE: amino acid
(C) STRANDEDNESS:
(D) TOPOLOGY: linear
(ii) MOLECULE TYPE: protein
(iii) HYPOTHETICAL: NO
(iv) ANTI-SENSE: NO
(v) FRAGMENT TYPE: N-terminal
(vi) ORIGINAL SOURCE:
(A) ORGANISM: Mycobacterium tuberculosis
(B) STRAIN: Erdman
(xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID N0:9:
Ala Pro Tyr Glu Asn 1 5
(2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:10:
(i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTH: 5 amino acids
(B) TYPE: amino acid
(C) STRANDEDNESS:
(D) TOPOLOGY: linear
(ii) MOLECULE TYPE: protein
(iii) HYPOTHETICAL: NO
(iv) ANTI-SENSE: NO
(v) FRAGMENT TYPE: N-terminal
(vi) ORIGINAL SOURCE:
(A) ORGANISM: Mycobacteri urn tuberculosis
(B) STRAIN: Erdman
(xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:10:
Ala Pro Lys Thr Tyr 1 5 (2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:11:
(i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTH: 5 amino acids
(B) TYPE: amino acid
(C) STRANDEDNESS:
(D) TOPOLOGY: linear
(ii) MOLECULE TYPE: protein
(iii) HYPOTHETICAL: NO
(iv) ANTI-SENSE: NO
(v) FRAGMENT TYPE: N-terminal
(vi) ORIGINAL SOURCE:
(A) ORGANISM: Mycobacterium tuberculosis
(B) STRAIN: Erdman
(xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:11:
Ala Glu Thr Tyr Leu 1 5
(2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:12:
(i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTH: 5 amino acids
(B) TYPE: amino acid
(C) STRANDEDNESS:
(D) TOPOLOGY: linear
(ii) MOLECULE TYPE: protein
(iii) HYPOTHETICAL: NO
(iv) ANTI-SENSE: NO
(v) FRAGMENT TYPE: N-terminal
(vi) ORIGINAL SOURCE:
(A) ORGANISM: Mycobacterium tuberculosis
(B) STRAIN: Erdman
(xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:12:
Ala Tyr Pro Ile Thr 1 5 (2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:13:
(i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTH: 5 amino acids
(B) TYPE: amino acid
(C) STRANDEDNESS:
(D) TOPOLOGY: linear
(ii) MOLECULE TYPE: protein (iii) HYPOTHETICAL: NO (iv) ANTI-SENSE: NO (v) FRAGMENT TYPE: N-terminal
(vi) ORIGINAL SOURCE:
(A) ORGANISM: Mycobacterium tuberculosis
(B) STRAIN: Erdman
(xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:13:
Ala Asp Pro Arg Leu 1 5
(2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:14:
(i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTH: 5 amino acids
(B) TYPE: amino acid
(C) STRANDEDNESS:
(D) TOPOLOGY: linear
(ii) MOLECULE TYPE: protein (iii) HYPOTHETICAL: NO (iv) ANTI-SENSE: NO (v) FRAGMENT TYPE: N-terminal
(vi) ORIGINAL SOURCE:
(A) ORGANISM: Mycobacterium tuberculosis
(B) STRAIN: Erdman
(xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:14:
Phe Asp Thr Arg Leu 1 5
(2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:15: (i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS: (A) LENGTH: 40 amino acids
(B) TYPE: amino acid
(C) STRANDEDNESS:
(D) TOPOLOGY: linear
(ii) MOLECULE TYPE: protein (iii) HYPOTHETICAL: NO (iv) ANTI-SENSE: NO (v) FRAGMENT TYPE: N-terminal
(vi) ORIGINAL SOURCE:
(A) ORGANISM: Mycobacteri urn tuberculosis
(B) STRAIN: Erdman
(xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID N0:15:
Phe Ser Arg Pro Gly Leu Pro Val Glu Tyr Leu Gin Val Pro Ser
1 5 10 15
Pro Ser Met Gly Arg Asp Ile Lys Val Gin Phe Gin Ser Gly Gly
16 20 25 30
Asn Asn Ser Pro Ala Val Tyr Leu Leu Asp 31 35 40
(2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:16:
(i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTH: 40 amino acids
(B) TYPE: amino acid
(C) STRANDEDNESS:
(D) TOPOLOGY: linear
(ii) MOLECULE TYPE: protein (iii) HYPOTHETICAL: NO (iv) ANTI-SENSE: NO (v) FRAGMENT TYPE: N-terminal
(vi) ORIGINAL SOURCE:
(A) ORGANISM: Mycobacteri urn tuberculosis
(B) STRAIN: Erdman
(xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID N0:16:
Phe Ser Arg Pro Gly Leu Pro Val Glu Tyr Leu Gin Val Pro Ser 1 5 10 15 Pro Ser Met Gly Arg Asp He Lys Val Gin Phe Gin Ser Gly Gly 16 20 25 30
Asn Asn Ser Pro Ala Val Tyr Leu Leu Asp 31 35 40
(2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:17:
(i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTH: 22 amino acids
(B) TYPE: amino acid
(C) STRANDEDNESS:
(D) TOPOLOGY: linear
(ii) MOLECULE TYPE: protein
(iii) HYPOTHETICAL: NO
(iv) ANTI-SENSE: NO
(v) FRAGMENT TYPE: N-terminal
(vi) ORIGINAL SOURCE:
(A) ORGANISM: Mycobacterium tuberculosis
(B) STRAIN: Erdman
(xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:17:
Phe Ser Arg Pro Gly Leu Pro Val Glu Tyr Leu Gin Val Pro Ser
1 5 10 15
Ala Ser Met Gly Arg Asp Ile
16 20
(2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:18:
(i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTH: 48 amino acids
(B) TYPE: amino acid
(C) STRANDEDNESS:
(D) TOPOLOGY: linear
(ii) MOLECULE TYPE: protein
(iii) HYPOTHETICAL: NO
(iv) ANTI-SENSE: NO
(v) FRAGMENT TYPE: N-terminal
(vi) ORIGINAL SOURCE:
(A) ORGANISM: Mycobacterium tuberculosis
(B) STRAIN: Erdman (xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:18:
Phe Asp Thr Arg Leu Met Arg Leu Glu Asp Glu Met Lys Glu Gly
1 5 10 15
Arg Tyr Glu Val Arg Ala Glu Leu Pro Gly Val Asp Pro Asp Lys
16 20 25 30
Asp Val Asp Ile Met Val Arg Asp Gly Gin Leu Thr Ile Lys Ala 31 35 40 45
Glu Arg Thr 46
(2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:19:
(i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTH: 30 amino acids
(B) TYPE: amino acid
(C) STRANDEDNESS:
(D) TOPOLOGY: linear
(ii) MOLECULE TYPE: protein (iii) HYPOTHETICAL: NO (iv) ANTI-SENSE: NO (v) FRAGMENT TYPE: N-terminal
(vi) ORIGINAL SOURCE:
(A) ORGANISM: Mycobacterium tuberculosis
(B) STRAIN: Erdman
(xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID N0:19:
Ala Asp Pro Arg Leu Gin Phe Thr Ala Thr Thr Leu Ser Gly Ala 1 5 10 15
Pro Phe Asp Lys Ala Ser Leu Gin Gly Lys Pro Ala Val Leu Trp 21 20 25 30
(2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:20:
(i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTH: 30 amino acids
(B) TYPE: amino acid
(C) STRANDEDNESS:
(D) TOPOLOGY: linear
(ii) MOLECULE TYPE: protein (iii) HYPOTHETICAL: NO (iv) ANTI-SENSE: NO (v) FRAGMENT TYPE: N-terminal
(vi) ORIGINAL SOURCE:
(A) ORGANISM: Mycobacteri urn tuberculosis
(B) STRAIN: Erdman
(xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID N0:20:
Ala Asp Pro Arg Leu Gin Phe Thr Ala Thr Thr Leu Ser Gly Ala
1 5 10 15
Pro Phe Asp Lys Ala Ser Leu Gin Gly Lys Pro Ala Val Leu Trp
16 20 25 30
(2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:21:
(i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTH: 47 amino acids
(B) TYPE: amino acid
(C) STRANDEDNESS:
(D) TOPOLOGY: linear
(ii) MOLECULE TYPE: protein
(iii) HYPOTHETICAL: NO
(iv) ANTI-SENSE: NO
(v) FRAGMENT TYPE: N-terminal
(vi) ORIGINAL SOURCE:
(A) ORGANISM: Mycobacteri urn tuberculosis
(B) STRAIN: Erdman
(xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:21:
Ala Tyr Pro Ile Thr Gly Cys Leu Gly Ser Glu Leu Thr Met Thr
1 5 10 15
Asp Thr Val Gly Gin Val Val Leu Gly Trp Lys Val Ser Asp Leu
16 20 25 30
Phe Lys Ser Thr Ala Val Ile Pro Gly Tyr Thr Val Xaa Glu Gin 31 35 40 45
Gin Ile 46 (2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:22:
(i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTH: 47 amino acids
(B) TYPE: amino acid
(C) STRANDEDNESS:
(D) TOPOLOGY: linear
(ii) MOLECULE TYPE: protein
(iii) HYPOTHETICAL: NO
(iv) ANTI-SENSE: NO
(v) FRAGMENT TYPE: N-terminal
(vi) ORIGINAL SOURCE:
(A) ORGANISM: Mycobacterium tuberculosis
(B) STRAIN: Erdman
(xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID N0:22:
Ala Tyr Pro Ile Thr Asx Lys Leu Gly Ser Glu Leu Thr Met Thr
1 5 10 15
Asp Thr Val Gly Gin Val Val Leu Gly Trp Lys Val Ser Asp Leu
16 20 25 30
Tyr Lys Ser Thr Ala Val Ile Pro Gly Tyr Thr Val Xaa Glu Gin 31 35 40 45
Gin Ile 46
(2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:23:
(i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTH: 22 amino acids
(B) TYPE: amino acid
(C) STRANDEDNESS:
(D) TOPOLOGY: linear
(ii) MOLECULE TYPE: protein (iii) HYPOTHETICAL: NO (iv) ANTI-SENSE: NO (v) FRAGMENT TYPE: N-terminal
(vi) ORIGINAL SOURCE:
(A) ORGANISM: Mycobacterium tuberculosis
(B) STRAIN: Erdman (xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID N0:23:
Ala Glu Thr Tyr Leu Pro Asp Leu Asp Trp Asp Tyr Gly Ala Leu
1 5 10 15
Glu Pro His Ile Ser Gly Gin
16 20
(2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:24:
(i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTH: 13 amino acids
(B) TYPE: amino acid
(C) STRANDEDNESS:
(D) TOPOLOGY: linear
(ii) MOLECULE TYPE: protein
(iii) HYPOTHETICAL: NO
(iv) ANTI-SENSE: NO
(v) FRAGMENT TYPE: N-terminal
(vi) ORIGINAL SOURCE:
(A) ORGANISM: Mycobacterium tuberculosis
(B) STRAIN: Erdman
(xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID N0:24:
Ala Pro Lys Thr Tyr Xaa Glu Glu Leu Lys Gly Thr Asp 1 5 10
(2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID N0:25:
(i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTH: 60 amino acids
(B) TYPE: amino acid
(C) STRANDEDNESS:
(D) TOPOLOGY: linear
(ii) MOLECULE TYPE: protein
(iii) HYPOTHETICAL: NO
(iv) ANTI-SENSE: NO
(v) FRAGMENT TYPE: N-terminal
(vi) ORIGINAL SOURCE:
(A) ORGANISM: Mycobacterium tuberculosis
(B) STRAIN: Erdman (xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID N0:25:
Ala Pro Tyr Glu Asn Leu Met Asx Pro Ser Pro Ser Met Gly Arg
1 5 10 15
Asp Ile Pro Val Ala Phe Leu Ala Gly Gly Pro His Ala Val Tyr
16 20 25 30
Leu Leu Asp Ala Phe Asn Ala Gly Pro Asp Val Ser Asn Trp Val 31 35 40 45
Thr Ala Gly Asn Ala Met Met Thr Leu Ala Xaa Lys Gly Ile Cys 46 50 55 60-
(2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID N0:26:
(i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTH: 60 amino acids
(B) TYPE: amino acid
(C) STRANDEDNESS:
(D) TOPOLOGY: linear
(ii) MOLECULE TYPE: protein
(iii) HYPOTHETICAL: NO
(iv) ANTI-SENSE: NO
(v) FRAGMENT TYPE: N-terminal
(vi) ORIGINAL SOURCE:
(A) ORGANISM: Mycobacterium tuberculosis
(B) STRAIN: Erdman
(xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:26:
Ala Pro Tyr Glu Asn Leu Met Val Pro Ser Pro Ser Met Gly Arg
1 5 10 15
Asp Ile Pro Val Ala Phe Leu Ala Gly Gly Pro His Ala Val Tyr
16 20 25 30
Leu Leu Asp Ala Phe Asn Ala Gly Pro Asp Val Ser Asn Trp Val 31 35 40 45
Thr Ala Gly Asn Ala Met Met Thr Leu Ala Xaa Lys Gly Ile Ser 46 50 55 60
(2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:27:
(i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTH: 40 amino acids
(B) TYPE: amino acid (C) STRANDEDNESS:
(D) TOPOLOGY: linear
(ii) MOLECULE TYPE: protein
(iii) HYPOTHETICAL: NO
(iv) ANTI-SENSE: NO
(v) FRAGMENT TYPE: N-terminal
(vi) ORIGINAL SOURCE:
(A) ORGANISM: Mycobacterium tuberculosis
(B) STRAIN: Erdman
(xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:27:
Phe Ser Arg Pro Gly Leu Pro Val Glu Tyr Leu Gin Val Pro Ser
1 5 10 15
Pro Ser Met Gly Arg Asp Ile Lys Val Gin Phe Gin Ser Gly Gly
16 20 25 30
Asn Asn Ser Pro Ala Val Tyr Leu Leu Asp 31 35 40
(2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:28:
(i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTH: 40 amino acids
(B) TYPE: amino acid
(C) STRANDEDNESS:
(D) TOPOLOGY: linear
(ii) MOLECULE TYPE: protein
(iii) HYPOTHETICAL: NO
(iv) ANTI-SENSE: NO
(v) FRAGMENT TYPE: N-terminal
(vi) ORIGINAL SOURCE:
(A) ORGANISM: Mycobacteri urn tuberculosis
(B) STRAIN: Erdman
(xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:28:
Phe Ser Arg Pro Gly Leu Pro Val Glu Tyr Leu Gin Val Pro Ser
1 5 10 15
Pro Ser Met Gly Arg Asp Ile Lys Val Gin Phe Gin Ser Gly Gly
16 20 25 30 sn Asn Ser Pro Xaa Leu Tyr Leu Leu Asp 1 35 40
(2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:29:
(i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTH: 22 amino acids
(B) TYPE: amino acid
(C) STRANDEDNESS:
(D) TOPOLOGY: linear
(ii) MOLECULE TYPE: protein (iii) HYPOTHETICAL: NO (iv) ANTI-SENSE: NO (v) FRAGMENT TYPE: N-terminal
(vi) ORIGINAL SOURCE:
(A) ORGANISM: Mycobacteri urn tuberculosis
(B) STRAIN: Erdman
(xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:29:
Phe Ser Arg Pro Gly Leu Pro Val Glu Tyr Leu Gin Val Pro Ser
1 5 10 15
Ala Xaa Met Gly Arg Asp Ile
16 20
(2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID N0:30:
(i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTH: 30 amino acids
(B) TYPE: amino acid
(C) STRANDEDNESS:
(D) TOPOLOGY: linear
(ii) MOLECULE TYPE: protein (iii) HYPOTHETICAL: NO (iv) ANTI-SENSE: NO (v) FRAGMENT TYPE: N-terminal
(vi) ORIGINAL SOURCE:
(A) ORGANISM: Mycobacterium tuberculosis
(B) STRAIN: Erdman
(xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:30: Asp Pro Glu Pro Ala Pro Pro Val Pro Asp Asp Ala Ala Ser Pro 1 5 10 15
Pro Asp Asp Ala Ala Ala Pro Pro Ala Pro Ala Asp Pro Pro Xaa 16 20 25 30
(2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID N0:31:
(i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTH: 20 amino acids
(B) TYPE: amino acid
(C) STRANDEDNESS:
(D) TOPOLOGY: linear
(ii) MOLECULE TYPE: protein
(iii) HYPOTHETICAL: NO
(iv) ANTI-SENSE: NO
(v) FRAGMENT TYPE: N-terminal
(vi) ORIGINAL SOURCE:
(A) ORGANISM: Mycobacterium tuberculosis
(B) STRAIN: Erdman
(xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID N0:31:
Thr Glu Lys Thr Pro Asp Asp Val Phe Lys Leu Ala Lys Asp Glu
1 5 10 15
Lys Val Leu Tyr Leu
16 20
(2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID N0:32:
(i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTH: 6 amino acids
(B) TYPE: amino acid
(C) STRANDEDNESS:
(D) TOPOLOGY: linear
(ii) MOLECULE TYPE: protein
(iii) HYPOTHETICAL: NO
(iv) ANTI-SENSE: NO
(v) FRAGMENT TYPE: N-terminal
(vi) ORIGINAL SOURCE:
(A) ORGANISM: Mycobacterium tuberculosis
(B) STRAIN: Erdman (xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID N0:32:
Ala Arg Ala Val Gly Ile 1 5
(2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID N0:33:
(i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTH: 8 amino acids
(B) TYPE: amino acid
(C) STRANDEDNESS:
(D) TOPOLOGY: linear
(ii) MOLECULE TYPE: protein (iii) HYPOTHETICAL: NO (iv) ANTI-SENSE: NO (v) FRAGMENT TYPE: N-terminal
(vi) ORIGINAL SOURCE:
(A) ORGANISM: Mycobacterium tuberculosis
(B) STRAIN: Erdman
(xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID N0:33:
Thr Asp Arg Val Ser Val Gly Asn 1 5
(2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID N0:34:
(i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTH: 22 amino acids
(B) TYPE: amino acid
(C) STRANDEDNESS:
(D) TOPOLOGY: linear
(ii) MOLECULE TYPE: protein (iii) HYPOTHETICAL: NO (iv) ANTI-SENSE: NO (v) FRAGMENT TYPE: N-terminal
(vi) ORIGINAL SOURCE:
(A) ORGANISM: Mycobacterium tuberculosis
(B) STRAIN: Erdman
(xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID N0:34: Asn Ser Lys Ser Val Asn Ser Phe Gly Ala His Asp Thr Leu Lys 1 5 10 15
Val Xaa Glu Arg Lys Arg Gin 16 20
(2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:35:
(i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTH: 978 base pairs
(B) TYPE: nucleic acid
(C) STRANDEDNESS: single
(D) TOPOLOGY: not relevant
(ii) MOLECULE TYPE: DNA (genomic)
(xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:35:
ATGACAGACG TGAGCCGAAA GATTCGAGCT TGGGGACGCC GATTGATGAT 50
CGGCACGGCA GCGGCTGTAG TCCTTCCGGG CCTGGTGGGG CTTGCCGGCG 100
GAGCGGCAAC CGCGGGCGCG TTCTCCCGGC CGGGGCTGCC GGTCGAGTAC 150
CTGCAGGTGC CGTCGCCGTC GATGGGCCGC GACATCAAGG TTCAGTTCCA 200
GAGCGGTGGG AACAACTCAC CTGCGGTTTA TCTGCTCGAC GGCCTGCGCG 250
CCCAAGACGA CTACAACGGC TGGGATATCA ACACCCCGGC GTTCGAGTGG 300
TACTACCAGT CGGGACTGTC GATAGTCATG CCGGTCGGCG GGCAGTCCAG 350
CπCTACAGC GACTGGTACA GCCCGGCCTG CGGTAAGGCT GGCTGCCAGA 400
CTTACAAGTG GGAAACCTTC CTGACCAGCG AGCTGCCGCA ATGGTTGTCC 450
GCCAACAGGG CCGTGAAGCC CACCGGCAGC GCTGCAATCG GCTTGTCGAT 500
GGCCGGCTCG TCGGCAATGA TCTTGGCCGC CTACCACCCC CAGCAGTTCA 550
TCTACGCCGG CTCGCTGTCG GCCCTGCTGG ACCCCTCTCA GGGGATGGGG 600
CCTAGCCTGA TCGGCCTCGC GATGGGTGAC GCCGGCGGTT ACAAGGCCGC 650
AGACATGTGG GGTCCCTCGA GTGACCCGGC ATGGGAGCGC AACGACCCTA 700
CGCAGCAGAT CCCCAAGCTG GTCGCAAACA ACACCCGGCT ATGGGTTTAT 750
TGCGGGAACG GCACCCCGAA CGAGTTGGGC GGTGCCAACA TACCCGCCGA 800
GTTCTTGGAG AACTTCGTTC GTAGCAGCAA CCTGAAGTTC CAGGATGCGT 850
ACAACGCCGC GGGCGGGCAC AACGCCGTGT TCAACTTCCC GCCCAACGGC 900 ACGCACAGCT GGGAGTACTG GGGCGCTCAG CTCAACGCCA TGAAGGGTGA 950
CCTGCAGAGT TCGTTAGGCG CCGGCTGA 978
(2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID N0:36:
(i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTH: 1017 base pairs
(B) TYPE: nucleic acid
(C) STRANDEDNESS: single
(D) TOPOLOGY: not relevant
(ii) MOLECULE TYPE: DNA (genomic)
(xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID N0:36:
ATGCAGCTTG TTGACAGGGT TCGTGGCGCC GTCACGGGTA TGTCGCGTCG 50
ACTCGTGGTC GGGGCCGTCG GCGCGGCCCT AGTGTCGGGT CTGGTCGGCG 100
CCGTCGGTGG CACGGCGACC GCGGGGGCAT TTTCCCGGCC GGGCTTGCCG 150
GTGGAGTACC TGCAGGTGCC GTCGCCGTCG ATGGGCCGTG ACATCAAGGT 200
CCAATTCCAA AGTGGTGGTG CCAACTCGCC CGCCCTGTAC CTGCTCGACG 250
GCCTGCGCGC GCAGGACGAC TTCAGCGGCT GGGACATCAA CACCCCGGCG 300 πCGAGTGGT ACGACCAGTC GGGCCTGTCG GTGGTCATGC CGGTGGGTGG 350
CCAGTCAAGC TTCTACTCCG ACTGGTACCA GCCCGCCTGC GGCAAGGCCG 400
GTTGCCAGAC TTACAAGTGG GAGACCTTCC TGACCAGCGA GCTGCCGGGG 450
TGGCTGCAGG CCAACAGGCA CGTCAAGCCC ACCGGAAGCG CCGTCGTCGG 500
TCTTTCGATG GCTGCπcπ CGGCGCTGAC GCTGGCGATC TATCACCCCC 550
AGCAGTTCGT CTACGCGGGA GCGATGTCGG GCCTGTTGGA CCCCTCCCAG 600
GCGATGGGTC CCACCCTGAT CGGCCTGGCG ATGGGTGACG CTGGCGGCTA 650
CAAGGCCTCC GACATGTGGG GCCCGAAGGA GGACCCGGCG TGGCAGCGCA 700
ACGACCCGCT GTTGAACGTC GGGAAGCTGA TCGCCAACAA CACCCGCGTC 750
TGGGTGTACT GCGGCAACGG CAAGCCGTCG GATCTGGGTG GCAACAACCT 800
GCCGGCCAAG TTCCTCGAGG GCTTCGTGCG GACCAGCAAC ATCAAGTTCC 850
AAGACGCCTA CAACGCCGGT GGCGGCCACA ACGGCGTGTT CGACTTCCCG 900
GACAGCGGTA CGCACAGCTG GGAGTACTGG GGCGCGCAGC TCAACGCTAT 950 GAAGCCCGAC CTGCAACGGG CACTGGGTGC CACGCCCAAC ACCGGGCCCG 1000
CGCCCCAGGG CGCCTAG 1017
(2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:37:
(i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTH: 15 amino acids
(B) TYPE: amino acid
(C) STRANDEDNESS:
(D) TOPOLOGY: linear
(ii) MOLECULE TYPE: peptide
(iii) HYPOTHETICAL: NO
(iv) ANTI-SENSE: NO
(v) FRAGMENT TYPE: N-terminal
(vi) ORIGINAL SOURCE:
(A) ORGANISM: Mycobacterium tuberculosis
(B) STRAIN: Erdman
(xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:37:
Phe Ser Arg Pro Gly Leu Pro Val Glu Tyr Leu Gin Val Pro Ser 1 5 10 15
(2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:38:
(i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTH: 15 amino acids
(B) TYPE: amino acid
(C) STRANDEDNESS:
(D) TOPOLOGY: linear
(ii) MOLECULE TYPE: peptide
(iii) HYPOTHETICAL: NO
(iv) ANTI-SENSE: NO
(v) FRAGMENT TYPE: internal
(vi) ORIGINAL SOURCE:
(A) ORGANISM: Mycobacterium tuberculosis
(B) STRAIN: Erdman
(xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID N0:38:
Leu Pro Val Glu Tyr Leu Gin Val Pro Ser Pro Ser Met Gly Arg 1 5 10 15 (2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID N0:39:
(i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTH: 15 amino acids
(B) TYPE: amino acid
(C) STRANDEDNESS:
(D) TOPOLOGY: linear
(ii) MOLECULE TYPE: peptide (iii) HYPOTHETICAL: NO (iv) ANTI-SENSE: NO (v) FRAGMENT TYPE: internal
(vi) ORIGINAL SOURCE:
(A) ORGANISM: Mycobacteri urn tuberculosis
(B) STRAIN: Erdman
(xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID N0:39:
Leu Gin Val Pro Ser Pro Ser Met Gly Arg Asp Ile Lys Val Gin 1 5 10 15
(2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID N0:40:
(i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTH: 15 amino acids
(B) TYPE: amino acid
(C) STRANDEDNESS:
(D) TOPOLOGY: linear
(ii) MOLECULE TYPE: peptide (iii) HYPOTHETICAL: NO (iv) ANTI-SENSE: NO (v) FRAGMENT TYPE: internal
(vi) ORIGINAL SOURCE:
(A) ORGANISM: Mycobacterium tuberculosis
(B) STRAIN: Erdman
(xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:40:
Pro Ser Met Gly Arg Asp Ile Lys Val Gin Phe Gin Ser Gly Gly 1 5 10 15 (2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:41:
(i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTH: 15 amino acids
(B) TYPE: amino acid
(C) STRANDEDNESS:
(D) TOPOLOGY: linear
(ii) MOLECULE TYPE: peptide (iii) HYPOTHETICAL: NO (iv) ANTI-SENSE: NO (v) FRAGMENT TYPE: internal
(vi) ORIGINAL SOURCE:
(A) ORGANISM: Mycobacteri um tuberculosis
(B) STRAIN: Erdman
(xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID N0:41:
Asp Ile Lys Val Gin Phe Gin Ser Gly Gly Asn Asn Ser Pro Ala 1 5 10 15
(2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID N0:42:
(i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTH: 15 amino acids
(B) TYPE: amino acid
(C) STRANDEDNESS:
(D) TOPOLOGY: linear
(ii) MOLECULE TYPE: peptide (iii) HYPOTHETICAL: NO (iv) ANTI-SENSE: NO (v) FRAGMENT TYPE: internal
(vi) ORIGINAL SOURCE:
(A) ORGANISM: Mycobacterium tuberculosis
(B) STRAIN: Erdman
(xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID N0:42:
Phe Gin Ser Gly Gly Asn Asn Ser Pro Ala Val Tyr Leu Leu Asp 1 5 10 15
(2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:43: (i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS: (A) LENGTH: 15 amino acids
(B) TYPE: amino acid
(C) STRANDEDNESS:
(D) TOPOLOGY: linear
(ii) MOLECULE TYPE: peptide
(iii) HYPOTHETICAL: NO
(iv) ANTI-SENSE: NO
(v) FRAGMENT TYPE: internal
(vi) ORIGINAL SOURCE:
(A) ORGANISM: Mycobacterium tuberculosis
(B) STRAIN: Erdman
(xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID N0:43: sn Asn Ser Pro Ala Val Tyr Leu Leu Asp Gly Leu Arg Ala Gin 1 5 10 15
(2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID N0:44:
(i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTH: 15 amino acids
(B) TYPE: amino acid
(C) STRANDEDNESS:
(D) TOPOLOGY: linear
(ii) MOLECULE TYPE: peptide (iii) HYPOTHETICAL: NO (iv) ANTI-SENSE: NO (v) FRAGMENT TYPE: internal
(vi) ORIGINAL SOURCE:
(A) ORGANISM: Mycobacterium tuberculosis
(B) STRAIN: Erdman
(xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID N0:44:
Val Tyr Leu Leu Asp Gly Leu Arg Ala Gin Asp Asp Tyr Asn Gly 1 5 10 15
(2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:45:
(i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTH: 15 amino acids
(B) TYPE: amino acid
(C) STRANDEDNESS: (D) TOPOLOGY: linear (ii) MOLECULE TYPE: peptide (iii) HYPOTHETICAL: NO (iv) ANTI-SENSE: NO (v) FRAGMENT TYPE: internal
(vi) ORIGINAL SOURCE:
(A) ORGANISM: Mycobacterium tuberculosis
(B) STRAIN: Erdman
(xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID N0:45:
Gly Leu Arg Ala Gin Asp Asp Tyr Asn Gly Trp Asp Ile Asn Thr 1 5 10 15
(2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:46:
(i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTH: 15 amino acids
(B) TYPE: amino acid
(C) STRANDEDNESS:
(D) TOPOLOGY: linear
(ii) MOLECULE TYPE: peptide (iii) HYPOTHETICAL: NO (iv) ANTI-SENSE: NO (v) FRAGMENT TYPE: internal
(vi) ORIGINAL SOURCE:
(A) ORGANISM: Mycobacterium tuberculosis
(B) STRAIN: Erdman
(xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID N0:46:
Asp Asp Tyr Asn Gly Trp Asp Ile Asn Thr Pro Ala Phe Glu Trp 1 5 10 15
(2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:47:
(i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTH: 15 amino acids
(B) TYPE: amino acid
(C) STRANDEDNESS:
(D) TOPOLOGY: linear
(ii) MOLECULE TYPE: peptide (iii) HYPOTHETICAL: NO (iv) ANTI-SENSE: NO (v) FRAGMENT TYPE: internal
(vi) ORIGINAL SOURCE:
(A) ORGANISM: Mycobacterium tuberculosis
(B) STRAIN: Erdman
(xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID N0:47:
Trp Asp Ile Asn Thr Pro Ala Phe Glu Trp Tyr Tyr Gin Ser Gly 1 5 10 15
(2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:48:
(i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTH: 15 amino acids
(B) TYPE: amino acid
(C) STRANDEDNESS:
(D) TOPOLOGY: linear
(ii) MOLECULE TYPE: peptide (iii) HYPOTHETICAL: NO (iv) ANTI-SENSE: NO (v) FRAGMENT TYPE: internal
(vi) ORIGINAL SOURCE:
(A) ORGANISM: Mycobacteri um tuberculosis
(B) STRAIN: Erdman
(xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID N0:48:
Pro Ala Phe Glu Trp Tyr Tyr Gin Ser Gly Leu Ser Ile Val Met 1 5 10 15
(2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID N0:49:
(i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTH: 15 amino acids
(B) TYPE: amino acid
(C) STRANDEDNESS:
(D) TOPOLOGY: linear
(ii) MOLECULE TYPE: peptide (iii) HYPOTHETICAL: NO (iv) ANTI-SENSE: NO (v) FRAGMENT TYPE: internal
(vi) ORIGINAL SOURCE:
(A) ORGANISM: Mycobacterium tuberculosis
(B) STRAIN: Erdman
(xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID N0:49:
Tyr Tyr Gin Ser Gly Leu Ser Ile Val Met Pro Val Gly Gly Gin 1 5 10 15
(2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:50:
(i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTH: 15 amino acids
(B) TYPE: amino acid
(C) STRANDEDNESS:
(D) TOPOLOGY: linear
(ii) MOLECULE TYPE: peptide (iii) HYPOTHETICAL: NO (iv) ANTI-SENSE: NO (v) FRAGMENT TYPE: internal
(vi) ORIGINAL SOURCE:
(A) ORGANISM: Mycobacterium tuberculosis
(B) STRAIN: Erdman
(xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID N0:50:
Leu Ser Ile Val Met Pro Val Gly Gly Gin Ser Ser Phe Tyr Ser 1 5 10 15
(2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:51:
(i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTH: 15 amino acids
(B) TYPE: amino acid
(C) STRANDEDNESS:
(D) TOPOLOGY: linear
(ii) MOLECULE TYPE: peptide
(iii) HYPOTHETICAL: NO
(iv) ANTI-SENSE: NO
(v) FRAGMENT TYPE: internal (vi) ORIGINAL SOURCE:
(A) ORGANISM: Mycobacterium tuberculosis
(B) STRAIN: Erdman
(xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID N0:51:
Pro Val Gly Gly Gin Ser Ser Phe Tyr Ser Asp Trp Tyr Ser Pro 1 5 10 15
(2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID N0:52:
(i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTH: 15 amino acids
(B) TYPE: amino acid
(C) STRANDEDNESS:
(D) TOPOLOGY: linear
(ii) MOLECULE TYPE: peptide
(iii) HYPOTHETICAL: NO
(iv) ANTI-SENSE: NO
(v) FRAGMENT TYPE: internal
(vi) ORIGINAL SOURCE:
(A) ORGANISM: Mycobacterium tuberculosis
(B) STRAIN: Erdman
(xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID N0:52:
Ser Ser Phe Tyr Ser Asp Trp Tyr Ser Pro Ala Cys Gly Lys Ala 1 5 10 15
(2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:53:
(i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTH: 15 amino acids
(B) TYPE: amino acid
(C) STRANDEDNESS:
(D) TOPOLOGY: linear
(ii) MOLECULE TYPE: peptide (iii) HYPOTHETICAL: NO (iv) ANTI-SENSE: NO (v) FRAGMENT TYPE: internal (vi) ORIGINAL SOURCE:
(A) ORGANISM: Mycobacterium tuberculosis
(B) STRAIN: Erdman
(xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID N0:53: sp Trp Tyr Ser Pro Ala Cys Gly Lys Ala Gly Cys Gin Thr Tyr 1 5 10 15
(2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:54:
(i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTH: 15 amino acids
(B) TYPE: amino acid
(C) STRANDEDNESS:
(D) TOPOLOGY: linear
(ii) MOLECULE TYPE: peptide
(iii) HYPOTHETICAL: NO
(iv) ANTI-SENSE: NO
(v) FRAGMENT TYPE: internal
(vi) ORIGINAL SOURCE:
(A) ORGANISM: Mycobacteri um tuberculosis
(B) STRAIN: Erdman
(xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID N0:54:
Ala Cys Gly Lys Ala Gly Cys Gin Thr Tyr Lys Trp Glu Thr Phe 1 5 10 15
(2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID N0:55:
(i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTH: 15 amino acids
(B) TYPE: amino acid
(C) STRANDEDNESS:
(D) TOPOLOGY: linear
(ii) MOLECULE TYPE: peptide
(iii) HYPOTHETICAL: NO
(iv) ANTI-SENSE: NO
(v) FRAGMENT TYPE: internal
(vi) ORIGINAL SOURCE:
(A) ORGANISM: Mycobacterium tuberculosis
(B) STRAIN: Erdman (xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID N0:55:
Gly Cys Gin Thr Tyr Lys Trp Glu Thr Phe Leu Thr Ser Glu Leu 1 5 10 15
(2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID N0:56:
(i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTH: 15 amino acids
(B) TYPE: amino acid
(C) STRANDEDNESS:
(D) TOPOLOGY: linear
(ii) MOLECULE TYPE: peptide
(iii) HYPOTHETICAL: NO
(iv) ANTI-SENSE: NO
(v) FRAGMENT TYPE: internal
(vi) ORIGINAL SOURCE:
(A) ORGANISM: Mycobacterium tuberculosis
(B) STRAIN: Erdman
(xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID N0:56:
Lys Trp Glu Thr Phe Leu Thr Ser Glu Leu Pro Gin Trp Leu Ser 1 5 10 15
(2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:57:
(i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTH: 15 amino acids
(B) TYPE: amino acid
(C) STRANDEDNESS:
(D) TOPOLOGY: linear
(ii) MOLECULE TYPE: peptide
(iii) HYPOTHETICAL: NO
(iv) ANTI-SENSE: NO
(v) FRAGMENT TYPE: internal
(vi) ORIGINAL SOURCE:
(A) ORGANISM: Mycobacterium tuberculosis
(B) STRAIN: Erdman (xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID N0:57:
Leu Thr Ser Glu Leu Pro Gin Trp Leu Ser Ala Asn Arg Ala Val 1 5 10 15
(2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:58:
(i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTH: 15 amino acids
(B) TYPE: amino acid
(C) STRANDEDNESS:
(D) TOPOLOGY: linear
(ii) MOLECULE TYPE: peptide
(iii) HYPOTHETICAL: NO
(iv) ANTI-SENSE: NO
(v) FRAGMENT TYPE: internal
(vi) ORIGINAL SOURCE:
(A) ORGANISM: Mycobacterium tuberculosis
(B) STRAIN: Erdman
(xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID N0:58:
Pro Gin Trp Leu Ser Ala Asn Arg Ala Val Lys Pro Thr Gly Ser 1 5 10 15
(2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:59:
(i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTH: 15 amino acids
(B) TYPE: amino acid
(C) STRANDEDNESS:
(D) TOPOLOGY: linear
(ii) MOLECULE TYPE: peptide
(iii) HYPOTHETICAL: NO
(iv) ANTI-SENSE: NO
(v) FRAGMENT TYPE: internal
(vi) ORIGINAL SOURCE:
(A) ORGANISM: Mycobacterium tuberculosis
(B) STRAIN: Erdman
(xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:59: Ala Asn Arg Ala Val Lys Pro Thr Gly.Ser Ala Ala Ile Gly Leu 1 5 10 15
(2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:60:
(i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTH: 15 amino acids
(B) TYPE: amino acid
(C) STRANDEDNESS:
(D) TOPOLOGY: linear
(ii) MOLECULE TYPE: peptide
(iii) HYPOTHETICAL: NO
(iv) ANTI-SENSE: NO
(v) FRAGMENT TYPE: internal
(vi) ORIGINAL SOURCE:
(A) ORGANISM: Mycobacterium tuberculosis
(B) STRAIN: Erdman
(xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID N0:60:
Lys Pro Thr Gly Ser Ala Ala Ile Gly Leu Ser Met Ala Gly Ser 1 5 10 15
(2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:61:
(i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTH: 15 amino acids
(B) TYPE: amino acid
(C) STRANDEDNESS:
(D) TOPOLOGY: linear
(ii) MOLECULE TYPE: peptide
(iii) HYPOTHETICAL: NO
(iv) ANTI-SENSE: NO
(v) FRAGMENT TYPE: internal
(vi) ORIGINAL SOURCE:
(A) ORGANISM: Mycobacterium tuberculosis
(B) STRAIN: Erdman
(xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:61:
Ala Al a Ile Gly Leu Ser Met Al a Gly Ser Ser Al a Met Ile Leu 1 5 10 15 (2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID N0:62:
(i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTH: 15 amino acids
(B) TYPE: amino acid
(C) STRANDEDNESS:
(D) TOPOLOGY: linear
(ii) MOLECULE TYPE: peptide (iii) HYPOTHETICAL: NO (iv) ANTI-SENSE: NO (v) FRAGMENT TYPE: internal
(vi) ORIGINAL SOURCE:
(A) ORGANISM: Mycobacterium tuberculosis
(B) STRAIN: Erdman
(xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID N0:62:
Ser Met Al a Gly Ser Ser Ala Met Ile Leu Al a Al a Tyr Hi s Pro 1 5 10 15
(2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID N0:63:
(i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTH: 15 amino acids
(B) TYPE: amino acid
(C) STRANDEDNESS:
(D) TOPOLOGY: linear
(ii) MOLECULE TYPE: peptide (iii) HYPOTHETICAL: NO (iv) ANTI-SENSE: NO (v) FRAGMENT TYPE: internal
(vi) ORIGINAL SOURCE:
(A) ORGANISM: Mycobacterium tuberculosis
(B) STRAIN: Erdman
(xi ) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION : SEQ ID N0: 63:
Ser Ala Met He Leu Al a Al a Tyr Hi s Pro Gin Gin Phe Ile Tyr 1 5 10 15 (2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID N0:64:
(i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTH: 15 amino acids
(B) TYPE: amino acid
(C) STRANDEDNESS:
(D) TOPOLOGY: linear
(ii) MOLECULE TYPE: peptide (iii) HYPOTHETICAL: NO (iv) ANTI-SENSE: NO (v) FRAGMENT TYPE: internal
(vi) ORIGINAL SOURCE:
(A) ORGANISM: Mycobacterium tuberculosis
(B) STRAIN: Erdman
(xi ) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION : SEQ ID N0: 64:
Al a Al a Tyr Hi s Pro Gin Gin Phe He Tyr Ala Gly Ser Leu Ser 1 5 10 15
(2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID N0:65:
(i ) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS :
(A) LENGTH: 15 amino acids
(B) TYPE: ami no acid
(C) STRANDEDNESS:
(D) TOPOLOGY: linear
(ii) MOLECULE TYPE: peptide (iii) HYPOTHETICAL: NO (iv) ANTI-SENSE: NO (v) FRAGMENT TYPE: internal
(vi) ORIGINAL SOURCE:
(A) ORGANISM: Mycobacterium tuberculosis
(B) STRAIN: Erdman
(xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID N0:65:
Gin Gin Phe Ile Tyr Ala Gly Ser Leu Ser Ala Leu Leu Asp Pro 1 5 10 15 (2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:66:
(i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTH: 15 amino acids
(B) TYPE: amino acid
(C) STRANDEDNESS:
(D) TOPOLOGY: linear
(ii) MOLECULE TYPE: peptide
(iii) HYPOTHETICAL: NO
(iv) ANTI-SENSE: NO
(v) FRAGMENT TYPE: internal
(vi) ORIGINAL SOURCE:
(A) ORGANISM: Mycobacterium tuberculosis
(B) STRAIN: Erdman
(xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:66:
Ala Gly Ser Leu Ser Ala Leu Leu Asp Pro Ser Gin Gly Met Gly 1 5 10 15
(2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:67:
(i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTH: 15 amino acids
(B) TYPE: amino acid
(C) STRANDEDNESS:
(D) TOPOLOGY: linear
(ii) MOLECULE TYPE: peptide (iii) HYPOTHETICAL: NO (iv) ANTI-SENSE: NO (v) FRAGMENT TYPE: internal
(vi) ORIGINAL SOURCE:
(A) ORGANISM: Mycobacterium tuberculosis
(B) STRAIN: Erdman
(xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:67:
Ala Leu Leu Asp Pro Ser Gin Gly Met Gly Pro Ser Leu Ile Gly 1 5 10 15 (2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:68:
(i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTH: 15 amino acids
(B) TYPE: amino acid
(C) STRANDEDNESS:
(D) TOPOLOGY: linear
(ii) MOLECULE TYPE: peptide (iii) HYPOTHETICAL: NO (iv) ANTI-SENSE: NO (v) FRAGMENT TYPE: internal
(vi) ORIGINAL SOURCE:
(A) ORGANISM: Mycobacterium tuberculosis
(B) STRAIN: Erdman
(xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:68:
Ser Gin Gly Met Gly Pro Ser Leu Ile Gly Leu Ala Met Gly Asp 1 5 10 15
(2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:69:
(i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTH: 15 amino acids
(B) TYPE: amino acid
(C) STRANDEDNESS:
(D) TOPOLOGY: linear
(ii) MOLECULE TYPE: peptide (iii) HYPOTHETICAL: NO (iv) ANTI-SENSE: NO (v) FRAGMENT TYPE: internal
(vi) ORIGINAL SOURCE:
(A) ORGANISM: Mycobacterium tuberculosis
(B) STRAIN: Erdman
(xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID N0:69:
Pro Ser Leu Ile Gly Leu Ala Met Gly Asp Ala Gly Gly Tyr Lys 1 5 10 15 (2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:70:
(i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTH: 15 amino acids
(B) TYPE: amino acid
(C) STRANDEDNESS:
(D) TOPOLOGY: linear
(ii) MOLECULE TYPE: peptide (iii) HYPOTHETICAL: NO (iv) ANTI-SENSE: NO (v) FRAGMENT TYPE: internal
(vi) ORIGINAL SOURCE:
(A) ORGANISM: Mycobacterium tuberculosis
(B) STRAIN: Erdman
(xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:70:
Leu Ala Met Gly Asp Ala Gly Gly Tyr Lys Ala Ala Asp Met Trp 1 5 10 15
(2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:71:
(i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTH: 15 amino acids
(B) TYPE: amino acid
(C) STRANDEDNESS:
(D) TOPOLOGY: linear
(ii) MOLECULE TYPE: peptide (iii) HYPOTHETICAL: NO (iv) ANTI-SENSE: NO (v) FRAGMENT TYPE: internal
(vi) ORIGINAL SOURCE:
(A) ORGANISM: Mycobacterium tuberculosis
(B) STRAIN: Erdman
(xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:71:
Ala Gly Gly Tyr Lys Ala Ala Asp Met Trp Gly Pro Ser Ser Asp 1 5 10 15 (2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:72:
(i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTH: 15 amino acids
(B) TYPE: amino acid
(C) STRANDEDNESS:
(D) TOPOLOGY: linear
(ii) MOLECULE TYPE: peptide (iii) HYPOTHETICAL: NO (iv) ANTI-SENSE: NO (v) FRAGMENT TYPE: internal
(vi) ORIGINAL SOURCE:
(A) ORGANISM: Mycobacterium tuberculosis
(B) STRAIN: Erdman
(xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:72:
Ala Ala Asp Met Trp Gly Pro Ser Ser Asp Pro Ala Trp Glu Arg 1 5 10 15
(2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:73:
(i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTH: 15 amino acids
(B) TYPE: amino acid
(C) STRANDEDNESS:
(D) TOPOLOGY: linear
(ii) MOLECULE TYPE: peptide (iii) HYPOTHETICAL: NO (iv) ANTI-SENSE: NO (v) FRAGMENT TYPE: internal
(vi) ORIGINAL SOURCE:
(A) ORGANISM: Mycobacterium tuberculosis
(B) STRAIN: Erdman
(xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:73:
Gly Pro Ser Ser Asp Pro Ala Trp Glu Arg Asn Asp Pro Thr Gin 1 5 10 15 (2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID N0:74:
(i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTH: 15 amino acids
(B) TYPE: amino acid
(C) STRANDEDNESS:
(D) TOPOLOGY: linear
(ii) MOLECULE TYPE: peptide (iii) HYPOTHETICAL: NO (iv) ANTI-SENSE: NO (v) FRAGMENT TYPE: internal
(vi) ORIGINAL SOURCE:
(A) ORGANISM: Mycobacterium tuberculosis
(B) STRAIN: Erdman
(xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID N0:74:
Pro Ala Trp Glu Arg Asn Asp Pro Thr Gin Gin Ile Pro Lys Leu 1 5 10 15
(2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:75:
(i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTH: 15 amino acids
(B) TYPE: amino acid
(C) STRANDEDNESS:
(D) TOPOLOGY: linear
(ii) MOLECULE TYPE: peptide (iii) HYPOTHETICAL: NO (iv) ANTI-SENSE: NO (v) FRAGMENT TYPE: internal
(vi) ORIGINAL SOURCE:
(A) ORGANISM: Mycobacterium tuberculosis
(B) STRAIN: Erdman
(xi ) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID N0:75:
Asn Asp Pro Thr Gin Gin He Pro Lys Leu Val Ala Asn Asn Thr 1 5 10 15 (2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID N0:76:
(i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTH: 15 amino acids
(B) TYPE: amino acid
(C) STRANDEDNESS:
(D) TOPOLOGY: linear
(ii) MOLECULE TYPE: peptide (iii) HYPOTHETICAL: NO (iv) ANTI-SENSE: NO (v) FRAGMENT TYPE: internal
(vi) ORIGINAL SOURCE:
(A) ORGANISM: Mycobacterium tuberculosis
(B) STRAIN: Erdman
(xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:76:
Gin Ile Pro Lys Leu Val Ala Asn Asn Thr Arg Leu Trp Val Tyr 1 5 10 15
(2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:77:
(i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTH: 15 amino acids
(B) TYPE: amino acid
(C) STRANDEDNESS:
(D) TOPOLOGY: linear
(ii) MOLECULE TYPE: peptide (iii) HYPOTHETICAL: NO (iv) ANTI-SENSE: NO (v) FRAGMENT TYPE: internal
(vi) ORIGINAL SOURCE:
(A) ORGANISM: Mycobacterium tuberculosis
(B) STRAIN: Erdman
(xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:77:
Val Ala Asn Asn Thr Arg Leu Trp Val Tyr Cys Gly Asn Gly Thr 1 5 10 15 (2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:78:
(i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTH: 15 amino acids
(B) TYPE: amino acid
(C) STRANDEDNESS:
(D) TOPOLOGY: linear
(ii) MOLECULE TYPE: peptide
(iii) HYPOTHETICAL: NO
(iv) ANTI-SENSE: NO
(v) FRAGMENT TYPE: internal
(vi) ORIGINAL SOURCE:
(A) ORGANISM: Mycobacterium tuberculosis
(B) STRAIN: Erdman
(xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:78:
Arg Leu Trp Val Tyr Cys Gly Asn Gly Thr Pro Asn Glu Leu Gly 1 5 10 15
(2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID N0:79:
(i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTH: 15 amino acids
(B) TYPE: amino acid
(C) STRANDEDNESS:
(D) TOPOLOGY: linear
(ii) MOLECULE TYPE: peptide
(iii) HYPOTHETICAL: NO
(iv) ANTI-SENSE: NO
(v) FRAGMENT TYPE: internal
(vi) ORIGINAL SOURCE:
(A) ORGANISM: Mycobacterium tuberculosis
(B) STRAIN: Erdman
(xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:79:
Cys Gly Asn Gly Thr Pro Asn Glu Leu Gly Gly Ala Asn Ile Pro 1 5 10 15 (2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID N0:80:
(i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTH: 15 amino acids
(B) TYPE: amino acid
(C) STRANDEDNESS:
(D) TOPOLOGY: linear
(ii) MOLECULE TYPE: peptide (iii) HYPOTHETICAL: NO (iv) ANTI-SENSE: NO (v) FRAGMENT TYPE: internal
(vi) ORIGINAL SOURCE:
(A) ORGANISM: Mycobacterium tuberculosis
(B) STRAIN: Erdman
(xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID N0:80:
Pro Asn Glu Leu Gly Gly Ala Asn Ile Pro Ala Glu Phe Leu Glu 1 5 10 15
(2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:81:
(i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTH: 15 amino acids
(B) TYPE: amino acid
(C) STRANDEDNESS:
(D) TOPOLOGY: linear
(ii) MOLECULE TYPE: peptide (iii) HYPOTHETICAL: NO (iv) ANTI-SENSE: NO (v) FRAGMENT TYPE: internal
(vi) ORIGINAL SOURCE:
(A) ORGANISM: Mycobacterium tuberculosis
(B) STRAIN: Erdman
(xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:81:
Gly Ala Asn Ile Pro Ala Gl u Phe Leu Gl u Asn Phe Val Arg Ser 1 5 10 15 (2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID N0:82:
(i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTH: 15 amino acids
(B) TYPE: amino acid
(C) STRANDEDNESS:
(D) TOPOLOGY: linear
(ii) MOLECULE TYPE: peptide (iii) HYPOTHETICAL: NO (iv) ANTI-SENSE: NO (v) FRAGMENT TYPE: internal
(vi) ORIGINAL SOURCE:
(A) ORGANISM: Mycobacterium tuberculosis
(B) STRAIN: Erdman
(xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID N0:82:
Ala Glu Phe Leu Glu Asn Phe Val Arg Ser Ser Asn Leu Lys Phe 1 5 10 15
(2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID N0:83:
(i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTH: 15 amino acids
(B) TYPE: amino acid
(C) STRANDEDNESS:
(D) TOPOLOGY: linear
(ii) MOLECULE TYPE: peptide (iii) HYPOTHETICAL: NO (iv) ANTI-SENSE: NO (v) FRAGMENT TYPE: internal
(vi) ORIGINAL SOURCE:
(A) ORGANISM: Mycobacterium tuberculosis
(B) STRAIN: Erdman
(xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:83:
Asn Phe Val Arg Ser Ser Asn Leu Lys Phe Gin Asp Ala Tyr Asn 1 5 10 15 (2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID N0:84:
(i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTH: 15 amino acids
(B) TYPE: amino acid
(C) STRANDEDNESS:
(D) TOPOLOGY: linear
(ii) MOLECULE TYPE: peptide
(iii) HYPOTHETICAL: NO
(iv) ANTI-SENSE: NO
(v) FRAGMENT TYPE: internal
(vi) ORIGINAL SOURCE:
(A) ORGANISM: Mycobacterium tuberculosis
(B) STRAIN: Erdman
(xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID N0:84:
Ser Asn Leu Lys Phe Gin Asp Ala Tyr Asn Ala Ala Gly Gly His 1 5 10 15
(2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID N0:85:
(i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTH: 15 amino acids
(B) TYPE: amino acid
(C) STRANDEDNESS:
(D) TOPOLOGY: linear
(ii) MOLECULE TYPE: peptide (iii) HYPOTHETICAL: NO (iv) ANTI-SENSE: NO (v) FRAGMENT TYPE: internal
(vi) ORIGINAL SOURCE:
(A) ORGANISM: Mycobacterium tuberculosis
(B) STRAIN: Erdman
(xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:85:
Gin Asp Al a Tyr Asn Ala Al a Gly Gly Hi s Asn Ala Val Phe Asn 1 5 10 15 (2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:86:
(i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTH: 15 amino acids
(B) TYPE: amino acid
(C) STRANDEDNESS:
(D) TOPOLOGY: linear
(ii) MOLECULE TYPE: peptide (iii) HYPOTHETICAL: NO (iv) ANTI-SENSE: NO (v) FRAGMENT TYPE: internal
(vi) ORIGINAL SOURCE:
(A) ORGANISM: Mycobacterium tuberculosis
(B) STRAIN: Erdman
(xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID N0:86:
Ala Ala Gly Gly His Asn Ala Val Phe Asn Phe Pro Pro Asn Gly 1 5 10 15
(2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:87:
(i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTH: 15 amino acids
(B) TYPE: amino acid
(C) STRANDEDNESS:
(D) TOPOLOGY: linear
(ii) MOLECULE TYPE: peptide (iii) HYPOTHETICAL: NO (iv) ANTI-SENSE: NO (v) FRAGMENT TYPE: internal
(vi) ORIGINAL SOURCE:
(A) ORGANISM: Mycobacterium tuberculosis
(B) STRAIN: Erdman
(xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:87:
Asn Ala Val Phe Asn Phe Pro Pro Asn Gly Thr His Ser Trp Glu 1 5 10 15 (2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:88:
(i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTH: 15 amino acids
(B) TYPE: amino acid
(C) STRANDEDNESS:
(D) TOPOLOGY: linear
(ii) MOLECULE TYPE: peptide (iii) HYPOTHETICAL: NO (iv) ANTI-SENSE: NO (v) FRAGMENT TYPE: internal
(vi) ORIGINAL SOURCE:
(A) ORGANISM: Mycobacterium tuberculosis
(B) STRAIN: Erdman
(xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:88:
Phe Pro Pro Asn Gly Thr His Ser Trp Glu Tyr Trp Gly Ala Gin 1 5 10 15
(2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID N0:89:
(i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTH: 15 amino acids
(B) TYPE: amino acid
(C) STRANDEDNESS:
(D) TOPOLOGY: linear
(ii) MOLECULE TYPE: peptide (iii) HYPOTHETICAL: NO (iv) ANTI-SENSE: NO (v) FRAGMENT TYPE: internal
(vi) ORIGINAL SOURCE:
(A) ORGANISM: Mycobacterium tuberculosis
(B) STRAIN: Erdman
(xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID N0:89:
Thr His Ser Trp Glu Tyr Trp Gly Ala Gin Leu Asn Ala Met Lys 1 5 10 15 (2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:90:
(i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTH: 15 amino acids
(B) TYPE: amino acid
(C) STRANDEDNESS:
(D) TOPOLOGY: linear
(ii) MOLECULE TYPE: peptide (iii) HYPOTHETICAL: NO (iv) ANTI-SENSE: NO (v) FRAGMENT TYPE: internal
(vi) ORIGINAL SOURCE:
(A) ORGANISM: Mycobacteri um tuberculosis
(B) STRAIN: Erdman
(xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID N0:90:
Tyr Trp Gly Ala Gin Leu Asn Ala Met Lys Gly Asp Leu Gin Ser 1 5 10 15
(2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID N0:91:
(i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTH: 15 amino acids
(B) TYPE: amino acid
(C) STRANDEDNESS:
(D) TOPOLOGY: linear
(ii) MOLECULE TYPE: peptide (iii) HYPOTHETICAL: NO (iv) ANTI-SENSE: NO (v) FRAGMENT TYPE: C-terminal
(vi) ORIGINAL SOURCE:
(A) ORGANISM: Mycobacterium tuberculosis
(B) STRAIN: Erdman
(xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID N0:91:
Leu Asn Ala Met Lys Gly Asp Leu Gin Ser Ser Leu Gly Ala Gly 1 5 10 15 (2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID N0:92:
(i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTH: 432 base pairs
(B) TYPE: nucleic acid
(C) STRANDEDNESS: single
(D) TOPOLOGY: not relevant
(ii) MOLECULE TYPE: DNA (genomic)
(xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID N0:92:
ATGGCGGCCA TCGCGACCTT TGCGGCACCG GTCGCGTTGG CTGCCTATCC 50
CATCACCGGA AAACTTGGCA GTGAGCTAAC GATGACCGAC ACCGTTGGCC 100
AAGTCGTGCT CGGCTGGAAG GTCAGTGATC TCAAATCCAG CACGGCAGTC 150
ATCCCCGGCT ATCCGGTGGC CGGCCAGGTC TGGGAGGCCA CTGCCACGGT 200
CAATGCGATT CGCGGCAGCG TCACGCCCGC GGTCTCGCAG TTCAATGCCC 250
GCACCGCCGA CGGCATCAAC TACCGGGTGC TGTGGCAAGC CGCGGGCCCC 300
GACACCATTA GCGGAGCACT ATCCCCCAAG GCGAACAATC GACCGGAAAA 350
TCTACπCGA TGTCACCGGC CCATCGCCAA CCATCGTCGC GATGAACAAC 400
GGATGGAGGA TCTGCTGATT TGGGAGCCGT AG 432
(2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:93:
(i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTH: 1437 base pairs
(B) TYPE: nucleic acid
(C) STRANDEDNESS: single
(D) TOPOLOGY: not relevant
(ii) MOLECULE TYPE: DNA (genomic)
(xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID N0:93:
GTGACGGAAA AGACGCCCGA CGACGTCTTC AAACTTGCCA AGGACGAGAA GGTCGAATAT 60
GTCGACGTCC GGTTCTGTGA CCTGCCTGGC ATCATGCAGC ACTTCACGAT TCCGGCTTCG 120
GCCTTTGACA AGAGCGTGTT TGACGACGGC TTGGCCTTTG ACGGCTCGTC GATTCGCGGG 180 πCCAGTCGA TCCACGAATC CGACATGTTG CTTCTTCCCG ATCCCGAGAC GGCGCGCATC 240
GACCCGTTCC GCGCGGCCAA GACGCTGAAT ATCAACTTCT TTGTGCACGA CCCGTTCACC 300
CTGGAGCCGT ACTCCCGCGA CCCGCGCACC ATCGCCCGCA AGGCCGAGAA CTACCTGATC 360 AGCACTGGCA TCGCCGACAC CGCATACTTC GGCGCCGAGG CCGAGTTCTA CATTTTCGAT 420
TCGGTGAGCT TCGACTCGCG CGCCAACGGC TCCTTCTACG AGGTGGACGC CATCTCGGGG 480
TGGTGGAACA CCGGCGCGGC GACCGAGGCC GACGGCAGTC CCAACCGGGG CTACAAGGTC 540
CGCCACAAGG GCGGGTATTT CCCAGTGGCC CCCAACGACC AATACGTCGA CCTGCGCGAC 600
AAGATGCTGA CCAACCTGAT CAACTCCGGC TTCATCCTGG AGAAGGGCCA CCACGAGGTG 660
GGCAGCGGCG GACAGGCCGA GATCAACTAC CAGTTCAATT CGCTGCTGCA CGCCGCCGAC 720
GACATGCAGT TGTACAAGTA CATCATCAAG AACACCGCCT GGCAGAACGG CAAAACGGTC 780
ACGTTCATGC CCAAGCCGCT GTTCGGCGAC AACGGGTCCG GCATGCACTG TCATCAGTCG 840
CTGTGGAAGG ACGGGGCCCC GCTGATGTAC GACGAGACGG GTTATGCCGG TCTGTCGGAC 900
ACGGCCCGTC ATTACATCGG CGGCCTGTTA CACCACGCGC CGTCGCTGCT GGCCTTCACC 960
AACCCGACGG TGAACTCCTA CAAGCGGCTG GTTCCCGGTT ACGAGGCCCC GATCAACCTG 1020
GTCTATAGCC AGCGCAACCG GTCGGCATGC GTGCGCATCC CGATCACCGG CAGCAACCCG 1080
AAGGCCAAGC GGCTGGAGTT CCGAAGCCCC GACTCGTCGG GCAACCCGTA TCTGGCGTTC 1140
TCGGCCATGC TGATGGCAGG CCTGGACGGT ATCAAGAACA AGATCGAGCC GCAGGCGCCC 1200
GTCGACAAGG ATCTCTACGA GCTGCCGCCG GAAGAGGCCG CGAGTATCCC GCAGACTCCG 1260
ACCCAGCTGT CAGATGTGAT CGACCGTCTC GAGGCCGACC ACGAATACCT CACCGAAGGA 1320
GGGGTGTTCA CAAACGACCT GATCGAGACG TGGATCAGTT TCAAGCGCGA AAACGAGATC 1380
GAGCCGGTCA ACATCCGGCC GCATCCCTAC GAATTCGCGC TGTACTACGA CGTTTAA 1437
(2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:94:
(i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTH: 687 base pairs
(B) TYPE: nucleic acid
(C) STRANDEDNESS: single
(D) TOPOLOGY: not relevant
(ii) MOLECULE TYPE: DNA (genomic)
(xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID N0:94:
GTGCGCATCA AGATCTTCAT GCTGGTCACG GCTGTCGTTT TGCTCTGTTG TTCGGGTGTG 60
GCCACGGCCG CGCCCAAGAC CTACTGCGAG GAGTTGAAAG GCACCGATAC CGGCCAGGCG 120
TGCCAGATTC AAATGTCCGA CCCGGCCTAC AACATCAACA TCAGCCTGCC CAGTTACTAC 180 CCCGACCAGA AGTCGCTGGA AAATTACATC GCCCAGACGC GCGACAAGπ CCTCAGCGCG 240
GCCACATCGT CCACTCCACG CGAAGCCCCC TACGAATTGA ATATCACCTC GGCCACATAC 300
CAGTCCGCGA TACCGCCGCG TGGTACGCAG GCCGTGGTGC TCAAGGTCTA CCAGAACGCC 360
GGCGGCACGC ACCCAACGAC CACGTACAAG GCCTTCGATT GGGACCAGGC CTATCGCAAG 420
CCAATCACCT ATGACACGCT GTGGCAGGCT GACACCGATC CGCTGCCAGT CGTCTTCCCC 480
ATTGTGCAAG GTGAACTGAG CAAGCAGACC GGACAACAGG TATCGATAGC GCCGAATGCC 540
GGCTTGGACC CGGTGAATTA TCAGAACTTC GCAGTCACGA ACGACGGGGT GATTTTCTTC 600 πCAACCCGG GGGAGTTGCT GCCCGAAGCA GCCGGCCCAA CCCAGGTATT GGTCCCACGT 660
TCCGCGATCG ACTCGATGCT GGCCTAG 687
(2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:95:
(i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTH: 900 base pairs
(B) TYPE: nucleic acid
(C) STRANDEDNESS: single
(D) TOPOLOGY: not relevant
(ii) MOLECULE TYPE: DNA (genomic)
(xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:95:
ATGAAGGGTC GGTCGGCGCT GCTGCGGGCG CTCTGGATTG CCGCACTGTC ATTCGGGTTG 60
GGCGGTGTCG CGGTAGCCGC GGAACCCACC GCCAAGGCCG CCCCATACGA GAACCTGATG 120
GTGCCGTCGC CCTCGATGGG CCGGGACATC CCGGTGGCCT TCCTAGCCGG TGGGCCGCAC 180
GCGGTGTATC TGCTGGACGC CTTCAACGCC GGCCCGGATG TCAGTAACTG GGTCACCGCG 240
GGTAACGCGA TGAACACGTT GGCGGGCAAG GGGATTTCGG TGGTGGCACC GGCCGGTGGT 300
GCGTACAGCA TGTACACCAA CTGGGAGCAG GATGGCAGCA AGCAGTGGGA CACCTTCTTG 360
TCCGCTGAGC TGCCCGACTG GCTGGCCGCT AACCGGGGCT TGGCCCCCGG TGGCCATGCG 420
GCCGTTGGCG CCGCTCAGGG CGGTTACGGG GCGATGGCGC TGGCGGCCTT CCACCCCGAC 480
CGCπCGGCT TCGCTGGCTC GATGTCGGGC TTTTTGTACC CGTCGAACAC CACCACCAAC 540
GGTGCGATCG CGGCGGGCAT GCAGCAATTC GGCGGTGTGG ACACCAACGG AATGTGGGGA 600
GCACCACAGC TGGGTCGGTG GAAGTGGCAC GACCCGTGGG TGCATGCCAG CCTGCTGGCG 660
CAAAACAACA CCCGGGTGTG GGTGTGGAGC CCGACCAACC CGGGAGCCAG CGATCCCGCC 720 GCCATGATCG GCCAAGCCGC CGAGGCGATG GGTAACAGCC GCATGTTCTA CAACCAGTAT 780 CGCAGCGTCG GCGGGCACAA CGGACACTTC GACTTCCCAG CCAGCGGTGA CAACGGCTGG 840 GGCTCGTGGG CGCCCCAGCT GGGCGCTATG TCGGGCGATA TCGTCGGTGC GATCCGCTAA 900

Claims

ClaimsWhat is claimed is:
1. A vaccinating agent for use in promoting an effective immune response, in a mammalian host, against an infectious pathogen from the genus Mycobacterium, said vaccinating agent comprising: at least a portion of at least one majorly abundant extracellular product selected from the group consisting of M. tuberculosis 110 KD protein, 80 KD protein, 71 KD protein, 58 KD protein, 45 KD protein, 32A KD protein, 32B KD protein, 30 KD protein, 24 KD protein, 23.5 KD protein, 23 KD protein, 16 KD protein, 14 KD protein, 12 KD protein and respective analogs, homologs, and subunits thereof.
2. The vaccinating agent of claim 1 wherein said at least one majorly abundant extracellular product is M. tuberculosis 58 KD protein.
3. A DNA molecule containing a coding sequence for at least a portion of the amino acid sequence of M. tuberculosis 58 KD protein and fragments and derivatives thereof.
4. The DNA molecule of claim 3 operably linked to a eucaryotic promoter sequence.
5. The DNA molecule of claim 3 wherein said coding sequence includes at least a portion of the sequence:
1 31 gtg ACG GAA AAG ACG CCC GAC GAC GTC TTC AAA CTT GCC AAG GAC GAG AAG GTC GAA TAT
61 91
GTC GAC GTC CGG TTC TGT GAC CTG CCT GGC ATC ATG CAG CAC TTC ACG Aπ CCG GCT TCG
121 151
GCC Tπ GAC AAG AGC GTG TTT GAC GAC GGC πG GCC TTT GAC GGC TCG TCG Aπ CGC GGG
181 211 πC CAG TCG ATC CAC GAA TCC GAC ATG πG Cπ Cπ CCC GAT CCC GAG ACG GCG CGC ATC
241 271
GAC CCG πC CGC GCG GCC AAG ACG CTG AAT ATC AAC πC Tπ GTG CAC GAC CCG πC ACC
301 331
CTG GAG CCG TAC TCC CGC GAC CCG CGC AAC ATC GCC CGC AAG GCC GAG AAC TAC CTG ATC
361 391
AGC ACT GGC ATC GCC GAC ACC GCA TAC πC GGC GCC GAG GCC GAG πC TAC Aπ πC GAT
421 451
TCG GTG AGC πC GAC TCG CGC GCC AAC GGC TCC πC TAC GAG GTG GAC GCC ATC TCG GGG 481 511
TGG TGG AAC ACC GGC GCG GCG ACC GAG GCC GAC GGC AGT CCC AAC CGG GGC TAC AAG GTC
541 571
CGC CAC AAG GGC GGG TAT πC CCA GTG GCC CCC AAC GAC CAA TAC GTC GAC CTG CGC GAC
601 631
AAG ATG CTG ACC AAC CTG ATC AAC TCC GGC πC ATC CTG GAG AAG GGC CAC CAC GAG GTG
661 691
GGC AGC GGC GGA CAG GCC GAG ATC AAC TAC CAG πC AAT TCG CTG CTG CAC GCC GCC GAC
721 751
GAC ATG CAG πG TAC AAG TAC ATC ATC AAG AAC ACC GCC TGG CAG AAC GGC AAA ACG GTC
781 811
ACG πC ATG CCC AAG CCG CTG πC GGC GAC AAC GGG TCC GGC ATG CAC TGT CAT CAG TCG
841 871
CTG TGG AAG GAC GGG GCC CCG CTG ATG TAC GAC GAG ACG GGT TAT GCC GGT CTG TCG GAC
901 931
ACG GCC CGT CAT TAC ATC GGC GGC CTG πA CAC CAC GCG CCG TCG CTG CTG GCC πC ACC
961 991
AAC CCG ACG GTG AAC TCC TAC AAG CGG CTG Gπ CCC GGT TAC GAG GCC CCG ATC AAC CTG
1021 1051
GTC TAT AGC CAG CGC AAC CGG TCG GCA TGC GTG CGC ATC CCG ATC ACC GGC AGC AAC CCG
1081 1111
AAG GCC AAG CGG CTG GAG πC CGA AGC CCC GAC TCG TCG GGC AAC CCG TAT CTG GCG πC
1141 1171
TCG GCC ATG CTG ATG GCA GGC CTG GAC GGT ATC AAG AAC AAG ATC GAG CCG CAG GCG CCC
1201 1231
GTC GAC AAG GAT CTC TAC GAG CTG CCG CCG GAA GAG GCC GCG AGT ATC CCG CAG ACT CCG
1261 1291
ACC CAG CTG TCA GAT GTG ATC GAC CGT CTC GAG GCC GAC CAC GAA TAC CTC ACC GAA GGA
1321 1351
GGG GTG πC ACA AAC GAC CTG ATC GAG ACG TGG ATC AGT πC AAG CGC GAA AAC GAG ATC
1381 1411
GAG CCG GTC AAC ATC CGG CCG CAT CCC TAC GAA πC GCG CTG TAC TAC GAC Gπ taa
6. An amino acid sequence encoded by the DNA molecule of claim 5.
7. A vaccinating agent for use in promoting an effective immune response, in a mammalian host, against an infectious pathogen from the genus Mycobacterium, said vaccinating agent comprising: a DNA construct encoding at least a portion of at least one majorly abundant extracellular product selected from the group consisting of M. tuberculosis X X O KD protein, 80 KD protein, 71 KD protein, 58 KD protein, 45 KD protein, 32A KD protein, 32B KD protein, 30 KD protein, 24 KD protein, 23.5 KD protein, 23 KD protein, 16 KD protein, 14 KD protein, 12 KD protein and respective analogs, homologs, and subunits thereof, and capable of inducing the expression of said extracellular product upon in vivo introduction into and resultant uptake by cells of said mammalian host.
8. The vaccinating agent of claim 7 wherein said DNA construct includes at least a portion of a DNA sequence of the formula:
1 31 gtg ACG GAA AAG ACG CCC GAC GAC GTC πC AAA CTT GCC AAG GAC GAG AAG GTC GAA TAT
61 91
GTC GAC GTC CGG πC TGT GAC CTG CCT GGC ATC ATG CAG CAC TTC ACG Aπ CCG GCT TCG
121 151
GCC TTT GAC AAG AGC GTG TTT GAC GAC GGC πG GCC πT GAC GGC TCG TCG Aπ CGC GGG
181 211 πC CAG TCG ATC CAC GAA TCC GAC ATG πG Cπ Cπ CCC GAT CCC GAG ACG GCG CGC ATC
241 271
GAC CCG TTC CGC GCG GCC AAG ACG CTG AAT ATC AAC πC πT GTG CAC GAC CCG πC ACC
301 331
CTG GAG CCG TAC TCC CGC GAC CCG CGC AAC ATC GCC CGC AAG GCC GAG AAC TAC CTG ATC
361 391
AGC ACT GGC ATC GCC GAC ACC GCA TAC πC GGC GCC GAG GCC GAG πC TAC Aπ πC GAT
421 451
TCG GTG AGC πC GAC TCG CGC GCC AAC GGC TCC πC TAC GAG GTG GAC GCC ATC TCG GGG
481 511
TGG TGG AAC ACC GGC GCG GCG ACC GAG GCC GAC GGC AGT CCC AAC CGG GGC TAC AAG GTC
541 571
CGC CAC AAG GGC GGG TAT πC CCA GTG GCC CCC AAC GAC CAA TAC GTC GAC CTG CGC GAC
601 631
AAG ATG CTG ACC AAC CTG ATC AAC TCC GGC πC ATC CTG GAG AAG GGC CAC CAC GAG GTG
661 691
GGC AGC GGC GGA CAG GCC GAG ATC AAC TAC CAG πC AAT TCG CTG CTG CAC GCC GCC GAC
721 751
GAC ATG CAG πG TAC AAG TAC ATC ATC AAG AAC ACC GCC TGG CAG AAC GGC AAA ACG GTC
781 811
ACG πC ATG CCC AAG CCG CTG πC GGC GAC AAC GGG TCC GGC ATG CAC TGT CAT CAG TCG
841 871
CTG TGG AAG GAC GGG GCC CCG CTG ATG TAC GAC GAG ACG GGT TAT GCC GGT CTG TCG GAC
901 931
ACG GCC CGT CAT TAC ATC GGC GGC CTG πA CAC CAC GCG CCG TCG CTG CTG GCC πC ACC
961 991
AAC CCG ACG GTG AAC TCC TAC AAG CGG CTG Gπ CCC GGT TAC GAG GCC CCG ATC AAC CTG
1021 1051
GTC TAT AGC CAG CGC AAC CGG TCG GCA TGC GTG CGC ATC CCG ATC ACC GGC AGC AAC CCG
1081 1111
AAG GCC AAG CGG CTG GAG'TTC CGA AGC CCC GAC TCG TCG GGC AAC CCG TAT CTG GCG πC
1141 1171
TCG GCC ATG CTG ATG GCA GGC CTG GAC GGT ATC AAG AAC AAG ATC GAG CCG CAG GCG CCC
1201 1231
GTC GAC AAG GAT CTC TAC GAG CTG CCG CCG GAA GAG GCC GCG AGT ATC CCG CAG ACT CCG
1261 1291
ACC CAG CTG TCA GAT GTG ATC GAC CGT CTC GAG GCC GAC CAC GAA TAC CTC ACC GAA GGA
1321 1351
GGG GTG πC ACA AAC GAC CTG ATC GAG ACG TGG ATC AGT πC AAG CGC GAA AAC GAG ATC
1381 1411
GAG CCG GTC AAC ATC CGG CCG CAT CCC TAC GAA πC GCG CTG TAC TAC GAC Gπ taa
9. A method for immunizing a mammalian host against an infectious pathogen of the genus Mycobacterium, said method comprising the steps of: providing a nucleic acid construct including nucleic acid encoding at least a portion of at least one majorly abundant extracellular product selected from the group consisting of M. tuberculosis X 10 KD protein, 80 KD protein, 71 KD protein, 58 KD protein, 45 KD protein, 32A KD protein, 32B KD protein, 30 KD protein, 24 KD protein, 23.5 KD protein, 23 KD protein, 16 KD protein, 14 KD protein, 12 KD protein and respective analogs, homologs, and subunits thereof, and capable of inducing the expression of said at least one majorly abundant extracellular product upon in vivo introduction and resultant uptake by mammalian host cells; and introducing said construct into said mammalian host to induce an effective immune response to subsequent infection by said infectious pathogen.
10. The method of claim 9 wherein said at least one majorly abundant extracellular product is M. tuberculosis 58 KD protein.
11. The method of claim 10 wherein said nucleic acid construct includes at least a portion of a DNA sequence of the formula:
1 31 gtg ACG GAA AAG ACG CCC GAC GAC GTC πC AAA Cπ GCC AAG GAC GAG AAG GTC GAA TAT
61 91
GTC GAC GTC CGG πC TGT GAC CTG CCT GGC ATC ATG CAG CAC πC ACG Aπ CCG GCT TCG
121 151
GCC TTT GAC AAG AGC GTG ITT GAC GAC GGC πG GCC TTT GAC GGC TCG TCG Aπ CGC GGG
181 211 πC CAG TCG ATC CAC G.M TCC GAC ATG πG CTT Cπ CCC GAT CCC GAG ACG GCG CGC ATC
241 271
GAC CCG πC CGC GCG GCC AAG ACG CTG AAT ATC AAC πC TTT GTG CAC GAC CCG πC ACC
301 331
CTG GAG CCG TAC TCC CGC GAC CCG CGC AAC ATC GCC CGC AAG GCC GAG AAC TAC CTG ATC
361 391
AGC ACT GGC ATC GCC GAC ACC GCA TAC πC GGC GCC GAG GCC GAG πC TAC Aπ πC GAT
421 451
TCG GTG AGC πC GAC TCG CGC GCC AAC GGC TCC πC TAC GAG GTG GAC GCC ATC TCG GGG
481 511
TGG TGG AAC ACC GGC GCG GCG ACC GAG GCC GAC GGC AGT CCC AAC CGG GGC TAC AAG GTC
541 571
CGC CAC AAG GGC GGG TAT πC CCA GTG GCC CCC AAC GAC CAA TAC GTC GAC CTG CGC GAC
601 631
AAG ATG CTG ACC AAC CTG ATC AAC TCC GGC πC ATC CTG GAG AAG GGC CAC CAC GAG GTG
661 691
GGC AGC GGC GGA CAG GCC GAG ATC AAC TAC CAG πC AAT TCG CTG CTG CAC GCC GCC GAC
721 751
GAC ATG CAG πG TAC AAG TAC ATC ATC AAG AAC ACC GCC TGG CAG AAC GGC AAA ACG GTC
781 811
ACG πC ATG CCC AAG CCG CTG πC GGC GAC AAC GGG TCC GGC ATG CAC TGT CAT CAG TCG 841 871
CTG TGG AAG GAC GGG GCC CCG CTG ATG TAC GAC GAG ACG GGT TAT GCC GGT CTG TCG GAC
901 931
ACG GCC CGT CAT TAC ATC GGC GGC CTG πA CAC CAC GCG CCG TCG CTG CTG GCC TTC ACC
961 991
AAC CCG ACG GTG AAC TCC TAC AAG CGG CTG Gπ CCC GGT TAC GAG GCC CCG ATC AAC CTG
1021 1051
GTC TAT AGC CAG CGC AAC CGG TCG GCA TGC GTG CGC ATC CCG ATC ACC GGC AGC AAC CCG
1081 1111
AAG GCC AAG CGG CTG GAG πC CGA AGC CCC GAC TCG TCG GGC AAC CCG TAT CTG GCG πC
1141 1171
TCG GCC ATG CTG ATG GCA GGC CTG GAC GGT ATC AAG AAC AAG ATC GAG CCG CAG GCG CCC
1201 1231
GTC GAC AAG GAT CTC TAC GAG CTG CCG CCG GAA GAG GCC GCG AGT ATC CCG CAG ACT CCG
1261 1291
ACC CAG CTG TCA GAT GTG ATC GAC CGT CTC GAG GCC GAC CAC GAA TAC CTC ACC GAA GGA
1321 1351
GGG GTG πC ACA AAC GAC CTG ATC GAG ACG TGG ATC AGT πC AAG CGC GAA AAC GAG ATC
1381 1411
GAG CCG GTC AAC ATC CGG CCG CAT CCC TAC GAA πC GCG CTG TAC TAC GAC Gπ taa
12. The vaccinating agent of claim 1 wherein said at least one majorly abundant extracellular product is M. tuberculosis 23.5 KD protein.
13. A DNA molecule containing a coding sequence for at least a portion of the amino acid sequence of M. tuberculosis 23.5 KD protein and fragments and derivatives thereof.
14. The DNA molecule of claim 13 operably linked to a eucaryotic promoter sequence.
15. The DNA molecule of claim 13 wherein said coding sequence includes at least a portion of the sequence:
1 31 gtg CGC ATC AAG ATC πC ATG CTG GTC ACG GCT GTC Gπ πG CTC TGT TGT TCG GST GTG
61 91
GCC ACG GCC GCG CCC AAG ACC TAC TGC GAG GAG πG AAA GGC ACC GAT ACC GGC CAG GCG
121 151
TGC CAG Aπ CAA ATG TCC GAC CCG GCC TAC AAC ATC AAC ATC AGC CTG CCC AGT TAC TAC
181 211
CCC GAC CAG AAG TCG CTG GAA AAT TAC ATC GCC CAG ACG CGC GAC AAG πC CTC AGC GCG
241 271
GCC ACA TCG TCC ACT CCA CGC GAA GCC CCC TAC GAA πG AAT ATC ACC TCG GCC ACA TAC
301 331
CAG TCC GCG ATA CCG CCG CGT GGT ACG CAG GCC GTG GTG CTC AAG GTC TAC CAG AAC GCC
361 391
GGC GGC ACG CAC CCA ACG ACC ACG TAC AAG GCC πC GAT TGG GAC CAG GCC TAT CGC AAG
421 451
CCA ATC ACC TAT GAC ACG CTG TCG CAG GCT GAC ACC GAT CCG CTG CCA GTC GTC πC CCC 481 511
Aπ GTG CAA GGT GAA CTG AGC AAG CAG ACC GGA CAA CAG GTA TCG ATA GCG CCG AAT GCC
541 571
GGC πG GAC CCG GTG AAT TAT CAG AAC πC GCA GTC ACG AAC GAC GGG GTG Aπ πC πc
601 631 πC AAC CCG GGG GAG πG CTG CCC GAA GCA GCC GGC CCA ACC CAG GTA πG GTC CCA CGT
661
TCC GCG ATC GAC TCG ATG CTG GCC tag
16. An amino acid sequence encoded by the DNA molecule of claim 15.
17. The vaccinating agent of claim 7 wherein said DNA construct includes at least a portion of a DNA sequence of the formula:
1 31 gtg CGC ATC AAG ATC πC ATG CTG GTC ACG GCT GTC Gπ πG CTC TGT TGT TCG GST GTG
61 91
GCC ACG GCC GCG CCC AAG ACC TAC TGC GAG GAG πG AAA GGC ACC GAT ACC GGC CAG GCG
121 151
TGC CAG Aπ CAA ATG TCC GAC CCG GCC TAC AAC ATC AAC ATC AGC CTG CCC AGT TAC TAC
181 211
CCC GAC CAG AAG TCG CTG GAA AAT TAC ATC GCC CAG ACG CGC GAC AAG πC CTC AGC GCG
241 271
GCC ACA TCG TCC ACT CCA CGC GAA GCC CCC TAC GAA πG AAT ATC ACC TCG GCC ACA TAC
301 331
CAG TCC GCG ATA CCG CCG CGT GGT ACG CAG GCC GTG GTG CTC AAG GTC TAC CAG AAC GCC
361 391
GGC GGC ACG CAC CCA ACG ACC ACG TAC AAG GCC πC GAT TGG GAC CAG GCC TAT CGC AAG
421 451
CCA ATC ACC TAT GAC ACG CTG TCG CAG GCT GAC ACC GAT CCG CTG CCA GTC GTC πC CCC
481 511
Aπ GTG CAA -GGT GAA CTG AGC AAG CAG ACC GGA CAA CAG GTA TCG ATA GCG CCG AAT GCC
541 571
GGC πG GAC CCG GTG AAT TAT CAG AAC πC GCA GTC ACG AAC GAC GGG GTG Aπ πC πC
601 631 πC AAC CCG GGG GAG πG CTG CCC GAA GCA GCC GGC CCA ACC CAG GTA πG GTC CCA CGT
661
TCC GCG ATC GAC TCG ATG CTG GCC tag
18. The method of claim 9 wherein said at least one majorly abundant extracellular product is M. tuberculosis 23.5 KD protein.
19. The method of claim 18 wherein said nucleic acid construct includes at least a portion of a DNA sequence of the formula:
1 31 gtg CGC ATC AAG ATC πC ATG CTG GTC ACG GCT GTC Gπ πG CTC TGT TGT TCG GST GTG
61 91
GCC ACG GCC GCG CCC AAG ACC TAC TGC GAG GAG πG AAA GGC ACC GAT ACC GGC CAG GCG
121 151
TGC CAG Aπ CAA ATG TCC GAC CCG GCC TAC AAC ATC AAC ATC AGC CTG CCC AGT TAC TAC
181 211
CCC GAC CAG AAG TCG CTG GAA AAT TAC ATC GCC CAG ACG CGC GAC AAG πC CTC AGC GCG 241 271
GCC ACA TCG TCC ACT CCA CGC GAA GCC CCC TAC GAA πG AAT ATC ACC TCG GCC ACA TAC
301 331
CAG TCC GCG ATA CCG CCG CGT GGT ACG CAG GCC GTG GTG CTC AAG GTC TAC CAG AAC GCC
361 391
GGC GGC ACG CAC CCA ACG ACC ACG TAC AAG GCC πc GAT TGG GAC CAG GCC TAT CGC AAG
421 451
CCA ATC ACC TAT GAC ACG CTG TCG CAG GCT GAC ACC GAT CCG CTG CCA GTC GTC πC CCC
481 511
Aπ GTG CAA GGT GAA CTG AGC AAG CAG ACC GGA CAA CAG GTA TCG ATA GCG CCG AAT GCC
541 571
GGC πG GAC CCG GTG AAT TAT CAG AAC πc GCA GTC ACG AAC GAC GGG GTG Aπ πC πC
601 631 πC AAC CCG GGG GAG πG CTG CCC GAA GCA GCC GGC CCA ACC CAG GTA πG GTC CCA CGT
661
TCC GCG ATC GAC TCG ATG CTG GCC tag
20. The vaccinating agent of claim 1 wherein said at least one majorly abundant extracellular product is M. tuberculosis 24 KD protein.
21. A DNA molecule containing a coding sequence for at least a portion of the amino acid sequence of M. tuberculosis 24 KD protein and fragments and derivatives thereof.
22. The DNA molecule of claim 21 operably linked to a eucaryotic promoter sequence.
23. The DNA molecule of claim 21 wherein said coding sequence includes at least a portion of the sequence:
1 31
ATG AAG GGT CGG TCG GCG CTG CTG CGG GCG CTC TGG Aπ GCC GCA CTG TCA πC GGG πG
61 91
GGC GGT GTC GCG GTA GCC GCG GAA CCC ACC GCC AAG GCC GCC CCA TAC GAG AAC CTG ATG
121 151
GTG CCG TCG CCC TCG ATG GGC CGG GAC ATC CCG GTG GCC πC CTA GCC GGT GGG CCG CAC
181 211
GCG GTG TAT CTG CTG GAC GCC πC AAC GCC GGC CCG GAT GTC AGT AAC TGG GTC ACC GCG
241 271
GGT AAC GCG ATG AAC ACG πG GCG GGC AAG GGG Aπ TCG GTG GTG GCA CCG GCC GGT GGT
301 331
GCG TAC AGC ATG TAC ACC AAC TGG GAG CAG GAT GGC AGC AAG CAG TGG GAC ACC πC πG
361 391
TCC GCT GAG CTG CCC GAC TGG CTG GCC GCT AAC CGG GGC πG GCC CCC GGT GGC CAT GCG
421 451
GCC Gπ GGC GCC GCT CAG GGC GGT TAC GGG GCG ATG GCG CTG GCG GCC πC CAC CCC GAC
481 511
CGC πC GGC πC GCT GGC TCG ATG TCG GGC Tπ πG TAC CCG TCG AAC ACC ACC ACC AAC
541 571
GGT GCG ATC GCG GCG GGC ATG CAG CAA πC GGC GGT GTG GAC ACC AAC GGA ATG TGG GGA 601 631
GCA CCA CAG CTG GGT CGG TGG AAG TGG CAC GAC CCG TGG GTG CAT GCC AGC CTG CTG GCG
661 691
CAA AAC AAC ACC CGG GTG TGG GTG TGG AGC CCG ACC AAC CCG GGA GCC AGC GAT CCC GCC
721 751
GCC ATG ATC GGC CAA GCC GCC GAG GCG ATG GGT AAC AGC CGC ATG πC TAC AAC CAG TAT
781 811
CGC AGC GTC GGC GGG CAC AAC GGA CAC πC GAC πC CCA GCC AGC GGT GAC AAC GGC TGG
841 871
GGC TCG TGG GCG CCC CAG CTG GGC GCT ATG TCG GGC GAT ATC GTC GGT GCG ATC CGC TAA
24. An amino acid sequence encoded by the DNA molecule of claim 23.
25. The vaccinating agent of claim 7 wherein said DNA construct includes at least a portion of a DNA sequence of the formula:
1 31
ATG AAG GGT CGG TCG GCG CTG CTG CGG GCG CTC TGG Aπ GCC GCA CTG TCA πC GGG πG
61 91
GGC GGT GTC GCG GTA GCC GCG GAA CCC ACC GCC AAG GCC GCC CCA TAC GAG AAC CTG ATG
121 151
GTG CCG TCG CCC TCG ATG GGC CGG GAC ATC CCG GTG GCC πC CTA GCC GGT GGG CCG CAC
181 211
GCG GTG TAT CTG CTG GAC GCC πC AAC GCC GGC CCG GAT GTC AGT AAC TGG GTC ACC GCG
241 271
GGT AAC GCG ATG AAC ACG πG GCG GGC AAG GGG Aπ TCG GTG GTG GCA CCG GCC GGT GGT
301 331
GCG TAC AGC ATG TAC ACC AAC TGG GAG CAG GAT GGC AGC AAG CAG TGG GAC ACC πC πG
361 391
TCC GCT GAG CTG CCC GAC TGG CTG GCC GCT AAC CGG GGC πG GCC CCC GGT GGC CAT GCG
421 451
GCC Gπ GGC GCC GCT CAG GGC GGT TAC GGG GCG ATG GCG CTG GCG GCC πC CAC CCC GAC
481 511
CGC πC GGC πC GCT GGC TCG ATG TCG GGC TTT πG TAC CCG TCG AAC ACC ACC ACC AAC
541 571
GGT GCG ATC GCG GCG GGC ATG CAG CAA πC GGC GGT GTG GAC ACC AAC GGA ATG TGG GGA
601 631
GCA CCA CAG CTG GGT CGG TGG AAG TGG CAC GAC CCG TGG GTG CAT GCC AGC CTG CTG GCG
661 691
CAA AAC AAC ACC CGG GTG TGG GTG TGG AGC CCG ACC AAC CCG GGA GCC AGC GAT CCC GCC
721 751
GCC ATG ATC GGC CAA GCC GCC GAG GCG ATG GGT AAC AGC CGC ATG πC TAC AAC CAG TAT
781 811
CGC AGC GTC GGC GGG CAC AAC GGA CAC πC GAC πC CCA GCC AGC GGT GAC AAC GGC TGG
841 871
GGC TCG TGG GCG CCC CAG CTG GGC GCT ATG TCG GGC GAT ATC GTC GGT GCG ATC CGC TAA
26. The method of claim 9 wherein said at least one majorly abundant extracellular product is M. tuberculosis 24 KD protein.
27. The method of claim 26 wherein said nucleic acid construct includes at least a portion of a DNA sequence of the formula:
1 31
ATG AAG GGT CGG TCG GCG CTG CTG CGG GCG CTC TGG Aπ GCC GCA CTG TCA πc GGG πG
61 91
GGC GGT GTC GCG GTA GCC GCG GAA CCC ACC GCC AAG GCC GCC CCA TAC GAG AAC CTG ATG
121 151
GTG CCG TCG CCC TCG ATG GGC CGG GAC ATC CCG GTG GCC πc CTA GCC GGT GGG CCG CAC
181 211
GCG GTG TAT CTG CTG GAC GCC πc AAC GCC GGC CCG GAT GTC AGT AAC TGG GTC ACC GCG
241 271
GGT AAC GCG ATG AAC ACG πG GCG GGC AAG GGG Aπ TCG GTG GTG GCA CCG GCC GGT GGT
301 331
GCG TAC AGC ATG TAC ACC AAC TGG GAG CAG GAT GGC AGC AAG CAG TGG GAC ACC πC πG
361 - 391
TCC GCT GAG CTG CCC GAC TGG CTG GCC GCT AAC CGG GGC TTG GCC CCC GGT GGC CAT GCG
421 451
GCC Gπ GGC GCC GCT CAG GGC GGT TAC GGG GCG ATG GCG CTG GCG GCC πC CAC CCC GAC
481 511
CGC πC GGC πc GCT GGC TCG ATG TCG GGC Tπ πG TAC CCG TCG AAC ACC ACC ACC AAC
541 571
GGT GCG ATC GCG GCG GGC ATG CAG CAA πc GGC GGT GTG GAC ACC AAC GGA ATG TGG GGA
601 631
GCA CCA CAG CTG GGT CGG TGG AAG TGG CAC GAC CCG TGG GTG CAT GCC AGC CTG CTG GCG
661 691
CAA AAC AAC ACC CGG GTG TGG GTG TGG AGC CCG ACC AAC CCG GGA GCC AGC GAT CCC GCC
721 751
GCC ATG ATC GGC CAA GCC GCC GAG GCG ATG GGT AAC AGC CGC ATG πC TAC AAC CAG TAT
781 811
CGC AGC GTC GGC GGG CAC AAC GGA CAC πc GAC πc CCA GCC AGC GGT GAC AAC GGC TGG
841 871
GGC TCG TGG GCG CCC CAG CTG GGC GCT ATG TCG GGC GAT ATC GTC GGT GCG ATC CGC TAA
28. A DNA molecule containing a coding sequence for the amino acid sequence of M. tuberculosis 30 KD protein and fragments and derivatives thereof.
29. The vaccinating agent of claim 1 wherein said at least one majorly abundant extracellular product is M. tuberculosis 16 KD protein.
30. A DNA molecule containing a coding sequence for at least a portion of the amino acid sequence of M. tuberculosis 16 KD protein and fragments and derivatives thereof.
31. The DNA molecule of claim 30 operably linked to a eucaryotic promoter sequence.
32. The DNA molecule of claim 30 wherein said coding sequence includes at least a portion of the sequence:
1/1 31/11
ATG GCG GCC ATC GCG ACC Tπ GCG GCA CCG GTC GCG πG GCT
Met ala ala ile ala thr phe ala ala pro val ala leu ala
61/21 GCC TAT CCC ATC ACC GGA AAA Cπ GGC AGT GAG CTA ACG ATG ala tyr pro ile thr gly lys leu gly ser glu leu thr met
91/31 121/41
ACC GAC ACC Gπ GGC CAA GTC GTG CTC GGC TGG AAG GTC AGT thr asp thr val gly gin val val leu gly trp lys val ser
151/51 GAT CTC AAA TCC AGC ACG GCA GTC ATC CCC GGC TAT CCG GTG asp leu lys ser ser thr ala val ile pro gly tyr pro val
181/61 GCC GGC CAG GTC TGG GAG GCC ACT GCC ACG GTC AAT GCG Aπ ala gly gin val trp glu ala thr ala thr val asn ala ile 211/71 241/81
CGC GGC AGC GTC ACG CCC GCG GTC TCG CAG πC AAT GCC CGC arg gly ser val thr pro ala val ser gin phe asn ala arg
271/91 ACC GCC GAC GGC ATC AAC TAC CGG GTG CTG TGG CAA GCC GCG thr ala asp gly ile asn tyr arg val leu trp gin ala ala
301/101 331/111
GGC CCC GAC ACC Aπ AGC GGA GCA CTA TCC CCC AAG GCG AAC gly pro asp thr ile ser gly ala leu ser pro lys ala asn
361/121 AAT CGA CCG GAA AAT CTA Cπ CGA TGT CAC CGG CCC ATC GCC asn arg pro glu asn leu leu arg cys his arg pro ile ala
391/131 AAC CAT CGT CGC GAT GAA CAA CGG ATG GAG GAT CTG CTG Aπ asn his arg arg asp glu gin arg met glu asp leu leu ile 421/141
TGG GAG CCG TAG trp glu pro AMB
33. AnaminoacidsequenceencodedbytheDNAmoleculeofclaim30.
34. Thevaccinating agentofclaim 7 whereinsaidDNA constructincludes atleastaportionofaDNAsequenceoftheformula:
1/1 31/11
ATG GCG GCC ATC GCG ACC Tπ GCG GCA CCG GTC GCG πG GCT
Met ala ala ile ala thr phe ala ala pro val ala leu ala
61/21 GCC TAT CCC ATC ACC GGA AAA Cπ GGC AGT GAG CTA ACG ATG ala tyr pro ile thr gly lys leu gly ser glu leu thr met 91/31 121/41
ACC GAC ACC Gπ GGC CAA GTC GTG CTC GGC TGG AAG GTC AGT thr asp thr val gly gin val val leu gly trp lys val ser
151/51 GAT CTC AAA TCC AGC ACG GCA GTC ATC CCC GGC TAT CCG GTG asp leu lys ser ser thr ala val ile pro gly tyr pro val 181/61 GCC GGC CAG GTC TGG GAG GCC ACT GCC ACG GTC AAT GCG Aπ al a gly gin val trp gl u ala thr ala thr val asn al a i le 211/71 241/81
CGC GGC AGC GTC ACG CCC GCG GTC TCG CAG πc AAT GCC CGC arg gly ser val thr pro al a val ser gi n phe asn al a arg
271/91 ACC GCC GAC GGC ATC AAC TAC CGG GTG CTG TGG CAA GCC GCG thr al a asp gly i l e asn tyr arg val l eu trp gi n al a al a 301/101 331/111
GGC CCC GAC ACC Aπ AGC GGA GCA CTA TCC CCC AAG GCG AAC gly pro asp thr i l e ser gly al a l eu ser pro lys al a asn
361/121 AAT CGA CCG GAA AAT CTA Cπ CGA TGT CAC CGG CCC ATC GCC asn arg pro gl u asn leu l eu arg cys hi s arg pro i l e al a
391/131 AAC CAT CGT CGC GAT GAA CAA CGG ATG GAG GAT CTG CTG Aπ asn hi s arg arg asp gl u gi n arg met gl u asp l eu l eu i l e 421/141
TGG GAG CCG TAG trp gl u pro AMB
35. The method of claim 9 wherein said at least one majorly abundant extracellular product is M. tuberculosis 16 KD protein.
36. The method of claim 35 wherein said nucleic acid construct includes at least a portion of a DNA sequence of the formula:
1/1 31/11
ATG GCG GCC ATC GCG ACC TTT GCG GCA CCG GTC GCG πG GCT
Met ala ala ile ala thr phe ala ala pro val ala leu ala
61/21 GCC TAT CCC ATC ACC GGA AAA CTT GGC AGT GAG CTA ACG ATG ala tyr pro ile thr gly lys leu gly ser glu leu thr met 91/31 121/41
ACC GAC ACC Gπ GGC CAA GTC GTG CTC GGC TGG AAG GTC AGT thr asp thr val gly gin val val leu gly trp lys val ser
151/51 GAT CTC AAA TCC AGC ACG GCA GTC ATC CCC GGC TAT CCG GTG asp leu lys ser ser thr ala val ile pro gly tyr pro val
181/61 GCC GGC CAG GTC TGG GAG GCC ACT GCC ACG GTC AAT GCG Aπ ala gly gin val trp glu ala thr ala thr val asn ala ile 211/71 241/81
CGC GGC AGC GTC ACG CCC GCG GTC TCG CAG πc AAT GCC CGC arg gly ser val thr pro ala val ser gin phe asn ala arg
271/91 ACC GCC GAC GGC ATC AAC TAC CGG GTG CTG TGG CAA GCC GCG thr ala asp gly ile asn tyr arg val leu trp gin ala ala 301/101 331/111
GGC CCC GAC ACC Aπ AGC GGA GCA CTA TCC CCC AAG GCG AAC gly pro asp thr ile ser gly ala leu ser pro lys ala asn
361/121 AAT CGA CCG GAA AAT CTA Cπ CGA TGT CAC CGG CCC ATC GCC asn arg pro glu asn leu leu.arg cys his arg pro ile ala 391/131 AAC CAT CGT CGC GAT GAA CAA CGG ATG GAG GAT CTG CTG Aπ asn his arg arg asp glu gin arg met glu asp leu leu ile 421/141
TGG GAG CCG TAG trp glu pro AMB
37. A vaccinating agent for use in promoting an effective immune response, in a mammalian host, against an infectious pathogen from the genus Mycobacterium, said vaccinating agent comprising: at least one immunodominant epitope of at least one majorly abundant extracellular product selected from the group consisting of M. tuberculosis 110 KD protein, 80 KD protein, 71 KD protein, 58 KD protein, 45 KD protein, 32A KD protein, 32B KD protein, 30 KD protein, 24 KD protein, 23.5 KD protein, 23 KD protein, 16 KD protein, 14 KD protein, 12 KD protein and respective analogs, homologs, and subunits thereof.
38. The vaccinating agent of claim 37 wherein said at least one majorly abundant extracellular product is M. tuberculosis 30 KD protein.
39. The vaccinating agent of claim 38 wherein said at least one immunodominant epitope is selected from the group consisting of M. tuberculosis 30 KD protein subunits having the amino acid sequences FSRPGLPVEYLQVPS (Seq ID No:37), LPVEYLQVPSPSMGR (Seq ID No:38), LQVPSPSMGRDIKVQ (Seq ID No:39), DIKVQFQSGGNNSPA (Seq ID No:41), FQSGGNNSPAV Y L L D (Seq ID No:42), YYQSGLSIVMPVGGQ (Seq ID No:49), L T S E L P Q WLSANRAV (Seq ID No:57), SMAGSSAMILAAYHP (Seq ID No:62), SAM ILAAYHPQQFIY (Seq ID No:63), ALLDPSQGMGPSLIG (Seq ID No:67), PSLIGLAMGDAGGYK (Seq ID No:69), AADMWGPSSDPAWER (Seq ID No:72), GPSSDPAWERNDPTQ (Seq ID No:73), VANNTRLWVYCGN G T (Seq ID No:77), GANIPAEFLENFVRS (Seq ID No:81), QDAYNAAGG H N A V F N (Seq ID No:85), THSWEYWGAQLNAMK (Seq ID No:89), and respective analogs, homologs, and subunits thereof including single or multiple amino acid substitutions, deletions, insertions, and inversions.
40. The vaccinating agent of claim 39 wherein said at least one immunodominant epitope has the amino acid sequence FSRPGLPVEYLQVPS (Seq ID No: 37), including single or multiple amino acid substitutions, deletions, insertions, inversions, analogs, homologs, and subunits thereof.
41. The vaccinating agent of claim 39 wherein said at least one immunodominant epitope has the amino acid sequence LPVEYLQVPSPSMGR (Seq ID No:38), including single or multiple amino acid substitutions, deletions, insertions, inversions, analogs, homologs, and subunits thereof.
42. The vaccinating agent of claim 39 wherein said at least one immunodominant epitope has the amino acid sequence LQVPSPSMGRDIKVQ (Seq ID No: 39), including single or multiple amino acid substitutions, deletions, insertions, inversions, analogs, homologs, and subunits thereof.
43. The vaccinating agent of claim 39 wherein said at least one immunodominant epitope has the amino acid sequence DIKVQFQSGGNNSPA (Seq ID No:41), including single or multiple amino acid substitutions, deletions, insertions, inversions, analogs, homologs, and subunits thereof.
44. The vaccinating agent of claim 39 wherein said at least one immunodominant epitope has the amino acid sequence FQSGGNNSPAVYLLD (Seq ID No:42), including single or multiple amino acid substitutions, deletions, insertions, inversions, analogs, homologs, and subunits thereof.
45. The vaccinating agent of claim 39 wherein said at least one immunodominant epitope has the amino acid sequence YYQSGLSIVMPVGGQ (Seq ID No:49), including single or multiple amino acid substitutions, deletions, insertions, inversions, analogs, homologs, and subunits thereof.
46. The vaccinating agent of claim 39 wherein said at least one immunodominant epitope has the amino acid sequence LTSELPQWLSANRAV (Seq ID No:57), including single or multiple amino acid substitutions, deletions, insertions, inversions, analogs, homologs, and subunits thereof.
47. The vaccinating agent of claim 39 wherein said at least one immunodominant epitope has the amino acid sequence SMAGS SAMILAAYHP (Seq ID No:62), including single or multiple amino acid substitutions, deletions, insertions, inversions, analogs, homologs, and subunits thereof.
48. The vaccinating agent of claim 39 wherein said at least one immunodominant epitope has the amino acid sequence SAMILAAYHPQQFIY (Seq ID No:63), including single or multiple amino acid substitutions, deletions, insertions, inversions, analogs, homologs, and subunits thereof.
49. The vaccinating agent of claim 39 wherein said at least one immunodominant epitope has the amino acid sequence ALLDPSQGMGPSLIG (Seq ID No:67), including single or multiple amino acid substitutions, deletions, insertions, inversions, analogs, homologs, and subunits thereof.
50. The vaccinating agent of claim 39 wherein said at least one immunodominant epitope has the amino acid sequence PSLIGLAMGDAGGYK (Seq ID No:69), including single or multiple amino acid substitutions, deletions, insertions, inversions, analogs, homologs, and subunits thereof.
51. The vaccinating agent of claim 39 wherein said at least one immunodominant epitope has the amino acid sequence AADMWGPSSDPAWER (Seq ID No:72), including single or multiple amino acid substitutions, deletions, insertions, inversions, analogs, homologs, and subunits thereof.
52. The vaccinating agent of claim 39 wherein said at least one immunodominant epitope has the amino acid sequence GPSSDPAWERNDPTQ (Seq ID No:73), including single or multiple amino acid substitutions, deletions, insertions, inversions, analogs, homologs, and subunits thereof.
53. The vaccinating agent of claim 39 wherein said at least one immunodominant epitope has the amino acid sequence VANNTRLWVYCGNGT (Seq ID No:77), including single or multiple amino acid substitutions, deletions, insertions, inversions, analogs, homologs, and subunits thereof.
54. The vaccinating agent of claim 39 wherein said at least one immunodominant epitope has the amino acid sequence GANIPAEFLENFVRS (Seq ID No:81), including single or multiple amino acid substitutions, deletions, insertions, inversions, analogs, homologs, and subunits thereof.
55. The vaccinating agent of claim 39 wherein said at least one immunodominant epitope has the amino acid sequence QDAYNAAGGHNAVFN (Seq ID No:85), including single or multiple amino acid substitutions, deletions, insertions, inversions, analogs, homologs, and subunits thereof.
56. The vaccinating agent of claim 39 wherein said at least one immunodominant epitope has the amino acid sequence THSWEYWGAQLNAMK (Seq ID No: 89), including single or multiple amino acid substitutions, deletions, insertions, inversions, analogs, homologs, and subunits thereof.
57. An immunodiagnostic agent for use in promoting a detectable immune response in a mammalian host identifying an infectious pathogen from the genus Mycobacterium, said immunodiagnostic agent comprising: at least one immunodominant epitope of at least one majorly abundant extracellular product selected from the group consisting of M. tuberculosis 110 KD protein, 80 KD protein, 71 KD protein, 58 KD protein, 45 KD protein, 32A KD protein, 32B KD protein, 30 KD protein, 24 KD protein, 23.5 KD protein, 23 KD protein, 16 KD protein, 14 KD protein, 12 KD protein and respective analogs, homologs, and subunits thereof.
58. The immunodiagnostic agent of claim 57 wherein said at least one majorly abundant extracellular product is M. tuberculosis 30 KD protein.
59. The immunodiagnostic agent of claim 58 wherein said at least one immunodominant epitope is selected from the group consisting of M. tuberculosis 30 KD protein subunits having the amino acid sequences FSRPGLPVEYLQVPS (Seq ID No:37), LPVEYLQVPSPSMGR (Seq ID No:38), LQVPSPSMGRDIKVQ (Seq ID No:39), DIKVQFQSGGNNSPA (Seq ID No:41), FQSGGNNSPAV Y L L D (Seq ID No:42), YYQSGLSIVMPVGGQ (Seq ID No:49), L T S E L P Q WLSANRAV (Seq ID No:57), SMAGSSAMILAAYHP (Seq ID No:62), SAM ILAAYHPQQFIY (Seq ID No:63), ALLDPSQGMGPSLIG (Seq ID No:67), PSLIGLAMGDAGGYK (Seq ID No:69), AADMWGPSSDPAWER (Seq ID No:72), GPSSDPAWERNDPTQ (Seq ID No:73), VANNTRLWVYCGN G T (Seq ID No:77), GANIPAEFLENFVRS (Seq ID No:81), QDAYNAAGG H N A V F N (Seq ID No:85), THSWEYWGAQLNAMK (Seq ID No:89), and respective analogs, homologs, and subunits thereof including single or multiple amino acid substitutions, deletions, insertions, and inversions.
60. The immunodiagnostic agent of claim 59 wherein said at least one immunodominant epitope has the amino acid sequence FSRPGLPVEYLQVPS (Seq ID No:37), including single or multiple amino acid substitutions, deletions, insertions, inversions, analogs, homologs, and subunits thereof.
61. The immunodiagnostic agent of claim 59 wherein said at least one immunodominant epitope has the amino acid sequence LPVEYLQVPSPSMGR (Seq ID No:38), including single or multiple amino acid substitutions, deletions, insertions, inversions, analogs, homologs, and subunits thereof.
62. The immunodiagnostic agent of claim 59 wherein said at least one immunodominant epitope has the amino acid sequence LQVPSPSMGRDIKVQ (Seq ID No:39), including single or multiple amino acid substitutions, deletions, insertions, inversions, analogs, homologs, and subunits thereof.
63. The immunodiagnostic agent of claim 59 wherein said at least one immunodominant epitope has the amino acid sequence DIKVQFQSGGNNSPA (Seq ID No:41), including single or multiple amino acid substitutions, deletions, insertions, inversions, analogs, homologs, and subunits thereof.
64. The immunodiagnostic agent of claim 59 wherein said at least one immunodominant epitope has the amino acid sequence FQSGGNNSPAVYLLD (Seq ID No:42), including single or multiple amino acid substitutions, deletions, insertions, inversions, analogs, homologs, and subunits thereof.
65. The immunodiagnostic agent of claim 59 wherein said at least one immunodominant epitope has the amino acid sequence YYQSGLSIVMPVGGQ (Seq ID No:49), including single or multiple amino acid substitutions, deletions, insertions, inversions, analogs, homologs, and subunits thereof.
66. The immunodiagnostic agent of claim 59 wherein said at least one immunodominant epitope has the amino acid sequence LTSELPQWLSANRAV (Seq ID No:57), including single or multiple amino acid substitutions, deletions, insertions, inversions, analogs, homologs, and subunits thereof.
67. The immunodiagnostic agent of claim 59 wherein said at least one immunodominant epitope has the amino acid sequence SMAGS SAMILAAYHP (Seq ID No:62), including single or multiple amino acid substitutions, deletions, insertions, inversions, analogs, homologs, and subunits thereof.
68. The immunodiagnostic agent of claim 59 wherein said at least one immunodominant epitope has the amino acid sequence SAMILAAYHPQQFIY (Seq ID No:63), including single or multiple amino acid substitutions, deletions, insertions, inversions, analogs, homologs, and subunits thereof.
69. The immunodiagnostic agent of claim 59 wherein said at least one immunodominant epitope has the amino acid sequence ALLDPSQGMGPSLIG (Seq ID No:67), including single or multiple amino acid substitutions, deletions, insertions, inversions, analogs, homologs, and subunits thereof.
70. The immunodiagnostic agent of claim 59 wherein said at least one immunodominant epitope has the amino acid sequence PSLIGLAMGDAGGYK (Seq ID No:69), including single or multiple amino acid substitutions, deletions, insertions, inversions, analogs, homologs, and subunits thereof.
71. The immunodiagnostic agent of claim 59 wherein said at least one immunodominant epitope has the amino acid sequence AADMWGPSSDPAWER (Seq ID No:72), including single or multiple amino acid substitutions, deletions, insertions, inversions, analogs, homologs, and subunits thereof.
72. The immunodiagnostic agent of claim 59 wherein said at least one immunodominant epitope has the amino acid sequence GPSSDPAWERNDPTQ (Seq ID No: 73), including single or multiple amino acid substitutions, deletions, insertions, inversions, analogs, homologs, and subunits thereof.
73. The immunodiagnostic agent of claim 59 wherein said at least one immunodominant epitope has the amino acid sequence VANNTRLWVYCGNGT (Seq ID No:77), including single or multiple amino acid substitutions, deletions, insertions, inversions, analogs, homologs, and subunits thereof.
74. The immunodiagnostic agent of claim 59 wherein said at least one immunodominant epitope has the amino acid sequence GANIPAEFLENFVRS (Seq ID No:81), including single or multiple amino acid substitutions, deletions, insertions, inversions, analogs, homologs, and subunits thereof.
75. The immunodiagnostic agent of claim 59 wherein said at least one immunodominant epitope has the amino acid sequence QDAYNAAGGHNAVFN (Seq ID No:85), including single or multiple amino acid substitutions, deletions, insertions, inversions, analogs, homologs, and subunits thereof.
76. The immunodiagnostic agent of claim 59 wherein said at least one immunodominant epitope has the amino acid sequence THSWEYWGAQLNAMK (Seq ID No:89), including single or multiple amino acid substitutions, deletions, insertions, inversions, analogs, homologs, and subunits thereof.
77. A method of immunizing a mammalian host against an infectious pathogen of the genus Mycobacterium, said method comprising the steps of: providing at least one immunodominant epitope of at least one majorly abundant extracellular product selected from the group consisting of M. tuberculosis 110 KD protein, 80 KD protein, 71 KD protein, 58 KD protein, 45 KD protein, 32A KD protein, 32B KD protein, 30 KD protein, 24 KD protein, 23.5 KD protein, 23 KD protein, 16 KD protein, 14 KD protein, 12 KD protein and respective analogs, homologs, and subunits thereof; and introducing said at least one immunodominant epitope to said mammalian host to induce an effective immune response to subsequent infection by said infectious pathogen.
78. The method of claim 77 wherein said at least one majorly abundant extracellular product is M. tuberculosis 30 KD protein.
79. The method of claim 78 wherein said at least one immunodominant epitope is selected from the group consisting of M. tuberculosis 30 KD protein subunits having the amino acid sequences FSRPGLPVEYLQVPS (Seq ID No:37), LPVEY LQVPSPSMGR (Seq ID No:38), LQVPSPSMGRDIKVQ (Seq ID No:39), D I KVQFQSGGNNSPA (Seq ID No:41), FQSGGNNSPAVYLLD (Seq ID No:42), YYQSGLSIVMPVGGQ (Seq ID No:49), LTSELPQWLSANRAV (Seq ID No:57), SMAGSSAMILAAYHP (Seq ID No:62), SAMILAAYHPQ Q F I Y (Seq ID No:63), ALLDPSQGMGPSLIG (Seq ID No:67), P S L I G L A M G D A G G Y K (Seq ID No:69), AADMWGPSSDPAWER (Seq ID No:72), GPS SDPAWERNDPTQ (Seq ID No:73), VANNTRLWVYCGNGT (Seq ID No:77), GANIPAEFLENFVRS (Seq ID No:81), QDAYNAAGGHNAVFN (Seq ID No:85), THSWEYWGAQLNAMK (Seq ID No:89), and respective analogs, homologs, and subunits thereof including single or multiple amino acid substitutions, deletions, insertions, and inversions.
80. A method for detecting the presence of an immune response in a mammal against a pathogen of the genus Mycobacterium, said method comprising the steps of: providing at least one immunodominant epitope of at least one majorly abundant extracellular product selected from the group consisting of M. tuberculosis 110 KD protein, 80 KD protein, 71 KD protein, 58 KD protein, 45 KD protein, 32A KD protein, 32B KD protein, 30 KD protein, 24 KD protein, 23.5 KD protein, 23 KD protein, 16 KD protein, 14 KD protein, 12 KD protein and respective analogs, homologs, and subunits thereof; administering said at least one immunodominant epitope to said mammal; and measuring the resultant immune response.
81. The method of claim 80 wherein said at least one majorly abundant extracellular product is M. tuberculosis 30 KD protein.
82. The method of claim 81 wherein said at least one immunodominant epitope is selected from the group consisting of M. tuberculosis 30 KD protein subunits having the amino acid sequences FSRPGLPVEYLQVPS (Seq ID No:37), LPVEY LQVPSPSMGR (Seq ID No:38), LQVPSPSMGRDIKVQ (Seq ID No:39), D I KVQFQSGGNNSPA (Seq ID No:41), FQSGGNNSPAVYLLD (Seq ID No:42), YYQSGLSIVMPVGGQ (Seq ID No:49), LTSELPQWLSANRAV (Seq ID No:57), SMAGSSAMILAAYHP (Seq ID No:62), SAMILAAYHPQ Q F I Y (Seq ID No:63), ALLDPSQGMGPSLIG (Seq ID No:67), P S L I G L A M G D A G G Y K (Seq ID No:69), AADMWGPSSDPAWER (Seq ID No:72), GPS SDPAWERNDPTQ (Seq ID No:73), VANNTRLWVYCGNGT (Seq ID No:77), GANIPAEFLENFVRS (Seq ID No:81 ), QDAYNAAGGHNAVFN (Seq ID No:85), THSWEYWGAQLNAMK (Seq ID No:89), and respective analogs, homologs, and subunits thereof including single or multiple amino acid substitutions, deletions, insertions, and inversions.
83. A process for producing a majorly abundant extracellular product selected from the group consisting of M. tuberculosis 110 KD protein, 80 KD protein, 71 KD protein, 58 KD protein, 45 KD protein, 32A KD protein, 32B KD protein, 30 KD protein, 24 KD protein, 23.5 KD protein, 23 KD protein, 16 KD protein, 14 KD protein, 12 KD protein and respective analogs, homologs, and subunits thereof, said process comprising the steps of: transforming a host cell with a vector to form a transformed cell said vector comprising a nucleic acid molecule encoding one of said majorly abundant extracellular products; and culturing said transformed cell to thereby produce said majorly abundant extracellular product.
84. A process according to claim 83 which includes the additional step of recovering said majorly abundant extracellular product that is produced by culturing of said transformed cell.
85. The process of claim 83 wherein said vector comprises pET22b.
86. A process according to claim 83 wherein said host cell is E. coli, M. smegmatis or M. vaccae.
87. A process according to claim 83 wherein said nucleic acid molecule encodes for an M. tuberculosis protein selected from the group consisting of the 30 KD protein, 32A KD protein or 32B KD protein.
88. A process according to claim 83 which includes the additional step of recovering said protein produced during culturing of said transformed cells.
89. A process according to claim 88 wherein said vector comprises pSMT3 or pET22b.
90. A process according to claim 88 wherein said host cell is E. coli, M. smegmatis or M. vaccae.
91. A vector which comprises a nucleic acid molecule which encodes for a majorly abundant extracellular product selected from the group consisting of a majorly abundant extracellular product selected from the group consisting of M. tuberculosis 110 KD protein, 80 KD protein, 71 KD protein, 58 KD protein, 45 KD protein, 32A KD protein, 32B KD protein, 30 KD protein, 24 KD protein, 23.5 KD protein, 23 KD protein, 16 KD protein, 14 KD protein, 12 KD protein and respective analogs, homologs, and subunits thereof.
92. A vector according to claim 91 wherein said nucleic acid molecule encodes for an M. tuberculosis protein selected from the group consisting of the 30 KD protein, 32A KD protein or 32B KD protein.
93. A vector according to claim 91 wherein said vector comprises pΕT22b.
PCT/US1996/007781 1995-05-23 1996-05-23 Abundant extracellular products and methods for their production and use WO1996037219A1 (en)

Priority Applications (6)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP8535943A JPH11506320A (en) 1995-05-23 1996-05-23 Abundant extracellular products and methods for producing and using them
AU60245/96A AU6024596A (en) 1995-05-23 1996-05-23 Abundant extracellular products and methods for their production and use
NZ309945A NZ309945A (en) 1995-05-23 1996-05-23 Abundant extracellular products and their use as vaccines
EP96917836A EP0828510A1 (en) 1995-05-23 1996-05-23 Abundant extracellular products and methods for their production and use
BR9608894-0A BR9608894A (en) 1995-05-23 1996-05-23 Abundant extracellular products and processes for their production and uses
CA2222000A CA2222000C (en) 1995-05-23 1996-05-23 Abundant extracellular products and methods for their production and use

Applications Claiming Priority (8)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US08/447,398 1995-05-23
US08/447,398 US6761894B1 (en) 1993-11-23 1995-05-23 Abundant extracellular products and methods for their production and use
US54592695A 1995-10-20 1995-10-20
US08/545,926 1995-10-20
US55114995A 1995-10-31 1995-10-31
US08/551,149 1995-10-31
US56835795A 1995-12-06 1995-12-06
US08/568,357 1995-12-06

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO1996037219A1 true WO1996037219A1 (en) 1996-11-28

Family

ID=27503944

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/US1996/007781 WO1996037219A1 (en) 1995-05-23 1996-05-23 Abundant extracellular products and methods for their production and use

Country Status (7)

Country Link
EP (1) EP0828510A1 (en)
JP (1) JPH11506320A (en)
AU (1) AU6024596A (en)
BR (1) BR9608894A (en)
CA (1) CA2222000C (en)
NZ (1) NZ309945A (en)
WO (1) WO1996037219A1 (en)

Cited By (15)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO1998044119A1 (en) * 1997-04-02 1998-10-08 Statens Serum Institut NUCLEIC ACID FRAGMENTS AND POLYPEPTIDE FRAGMENTS DERIVED FROM $i(M. TUBERCULOSIS)
WO1999002559A1 (en) * 1997-07-07 1999-01-21 Abbott Laboratories Reagents and methods useful for detecting diseases of the breast
WO1999024577A1 (en) * 1997-11-10 1999-05-20 Statens Serum Institut NUCLEIC ACID FRAGMENTS AND POLYPEPTIDE FRAGMENTS DERIVED FROM $i(M. TUBERCULOSIS)
EP1005365A1 (en) * 1997-01-21 2000-06-07 The Regents Of The University Of California Abundant extracellular products and methods for their production and use
WO2001058461A1 (en) * 2000-02-10 2001-08-16 Glaxo Group Limited Mycobacterium ag85 complex-specific t cell peptides and use in diagnostic and therapeutic applications thereof
JP2003515315A (en) * 1999-07-16 2003-05-07 メリアル Feline calicivirus genes and vaccines, especially recombinant vaccines
US6641814B1 (en) 1997-04-02 2003-11-04 Statens Serum Institut Nucleic acids fragments and polypeptide fragments derived from M. tuberculosis
US6982085B2 (en) 1997-04-02 2006-01-03 Statens Serum Institut TB diagnostic based on antigens from M. tuberculosis
US6991797B2 (en) 1993-07-02 2006-01-31 Statens Serum Institut M. tuberculosis antigens
US7037510B2 (en) 1997-04-18 2006-05-02 Statens Serum Institut Hybrids of M. tuberculosis antigens
GB2433740A (en) * 2005-12-23 2007-07-04 Rapid Biosensor Systems Ltd Detection of tuberculosis infection
US7288261B2 (en) * 2000-07-10 2007-10-30 Colorado State University Research Foundation Mid-life vaccine and methods for boosting anti-mycobacterial immunity
US8012467B2 (en) 2004-11-16 2011-09-06 Crucell Holland B.V. Multivalent vaccines comprising recombinant viral vectors
US8883431B2 (en) * 2006-11-01 2014-11-11 Immport Therapeutics, Inc. Compositions and methods for immunodominant antigens of Mycobacterium tuberculosis
US20160022795A1 (en) * 2011-12-22 2016-01-28 The University Of Sydney Prevention and Treatment of Mycobacterium Infection

Families Citing this family (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
AU7003101A (en) * 2000-06-22 2002-01-02 American Cyanamid Co Qs-21 and il-12 as an adjuvant combination

Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US5108745A (en) * 1988-08-16 1992-04-28 The Regents Of The University Of California Tuberculosis and legionellosis vaccines and methods for their production
US5330754A (en) * 1992-06-29 1994-07-19 Archana Kapoor Membrane-associated immunogens of mycobacteria
WO1995014713A2 (en) * 1993-11-23 1995-06-01 The Regents Of The University Of California Abundant extracellular products and methods for their production and use
WO1996005223A1 (en) * 1994-08-12 1996-02-22 The Regents Of The University Of California Abundant extracellular products and methods for their production and use

Patent Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US5108745A (en) * 1988-08-16 1992-04-28 The Regents Of The University Of California Tuberculosis and legionellosis vaccines and methods for their production
US5108745B1 (en) * 1988-08-16 1998-06-30 Univ California Tuberculosis and legionellosis vaccines and methods for their production
US5330754A (en) * 1992-06-29 1994-07-19 Archana Kapoor Membrane-associated immunogens of mycobacteria
WO1995014713A2 (en) * 1993-11-23 1995-06-01 The Regents Of The University Of California Abundant extracellular products and methods for their production and use
WO1996005223A1 (en) * 1994-08-12 1996-02-22 The Regents Of The University Of California Abundant extracellular products and methods for their production and use

Non-Patent Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
ANDERSEN P ET AL: "Recall of long-lived immunity to Mycobacterium tuberculosis infection in mice.", JOURNAL OF IMMUNOLOGY 154 (7). 1995. 3359-3372. ISSN: 0022-1767, XP002014627 *
HORWITZ MA ET AL: "Protective immunity against tuberculosis induced by vaccination with major extracellular proteins of Mycobacterium tuberculosis.", PROC NATL ACAD SCI U S A, FEB 28 1995, 92 (5) P1530-4, UNITED STATES, XP002014625 *
LEAO S C ET AL: "IMMUNOLOGICAL AND FUNCTIONAL CHARACTERIZATION OF PROTEINS OF THE MYCOBACTERIUM- TUBERCULOSIS ANTIGEN 85 COMPLEX USING SYNTHETIC PEPTIDES.", J GEN MICROBIOL 139 (7). 1993. 1543-1549. CODEN: JGMIAN ISSN: 0022-1287, XP002014628 *
PAL PG ET AL: "Immunization with extracellular proteins of Mycobacterium tuberculosis induces cell-mediated immune responses and substantial protective immunity in a guinea pig model of pulmonary tuberculosis.", INFECT IMMUN, NOV 1992, 60 (11) P4781-92, UNITED STATES, XP002014626 *

Cited By (24)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US6991797B2 (en) 1993-07-02 2006-01-31 Statens Serum Institut M. tuberculosis antigens
EP1005365A1 (en) * 1997-01-21 2000-06-07 The Regents Of The University Of California Abundant extracellular products and methods for their production and use
EP1005365A4 (en) * 1997-01-21 2002-11-05 Univ California Abundant extracellular products and methods for their production and use
WO1998044119A1 (en) * 1997-04-02 1998-10-08 Statens Serum Institut NUCLEIC ACID FRAGMENTS AND POLYPEPTIDE FRAGMENTS DERIVED FROM $i(M. TUBERCULOSIS)
US6641814B1 (en) 1997-04-02 2003-11-04 Statens Serum Institut Nucleic acids fragments and polypeptide fragments derived from M. tuberculosis
US6982085B2 (en) 1997-04-02 2006-01-03 Statens Serum Institut TB diagnostic based on antigens from M. tuberculosis
US8076469B2 (en) 1997-04-02 2011-12-13 Statens Serum Institut TB diagnostic based on antigens from M. tuberculosis
US7037510B2 (en) 1997-04-18 2006-05-02 Statens Serum Institut Hybrids of M. tuberculosis antigens
WO1999002559A1 (en) * 1997-07-07 1999-01-21 Abbott Laboratories Reagents and methods useful for detecting diseases of the breast
WO1999024577A1 (en) * 1997-11-10 1999-05-20 Statens Serum Institut NUCLEIC ACID FRAGMENTS AND POLYPEPTIDE FRAGMENTS DERIVED FROM $i(M. TUBERCULOSIS)
JP2003515315A (en) * 1999-07-16 2003-05-07 メリアル Feline calicivirus genes and vaccines, especially recombinant vaccines
WO2001058461A1 (en) * 2000-02-10 2001-08-16 Glaxo Group Limited Mycobacterium ag85 complex-specific t cell peptides and use in diagnostic and therapeutic applications thereof
US7288261B2 (en) * 2000-07-10 2007-10-30 Colorado State University Research Foundation Mid-life vaccine and methods for boosting anti-mycobacterial immunity
US8012467B2 (en) 2004-11-16 2011-09-06 Crucell Holland B.V. Multivalent vaccines comprising recombinant viral vectors
US8202723B2 (en) 2004-11-16 2012-06-19 Crucell Holland B.V. Multivalent vaccines comprising recombinant viral vectors
US8609402B2 (en) 2004-11-16 2013-12-17 Aeras Global Tb Vaccine Foundation Multivalent vaccines comprising recombinant viral vectors
GB2433740A (en) * 2005-12-23 2007-07-04 Rapid Biosensor Systems Ltd Detection of tuberculosis infection
US8372412B2 (en) 2005-12-23 2013-02-12 Rapid Biosensor Systems Limited Bioassay and peptides for use therein
US8883431B2 (en) * 2006-11-01 2014-11-11 Immport Therapeutics, Inc. Compositions and methods for immunodominant antigens of Mycobacterium tuberculosis
US9494586B2 (en) * 2006-11-01 2016-11-15 Immport Theerapeutics, Inc. Compositions and methods for immunodominant antigens of Mycobacterium tuberculosis
US10053687B2 (en) 2006-11-01 2018-08-21 Immport Therapeutics, Inc. Compositions and methods for immunodominant antigens of Mycobacterium tuberculosis
US20160022795A1 (en) * 2011-12-22 2016-01-28 The University Of Sydney Prevention and Treatment of Mycobacterium Infection
US9610337B2 (en) * 2011-12-22 2017-04-04 The University of Sydney Centenary Institute of Cancer Medicine and Cell Biology Prevention and treatment of mycobacterium infection
US9931391B2 (en) 2011-12-22 2018-04-03 The University Of Sydney Prevention and treatment of mycobacterium infection

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
BR9608894A (en) 1999-12-07
MX9709053A (en) 1998-10-31
CA2222000C (en) 2012-03-20
JPH11506320A (en) 1999-06-08
EP0828510A1 (en) 1998-03-18
AU6024596A (en) 1996-12-11
CA2222000A1 (en) 1996-11-28
NZ309945A (en) 2001-04-27

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US6761894B1 (en) Abundant extracellular products and methods for their production and use
CA2230885C (en) Compounds and methods for immunotherapy and diagnosis of tuberculosis
CA2222000C (en) Abundant extracellular products and methods for their production and use
WO1997009428A9 (en) Compounds and methods for immunotherapy and diagnosis of tuberculosis
EP1005365B1 (en) Epitopes of an extracellular antigen
US6599510B1 (en) Abundant extracellular products and methods for their production and use
US7300660B2 (en) Abundant extracellular products and methods for their production and use
US6818223B2 (en) Abundant extracellular products and methods for their production and use
US7002002B2 (en) Abundant extracellular products and methods for their production and use
US20060182754A1 (en) Abundant extracellular products and methods for their production and use
US6752993B1 (en) Abundant extracellular product vaccines and methods for their production and use
US20030152584A1 (en) Abundant extracellular products and methods for their production and use
AU728433B2 (en) Abundant extracellular products and methods for their production and use
US20020150592A1 (en) Abundant extracellular products and methods for their production and use
AU6555599A (en) Abundant extracellular products and methods for their production and use
WO1996005223A1 (en) Abundant extracellular products and methods for their production and use
AU6968100A (en) Abundant extracellular products and methods for their production and use
MXPA97009053A (en) Abundant extracelular products and methods for production and
MXPA97001103A (en) Abundant extracelular products and methods for their production and

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
AK Designated states

Kind code of ref document: A1

Designated state(s): AL AM AT AU AZ BB BG BR BY CA CH CN CZ DE DK EE ES FI GB GE HU IS JP KE KG KP KR KZ LK LR LS LT LU LV MD MG MK MN MW MX NO NZ PL PT RO RU SD SE SG SI SK TJ TM TR TT UA UG US UZ VN AM AZ BY KG KZ MD RU TJ TM

AL Designated countries for regional patents

Kind code of ref document: A1

Designated state(s): KE LS MW SD SZ UG AT BE CH DE DK ES FI FR GB GR IE IT LU MC NL PT SE BF BJ CF CG CI CM GA GN

DFPE Request for preliminary examination filed prior to expiration of 19th month from priority date (pct application filed before 20040101)
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application
ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2222000

Country of ref document: CA

Ref country code: CA

Ref document number: 2222000

Kind code of ref document: A

Format of ref document f/p: F

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: PA/a/1997/009053

Country of ref document: MX

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref country code: JP

Ref document number: 1996 535943

Kind code of ref document: A

Format of ref document f/p: F

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 309945

Country of ref document: NZ

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 1996917836

Country of ref document: EP

WWP Wipo information: published in national office

Ref document number: 1996917836

Country of ref document: EP

REG Reference to national code

Ref country code: DE

Ref legal event code: 8642

WWW Wipo information: withdrawn in national office

Ref document number: 1996917836

Country of ref document: EP